Skylab 4 PAO Mission Commentary 6 of 32

SL IV MA-500/I
Time: 19:57 CST 16:01:57 GMT

11/30/73
PAO Skylab Control at i hour 57 minutes and

6 seconds Greenwich mean time. We're coming near acquisition
of signal for the Guam tracking antenna. That pass, about a
9 minute one, will include the evening status report. The
spacecraft communicator at this time is Bruce McCandless.
We have the line live now for air-to-ground through Guam,
lasting about i0 minutes.
CC Skylab, this is Houston through Guam for
9 minutes and 16 seconds. Go with the evening status report.
Over.
CC We'll be dumping your data voice tape
recorder also. Go ahead. Over.
CC And last for the day, but not least, a
momentum dump inhibit. Over.
PLT Okay. It's - inhibited. Jerry will be
with you in a minute. He's got a S009.
CC Okay. We were going to inhibit it by
upllnk.
PLT Okay. That's not the way it was played,
Bruce, but itVs done.
CC Okay. No problem. Standing by for the
evening status report.
PLT Okay. Jerry will be with you in a minute.
We're giving you the TV downlink you asked for, Bruce. And
we're right bringing on the prominence now and we're giving
you some XUV, and also some H-Alpha. In comparing MON 1 and
MON 2, we find we can't even see the prominence on MON 2, but MON
i, it just stands out clear as a bell. There certainly is
a difference between the two. Looks like MON i is going to
be exceptlonaly useful for relatively low brightness objects.
CDR Okay Bruce, S009 is initiated and I'm
ready with the evening report.
CC Okay. Go ahead, Jerry.
CDR Okay --
CC Stand by. Break. Break - Break. Break.
Break.
CDR Go ahead.
CDR Go ahead, Bruce.
CC We're concerned about the ATM operations.
Our schedule shows that you should be doing synoptic on the
ATM at the present time. Over.
PLT Okay. It's the PLT. I have a callout
on my pad which said at 41 the TV downlink. I questioned
that at the time because at 41 I'm right - if you check your
time - l'm right in the middle between 1 Alfa and Bravo.
Actually I should have been into i Bravo, but I looked at this
and I figured well, they must want some TV downlink on that
prominence. So I finished i Alfa, went over there and zeroed
SL IV MC-500/2
Time: 19:57 CST 16:01:57 GMT
11130173
in on the prominence and got it all set up in time for

the AOS. Now, I was somewhat confused, I'm perfectly con-
tent to press on with I Bravo.
CC Okay, Bill. The - What we'd like to do
here is, go ahead with IB and work in the TV downlink con-
currently with i Bravo, if you can do that. Just XUV MON,
which is not too dependent on pointing. Over.
PLT Okay. I wasn't sure if you just wanted
XUV MON, or the full treatment. I'm pressing on with i Bravo,
and 1'11 give you XUV MON.
CC Okay.
SPT Bruce, in the future, could you have them put
on the pad the pointing for those, because P35 certainly
was confusing to myself as well.
CC Okay. We copy.
CDR Now coach.
CC Now. Over.
CDR Okay. Sleep: CDR, 7, 6 heavy, i light;
SPT, 7.4, 6.9 light, .5 heavy; PLT, 7.0, 7.0 heavy. Volumes:
CDR, 1300; SPT, 1700; PLT 1600. Water gun: CDR, 6872; SPT,
1588; PLT, 7776. Body Mass: CDR, 6.302, 6.304, 6.303; SPT,
6.387, 6.391, 6.393; PLT, 6,234, 6.235, 6.233. Exercise:
CDR, method Alfa, body, leg, 30 minutes, 4200 watt-minutes.
Method Bravo, Alfa, 20 repetitions, Foxtrot, i0 repetitions,
total time for Bravo was 06 minutes. Method Charlie, Charlie,
Delta, and Foxtrot, 4 minutes, i0 repetitions each. Method
Foxtrot, 08 minutes. Method X-ray, Hordinsky special, 04
minutes, l0 each. SPT, method Alfa, leg, 35 minutes, 7337.
Method Bravo, Foxtrot, i0 minutes, 40 repetitions. Method
Foxtrot, run, 05 minutes. Method Foxtrot, springs, 05 minutes,
300 repetitions. Method Foxtrot, toe rises, 5 minutes, 200
repetitions. PLT, Alfa, leg, 32, 5000 watt-mlnutes. Method
Bravo, Alfa, Bravo, Delta, Echo, 08, 50 repetitions each.
Charlie, Bravo, Charlie, Delta, correction, method Charlie,
position, Bravo, Charlie, Delta, X-ray - Echo, Foxtrot, Gulf
end Hotel, 07, 15 repetitions each. Method Foxtrot, i0 minutes.
Medication: None. Garments discarded: CDR, one pair of
socks, one T-shirt, one pair of shorts; SPT, one jacket, one
pair of pants, one shorts, one T-shirt, one pair of socks;
PLT, none. Food log: CDR. salt, 2.0, deviations, one coffee
with sugar, one apple drink, rehydration water, zero.
CC Break. Break.
CDR Go ahead.
CC Added or subtracted a coffee with and
an apple drink.
CDR Added, unless I say minus.
CC Okay. We gotcha.
SL IV MC-50013
Time: 19:57 CST 16:01:57 GMT
11130173
CDR Okay. The SPT, no salt, deviations, one

butter cookies, and plus i0 salt, rehydration water, minus 1-1/2
ounce; PLT, 4.0 salt, one mint, one lemonade, one coffee,
rehydration water, zero. Photo log: 16-millimeter: EREP,
140 foot; Charlie Lima, 09, 80, N/A; S183 ops, 140 feet;
Uncle - Uniform Alfa, 04, 94, N/A; 35-millimeter: Nikon, 01,
Charlie X-ray, 20, 60; Nikon, 02, India Romeo, 08, 05; Nikon,
03, Charlle India ii0, 22; Nikon, 04, Charlie X-ray, 19, 64;
Nikon, 05, Bravo Hotel, 03, 41. 70-millimeter: Charlie X-ray
47, 005; ETC, Charlie Tango, I00, 88; EREP, Set Kil
Set Kilo, 9500, 1687, 9219, 8592, 0363, 9267. Drawer A
Configuration: Alfa I, 07, Charlie India 72, i00 percent,
Charlie India 85, rest of the drawer, no change.
CC Okay. We copy all of that, Jerry. Thank
you very much. Fifteen seconds to LOS. Next station contact
in 30 minutes through the Vanguard. Private medical con-
ference. Subsequent contact in 47 minutes through Ascention
at 02:54. We'll talk to you over Ascension. Out.
CDR Okay Bruce. All the rest of the report's
N/A.
CC Roger. We'll pick up with the evening
questions and that stuff over Ascension.
CDR Okay.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MCS01/I
Time: 20:07 CST, 16:02:07 GMT
11/30/73
CC Did you - -
PLT Go ahead.
PAO Skylab Control at 2 hours 8 minutes
Greenwich mean time. The Skylab space station now out of
range of the tracking antenna at Guam. Our next acquisition
of signal will be at Vanguard that is scheduled for private
crew health medical conference, The one scheduled every
evening at this time. We should have another acquisition
at Ascension about 46 minutes from now. We'll bring back
up at that time. The status report tonight indicates
the crew sleeping a little bit better, seven hours of sleep
for each of the three crew members. A little more than that for
Science Pilot Ed Gibson who had indicated earlier that he
was not getting sufficient sleep and wanted to reduce his
activities in the late evening. That of course was done
tonight when the crew - when he was running a little bit
behind on TV 117 which is a charge particle mobility
demonstration. That was postponed until later time. Sunday's
planned for the crew day off and is expected that they'll
catch up some on their rest then. All three of the crew
members exercising vigorously with all of them using the
bicycle regularly about a half an hour of exercise apiece
on the bicycle today. And also making some use of the treadmill,
both for running and walking exercises, from 5 to i0 minutes
a day for each of the three crew members. The treadmill
of course, is a new device carried up by this crew, designed
by astronaut Bill Thornton. This is Skylab Control. Our
next acquisition 45 minutes away at Ascension. It's now
i0 minutes after the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC502/I
TIME: 20:53 CST, 16:02:53 GMT
11/30/73
PAO Skylab Control at 2 hours, 53 minutes,

and 32 seconds Greenwich mean time. The present time the
Skylab space station is within range of the Ascension tracking
antenna. We'll bring the line up live for air-to-ground
through Ascension for approximately 5 minutes.
CC Skylab this is Houston through Ascension,
Canary, and Madrid for 14-1/2 minutes, over.
CDR Roger, Bruce.
CC Okay, we've got a couple of ATM-related
items here I'd like to whip through rapidly. First off, we
want to apologize for messing Bill up on the ATM TV down-
link. Our check back through the ATM schedule pad and its
generation indicates that we had really intended to put
Sun centered on instead of P35, in which case, we think it
would have been all pretty clear and meshed together nicely,
over.
PLT Rog, Bruce, I've made a few mistakes
of myown and they're on tape.
CC Okay and also earlier this afternoon,
we observed an ATM operator pulsing the ATM roll switch
in the high rate times i mode to line up on target_ We'd
like to avoid pulsing in high rate times i as well as any
operations in high rate times 2, which of course you are
aware of, as it disturbs the rack rate gyro outputs. And some-
time during this Ascension, Canary, Madrid pass if we could
we would like to get a frame count from the ATM-C&D console
and also get S055 mode switch put to the stop position,
over.
PLT Rog, the film counts on K plus and 55
is load switches tostop.
CC Okay, mighty fine and we're going to
command vehicle attitude to SI here. This is a one-shot d_al
this evening. We'll keep you posted on our philosphy of -
with regard to SI versus perlment pointing as it evolves. And
looking over the photo reports in the evening status report this
evening, we noticed no mention of ET - MI51 activities covering
ETC prep and we surmised that this is because you did ETC
prep last night. Is that correct, over?
CDR Yeah, that's right, they asked Ed about
that this morning and he said that he had already done it
last night. And they said, well, yes, we kind of figured you
had.
CC Okay. While we're talking to you Jerry
during the S019 operation on day i0, i.e. 6 days ago, you
indicated you did not see the reticle. Do you recall if you
had adjusted the reticle intensity to full brightness. The
reticle is not unusually bright at its best and some
dark adaptation may be required to see it, over.
SL-IV MC502/2
TIME: 20:53 CST, 16:02:53 GMT
11/30/73
CDR You sure that was me or was that Bill,

because I was able to see the reticle?
CC Okay, we'll check on that. If Bill is
handy, he might just answer it off of the top of his head.
PLT Was that S019?
CC Yes.
PLT I checked the reticle switch several
times and I don't know, maybe I was doing it wrong, but I
never did get a reticle. It wasn't a matter of brightness,
I just didn't see anything.
CC Did you turn it up to full brightness?
I think there a rheostat on the thing as well as the
switch.
PLT I don't recall doing that and that could be
it the explanation.
CC Okeydoke, thank you. And we've got
30 seconds to handover here to Canary. I'ii come back
at you with some information from Comet Control Center here.
CDR Okay, Bruce.
CC And to amplify my remarks on the experi-
ment pointing versus SI mode, our current feeling is that the
system is operating completely normally. We'll be running a
full day of manned ATM operations tomorrow and if we have
or as we generate additional information on the situation,
we'll keep you posted on what we plan to do with the un-
attended ops. And we're coming up on keyhole here and
I'ii talk to you on the other side of that.
CC Are you all still reading me even though
we're carried in a keyhole here?
CC Skylab this is Houston, how do you read?
CDR Loud and clear, Bruce.
CC Okay, the current ground of observations
of the Kohoutek comet are falling about 1/2 to 3/4 of a
magnitude below the lower comet magnitude curve in the
ATM section of the flight datafile. On November 29, the
total magnitude was observed to be 5.1 and the magnitude
of the nucleus was 7.5. But the current total magnitude is
projected to be 4.9. Up until November 21, the comet was
generally dusty. On that day the gas tail was first observed.
And the comet now has a dust tail to be reported i degree
and 40 minutes long and a gas tail of about 3 to 6 degrees
in length and a number of gas emission lines have been
identified. It has also been reported from the Smithsonian
Astrophepieal Observatory, ground visual settings from
New Mexico, show knots in the tail, considerable tail
structure, and IR observations have been made in the
20 micron range. We've got a question here regarding the
SL-IV MC502/3
TIME: 20:53 CST, 16:02:53 GMT
11/30/73
OWS heat exchanger fans. On telemetry yesterday, day 333, we

observed the OWS heat exchanger fans running. The TCS
temp select points had not been changed. If the fans came
on automatically, TM indlcates that they came on in the
workshop at a temperature approximately 2 to 3 degrees lower
than expected. And I guess we!re curious to find out if
you all turned the fans on manually and, if so, if you turned
them on at panel 390 or panel 617 over.
PLT I did that Bruce, I did it at panel 390,
I vacuumed those things again and I turned them to ON.
CC Okay, understand you turned them on
when you vacuumed them.
CDR After he vacuumed them.
CC Okay, afterwards, mighty fine. Thank you.
CDR Okay, Bruce I owe you an answer on TV
for day off.
CC Yeah I got some more words on that for
you, over.
CDR Okay, go ahead.
CC Okay, the choice really comes down to
TV81 being the only authorized television for your day off.
TVI02 D 3, 4, 5, 6, or 117 ops 2 - delete 117 ops 2.
You you can dry run if you like to see how it's going to
work out but you're not authorized use of the television
camera or the VTR even as a subset of TV81 to cover them. _
Over.
CDR Okay, that's kind of what we figured.

We hadn't planned on doing any one of those except 81.
CC Roger, you're rigkt along with our thinking.
CDR Okay, and then a little item for the
Earth observations s people, about an hour ago we flew over
central Japan and I got a look down at the Sakurazima, the
volcano down in the southern island of Kyushu. And it's
really snorting and smoking up a storm. I got what I think
some rather poor pictures from the 300-millimeter lens but
I tried to give them a oral description of what I saw and
it's on tape.
CC Great, mighty fine and if you have no -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC503/I
Time: 21::03 CST, 16:03:03 GMT
11/30/73
CDR - - the volcano down in the southern

Island of Kyushu, and it's really snorting and smoking up
a storm. I got some what I think are rather poor pictures
with the 300-millimeter lens, but I tried to give them a
oral description of what I saw and it's on tape.
CC Great, mighty fine. And if you have no
other mission traffic for us, we've got the evening news
he re.
CDR Okay, let her rip.
CC Okay. Soviet Union despite its recent
series of space mishaps, the Soviet Union is determined to
launch another of its own version of the American Skylab in
less than 2 years, according to Major General Vladimir
Shatalov, Chief of Cosmonaut Training. The new effort to
launch a Salyut to be reached by a crew in a Soyuz craft
would be made before U.S. and Soviet crews are scheduled to
link up in space in July, 1975, he said. The plan was
described at the Soviet space training center on the outskirts
of Moscow. The occasion being the end of a 2-week training
session for American and Russian crews preparing for the
joint flight. Asked if there would be Soyuz and Salyut tests
before the joint mission, Shatalov said: Our space program
work concerning Soyuz and Salyut is going to continue. I
believe before 1975 we will have both kinds of flights. Also
Moscow, American astronauts preparing for the 1975 U.S./
Soviet joint spaceflight see only one problem, the food is
so good at the Russian training camp that they might need a
bigger ship. The Americans wound up their first familiarization
session in the Soviet Union Thursday and, despite quips about
the food and drink, predicted no dlfficulity in making the
Soyuz-Apollo flight on schedule. "We've completed 2 weeks -
two wonderful weeks of work," astronaut crew leader Thomas
P. Stafford said at the cosmonaut training center 20 miles
east of Moscow. There's only one problem, with all this
hospitality and wonderful food, we may need a bigger rocket
for our side. Newsmen at the conference got a chance to
sample some of the toothpaste-type tubes of cosmonaut space
food, including pureed chicken and meat, borscht and shchee [?]
and gave their approval. Donald K. Slayton, one of two
civilians on the three-man American crew, said there was more
to the problem than food. After some of the toasting that's
been going on, we're all going to need liver transplants by
the time we're ready to fly, he said. Middle East: U. S.
officials expect the Middle East peace conference to go on
as planned in Geneva in mld-December despite the break in talks
between the Egyptian and Israeli generals on the roads to Suez.
These officials say any substantive agreement on a disengage-
ment of the opposing armies is unlikely before then. However,
SL-IV MC503/2
Time: 21:03 CST, 16:03:03 GMT
11/30/73
Israeli sources also see the possibility of a resumption of

the Suez road meetings. Washington: Oil executives summoned
to help manage federal petroleum controls wi - will remain
on their company payrolls, an Interior Department lawyer says.
The attorney said these executives will be exempt from
conflict-of-interest prosecution that might otherwise result
from such an arrangement. Interior Secretary Rogers C.B.
Morton announced he will mobilize some 250 oil industry
officials into a standby executive reserve in December to
provide advice and technical assistance in petroleum
distribution planning, as the government gears up fuel
allocation and rationing systems. The com - European Common
Market Executive Commission announced Thursday it had worked
out a blueprint for European solidarity to cope with the
energy crisis caused by reduced Arab oil supplies. A
Commission spokesman said the plan together with a package
of anti-inflation measures, would be submitted to the Common
Market's Council of Ministers next week. Finance and
foreign ministers of the community will meet in Brussels
December 3 and 4 to decide on how to tackle energy problems
and the fight against inflation. The jobs of i00,000 skilled
workers in a single industry will disappear virtually over-
night if the National Energy Emergency Act now in the House
of Representatives becomes law without amendment. So said
J.M. Mergen, president, Piper Aircraft Corp., in calling for
major changes in legislation now before Congress. Mergen
said the legislation, as it now stands, would cut fuel
allocations for general aviation by 40 percent for business
flying and by 50 percent for pleasure and instructional flying.
Translated into terms we can all understand, he said that
means the destruction of the general aviation industry through
the forcing of industry-wide production cutbacks of 40 to 60
percent and the elimination of up to 100,000 jobs. New York:
the stock market closed down 12.86 points today setting the
Dow Jones average at 822 and one-quarter. About 15.4 million
shares changed hands. Brokers feel that investors are still
uneasy about the oil shortage and the break of Mideast talks.
Houston: astronaut, Charles Pete Conrad, has announced his
retirement from NASA and the U.S. Navy effected February i, 1974.
Conrad will become Vice-president of Operations and Chief
Operating Officer of the American Television and Communications
Corporation, a cable TV firm based in Denver, Colorado.
Conrad's shift from space flight to private business, "was
a tough decision," he said. '_There will be no way to match
my last ll years in space exploration, but cable television
is a growing, exciting, new field, which uses satellites,
computers and a great deal of space-developed technology."
Well, that's it for the evening, guys. Thirty seconds to LOS.
Next station contact is at Guam in 26-1/2 minutes, at 03:35.
Over.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC504/I
Time: 21:10 CST 16:03:10 GMT
11/30/73
PAO Skylab Control at 3 hours, i0 minutes

Greenwich mean time exactly. At the present time the Skylab
space station is crossing Italy and is out of range of the
tracking station at Madrid. Our next acquisition is 25 minutes
away, and that will be at Guam. We have the mission surgeon's
daily report on crew health, prepared after the private health
conference at the last Guam pass. We'll read that for you at
this time. "Crew health status remains good. The Pilot did
develop mild symptoms near the end of the lower body negative
pressure exposure, but still was able to complete the entire
run. The Science Pilot is developing treadmill maneuvers
which uniquely stress the calfs and ankles. The entire crew plans
to further develop space suited exercises which will assist
maintenance of the various muscle groups." Signed by Dr. Jerry
Hordlnsky for Dr. Hawkins. Dr. Hordinsky further explained
that he was not at all concerned about the pilot's mild symptoms
near the end of the M092 run today. Said that some such
flunctuations in blood pressure which had been observed here on
Earth indicate that the Pilot and Science Pilot as well may be
slightly more inclined to fluctuations in their performance of that
experiment than other crew members had been, and there is no
concern at this time for the health of the crew. Pilot did
develop mild symptoms near the end of the low body negative
pressure device run but he was able to complete the entire
run today. Skylab astronauts are now in their third week
aboard the orbiting space station. Tomorrow they'll make
another 6500-mile Earth resources survey. Today's pass also
a 6500-mile pass was described as very successful by ground
personnel earlier. Relatively little nat - nitrogen gas was
used today. About 200 pound-seconds of the thruster attitude
control system gas as the 100-ton laboratory was maneuvered
for the first time in several days. Tomorrow's attitude change
is expected to use about 165 pound-seconds. Usage of up to
500 pound--seconds per day is considered acceptable for the
remainder of the mission which could run another 10 weeks.
Tomorrow's Earth su'rvey begins at 11:27 a.m, central standard
time as the space station crosses the Colorado Rockies,
southwest of Denver. Passing north of Albuquerque, across
Lubbock, and Austin and crossing the Gulf Coast between Houston
and Corpus Christi, Skylab survey ends at 11:50 a.m. south
of Sao Paolo, Brazil with the vehicle over the south Atlantic
on groundtrack number 34. That's 34 - 35 . First target for
Bill it - Bill Pogue the Skylab Pilot, will be using the view-
finder tracking system and the infrared spectrometer S191 is
a mass of cirrus clouds near the Colorado, New Mexico border.
The clouds at elevations of 5 to i0 miles and in the jet stream
SL-IV MC504/2
Time: 21:10 CST 16:03:10 GMT
li130173
are (garble) directly below the space station for more than a
minute using the infrared electronic sensor. The cloud data
will be used by meteorologist William Shenk of Goddard Space
Flight Center in Greenbelt, Maryland, who is compiling data
on the 3-dlmensional characteristics of clouds throughout
the world. Such information is to aid weathermen in under-
standing world-wide weather developments. The S190 sensor
which provides data on magnetic tape is particularly usefu_
in studing Earth's atmosphere. A similar weather study with
the infrared instrument but focusing on thunderstorms in
Brazil is also set for tomorrow's pass. The data for Dr. David
Pitts here at Johnson Space Center will be used in examining
the atmospheric changes that occur during the growth of severe
storms. Today a similar run over severe storms in Brazil was
completed successfully by Pilot Pogue, according to a
report he made earlier in the day. Tomorrow's site over Brazil
is an additional site that's added because other instruments will
be operating at the same time for other purposes, and since
magnetic tape is used at a constant rate the use or nonuse of
the S191 has no effect on the tape if - it's additional
data that can be gathered without using up additional tape.
So that S191 run tomorrow again will give additional data on
thunderstorms in Brazil and that will be for Dr. David Pitts
of the Johnson Space Center who is making study of severe
stormsh We'll give you a report on some of the other sites
for tomorrow's pass which is going to be the most extensive
in terms of total sites of any of the three accomplished so
far on the Skylab mission. It is a Z-local vertical run which
requires an attitude maneuver 165 pound-seconds estimated by
the computer runs today for that run. That's very very mild
amount of TACS gas and certainly considered very satisfactory
by flight controllers here. We're 20 minutes from our next
acquisition of signal. This is Skylab Control at 14 minutes
and 48 seconds after the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC505/I
TIME: 21:34 CST, 16:03:34 GMT
11/30/73
PAO Skylab Control at 3 hours, 34 minutes

and 30 seconds Greenwich mean time. The Skylab space
station i_; now 35 seconds from acquisition of signal at
the Guam tracking antenna. We're llve now for alr-to-ground
through Guam, a pass lasting about 7-1/2 minutes.
CC Skylab, this is Hous - - Skylab this
is Houston through Guam for 7 minutes, over.
PLT Roger, Bruce. Houston, Skylab go.
CC And Bill we now show the OWS heat
exchanger FANS off we'd like to confirm that you've got them
back under OWS control so that if you are too warm you can
turn the thermostat down and it will operate them automatically.
Over.
PLT Okay, that's where they are, Bruce.
And sorry about that preview configuration.
CC Oh, mighty fine, no problem, keeps
people looking at their tubes down here and on their toes.
CC Skylab this is Houston, i minute to
LOS next station contact in 7-1/2 minutes through
Honeysuckle Creek at 03:49 last pass of the evening coming
up, over.
PLT Roger, Bruce.
PAO Skylab Control at 3 hours and 45 minutes
Greenwich mean time. Skylab space station has now passed
out of range at the tracking antenna at Guam. We're about
4 minutes from our acquisition of signal at Honeysuckle
Honeysuckle pass is a low elevation pass expected to last
only about 3 minutes, that's as I said about 4 minutes
away. Tomorrow the crew will be doing a Earth resources
pass, the third of the Mission, the second Z-local vertical
pass that does require an attitude maneuver which is expected
to use a very small amount of thruster attitude control
system gas, computer simulations show that amount to be
approximately 165 pound-seconds, that would indicate
a very slight reduction from today's use. Tomorrow's study
includes weather conditions over the United States including
cirrus clouds in the jet stream at the New Mexico/
Colorado border and severe storm conditions over Brazil.
Also included tomorrow in a clear area of inland Brazil
near the Parana River, additional data will be gathered for
Fernando de Mendonca Brazil's Space agency, the Instituto de
Pesquisas Espacia. Photographs and data from Skylab's electronic
multispectral scanner were gathered for Dr. Mendonca
during previous Skylab flights for use in a test study to
identify crops in agricultural areas of inland Brazil, the
data gathered tomorrow will be a continuing study of the
agricultural conditions in inland Brazil, along the Parana
River. Like more than a dozen of Skylab's Earth resources
SL-IV MC505/2
TIME: 21:34 CST, 16:03:34 GMT
11/30/73
investigations, this project may help scientists to design

advanced space systems for monitoring and guiding agricultural
production throughout the world. An extensive study of
Johnson Space Center's own major test area, a 18-county
region of southeast Texas, known as a Houston area test site
and including the city of Houston will be surveyed tomorrow
including a survey with the infrared spectrometer that will
be pointed by Bill Pogue. Among the sites listed for that
infrared spectrometer survey are Lake Somerville in the
Houston area test site and also the shallow waters of
Eagle Lake. The range land is also a target for that study
and primary purpose of the investigation is land use planning
that is primarily to understand the use of the sensors as
possible tools for land use planning in the future. Like
most of Skylab's program, these are experimental devices
which it is hoped will be of particular use in the advanced
mapping _and use planning, an_d .other satellites which may be
produced in future years. One of the major problems in land
use planning area is the difficulty in obtaining recent data
except at extremely high cost through survey techniques. Space
systems are expected to provide additional means of gathering
such data and may in fact provide in the long run operational
systems that can give us land use maps that are current
much more quickly than we can gather them now, many land use
maps in the United States are substantially out of date, some
of them dating back 15 years. We're now about a minute
from acquisition of signal at Honeysuckle, a 3-minute
pass there and should be the final one of the evening.
Spacecraft: Communicator is Bruce McCandless and the present
Flight Director is Neil Hutchinson. We have the line live
now for air-to-ground through Honeysuckle.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC506/I
Time: 21:48 CST, 16:03:48 GMT
11/30/73
CC Skylab, this is Houston through Honey-

suckle Creek for 2 minutes last pass of the evening.
Wakeup site will be Honeysuckle Creek at 12:00 Zulu. And
just for our information, did you leave TV 117 paraphernalia
set up or has that been stowed?
CC Skylab, this is Houston through Honey-
suckle Creek, 1 minute to LOS last pass of the evening.
Wakeup, Honeysuckle at 12:00. Over.
CDR Okay, Brueej we'll see you tomorrow.
Good night.
CC Okay, and did you all stow or leave set
up the TV 117, paraphernalia?
CDR Negative, a lot of it is still out. The
only part that was stowed was the part that needed to be
chilled.
CC Okay, we're just trying to track your
configurations. Have a good night sleep, we'll see you in
the morning.
CDR Okay, Bruce, good night.
PAO Skylab Control at 3 hours 52 minutes and
28 seconds Greenwich mean time. Skylab space station has
passed out: of range of the tracking antenna at Honeysuckle
after a very brief pass there. Bruce McCandless saying good
night to the crew on the final pass of the evening. As he
mentioned, the crew will be waking up tomorrow morning at
6 a.m. Tomorrow's activities should provide the crew with
a relative busy day. They will be doing their third Earth
resources pass tomorrow, including sites from the Colorado/
New Mexico all the way into the coast of Brazil. Also
scheduled for tomorrow is a run of the M092/M093, that's
lower body negative pressure device and associated experiment.
That will be performed on the commander in the afternoon
tomorrow. A run of MI31, the rotating litter chair experiment
will be performed on the science pilot in the afternoon and
on the pilot right around noontime. That gives them a busy
schedule for tomorrow, there's a - use of all the Earth
resources instruments expected during the morning. And that
will be the third pass and attitude maneuver is prepared -
has been prepared for that activity, of continuing comet
photography. As we noted earlier in the evening the comet
has not proven to be as bright as expected by most scientists.
In fact, the most conservative scientists had estimated
brightnesses at this point, that would be substantially higher
than they have been so far. We hay - have no current estimate
of its maxium brightness, although its still wil - undoubtly
be bright enough to observe. Perhaps visible for most people
in the next i0 days or so. At the present time its magnitude
is 5 which indicates that it's just about the visible range
SL-IV MC506/2
Time: 21::48 CST, 16:03:48 GMT
11/30/73
and it's still difficult to observe, although it's located

in the constellation Virgo and rises about 3 hours before
the Sun. This is Skylab Control that was the final pass
of the ew_ning. Next expected report is at 6 o'clock in
the morning. It's now 54 minutes and 32 seconds after
the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC507/I
Time: 05:56 CST, 16:11:56 GMT
1211173
PAO Skylab Control. Greenwich mean time

ii hours 56 minutes. Day 16, mission of Skylab IV. Wakeup
call coming through Honeysuckle. Leave the line up for
CAP COMM Story Musgrave.
CC Good morning, Skylab. Got you through
Honeysuckle for 5 minutes.
SPT Good morning, Story.
CC Good morning.
CC Skylab, wetre a minute to LOS. Ten minutes
to Hawaii.
PAO Skylab. Skylab Control. Greenwich mean
time 12 hours 6 minutes. December i, 16th day in orbit for
the crew of Skylab IV. 201 days for the Skylab workshop since
launch from Cape Kennedy, May 14th. The Skylab workshop can
be turned fully operational as Skylab IV astronauts Jerry Carr,
Ed Gibson and Bill Pogue pass their 16th day in space training
telescopes, cameras and other sophisticated instruments on the
Sun above and the Earth below. The major task of the day will
bean Earth resources pass of 6500 miles beginning over the
Rocky Mountain range, southwest of Denver, passing between
Houston and Corpus Christi and ending south of San Palo, Brazil,
23 minutes later. Use of thruster gas aboard the spacecraft
is no longer an item of concern since experts have complete
understanding of the needs and best way to use the gas with
only two of the three command moment gyros now in use. To align
the workshop for yesterday's EREP pass, only about 200 pound-
seconds of thruster gas was needed. For today's pass, about
165 pound-seconds are predicted for use. Late on Saturday
afternoon, Pilot Pogue will take a few more pictures of comet
Kohoutek with the 35-millimeter camera with a 50-millimeter
lens attached. The comet doesn't appear to be as bright as
predicted, and the growth patterns in brilliance may tell
scientists more about its passage around the Sun near Christmas.
During a 23-minute Earth resources pass Saturday morning, space-
craft Commander Jerry Carr and Pilot Pogue will operate a
number of instruments to gain new data. Pogue's first oppor-
tunity comes when he points the infrared spectrometer at a
mass of cirrus clouds near the border of Colorado and New Mexico.
A better understanding of these clouds at elevations of 5 to i0
miles would be of help to weathermen, of particular interest
during the Saterday EREP pass will be the 18-county area surrounding
Houston - referred to as the Houston area test site or HAS. The
infrared spectrometer will sense the Lake Somerville and Eagle
Lake areas and in showing water depth Variations can help
planning for future development. Also included in the pass
are rains lands near Rosenberg, Texas and the wetlands near
sL-IV MC507/2
Time: 05:56 CST, 16:11:56 GMT
12/1/73
San Bernard. The City of Houston itself will also be studied.

Medical reports based on experiments which the astronauts
conduct daily and the private medical conference which occurrs
every evening before the crew retires, indicates that all
three astronauts have adopted very well to their weightless
environment. Their slight weight loss is of no concern, and
their blood circulation has been good. Science Pilot Ed
Gibson will spend more than 2 hours on Saturday at the Apollo
telescope mount console, training the telescopes sensors on
the Sun with its recent flare activity. One of the reasons
for the good health of the crew is the physical training
data, physical training time which is worked into the daily
schedule. The astronauts spend an hour and a half a day per-
forming callisthenics and working out on the tread mill,
jump rope exercises, and other exercise devices aboard the
spacecraft. Now that the workshop is completely operational,
the crew begins their third day of Earth resources data
gathering with the experience of three veterans. Greenwich
mean time 12 hours 9 minutes. Wakeup call 9 minutes ago
through Honeysuckle. Next acqu-
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-508/I
Time: 06:10 CST 16:12:10 GMT
12/1/73
PAO time which is worked into the daily

schedule. The astronauts spend a hour and a half a day per-
forming calisthenics and working out on the treadmill, jump
rope exercises and other exercise devices aboard the space-
craft. Now, that the workshop is completely operational, the
crew begins their 3rd day of Earth resources data gathering with
the experience of 3 veterans. Greenwich mean time 12 hours
9 minutes. Wakeup call 9 minutes ago through Honeysuckle.
Next acquisition will be Hawaii as the crew begins their
16th day in orbit. Acquisition in 5 minutes 30 seconds. At
Greenwich mean time 12 hours i0 minutes, this is Skylab
Control.
12 hours ]4 minutes. Acquisition coming through Hawaii in 40
seconds. The crew in their postsleep activities on this their 16th
day. First activity for Pilot Pogue today is photography of Comet
Kohoutek. One of the two scheduled photo sessions with the
233 experiment through the window of the command module.
We'll leave the line up for Story usgrave. Conversation
with the crew of Skylab IV.
CC Skylab, AOS Hawaii for 8 minutes.
SPT Morning, Story.
CC Morning, Ed.
PLT Houston, Skylab.
CC Go ahead, Bill.
PLT Roger; Reference to the film thread pad.
CC Yes.
PLT I got a remark here, download Charlie
X-ray 19 from Nikon 4 and stow, but it didn't have me loading
Nikon 4 with anything. This is the third download this week,
and I just wondered if we're gonna make this a regular
practice?
CC Stand by i.
PLT Houston_ Skylab. I've checked here and
the Nikon 4 has been shot up. That's why they want it down-
loadded.
CC Okay. ,Ccopy, Bill. And in the future,
we're not gonna download a Nikon unless it has a use that day
with a different type film.
CC Skylab, we're a minute til LOS; 3 minutes
to Goldstone.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC509/I
TIME: 06:25 CST, 16:12:25 GMT
12/1/73
PAO Skylab Control; Greenwich mean time

12 hours 25 minutes. Loss of signal through Hawaii. Next
acquisition will be Goldstone in i minute 35 seconds. The
crew begans their day off with breakfast this morning.
Commander Carr starts with eggs and beef hash, orange drink,
and coffee. Science Pilot Gibson has on his menu instant
breakfast drink, tea, bacon, and biscuits and jam. Pilot
Pogue has eggs and tomatoes, orange drink, coffee, bacon,
bread with jam. Next acquisition will be Goldstone in
30 seconds. We'll hold the line up for CAP COMM Dr. Story
Musgrave.
CC Skylab, we're back with yon through
Goldstone for 7 minutes.
CDR Roger, Story. We're just kind of
milling around here doing our morning chores.
CC Okay, great. That's about what we're
doing down here. But, unfortunately, we've been at it all
night.
CC Skylab, we're i minute to LOS, and
5 minutes to Bermuda.
12 hours 35 minutes. Loss of signal through the Goldstone
tracking station. Next acquisition in 3 minutes and
15 seconds will be Bermuda. On the last day of the work
week for the crew of Skylab IV. They begin the new week
Sunday with a day off - a partial day off. A EREP pass
has been scheduled and several other science experiments
for tomorrow. A modified day off compatible to the
activities of the Skylab III crew. Sunday - on tap for
Sunday are two Earth resources passes back to back along
tracks 48 and 49. Also on tap is the weekly shower, crew
option of course, a hot shower aboard the spacecraft. In
addition the crew has 5 optional opportunities to add to
the visual observation information taken by the crew
taking photographs of selective sites around the world.
Sunday, a day off; Saturday, a full work schedule
for the crew of Skylab IV. EREP pass scheduled to begin
at 11:27 this morning, and 3 hours on the ATM console.
We'll hold the line up for Dr. Story Musgrave on this
pass through Bermuda.
CC Skylab, we're back with you through
Bermuda fer 7 minutes.
PLT All right, Story.
CC And, Bill, anyone that's floating
around near the STS, we'd like on the atmospheric paneling
in 225, the nitrogen 9salenoid select valve to OFF.
SL-IV MC509/2
TIME: 06:25 CST, 16:12:25 GMT
12/1/73
PLT Okay, I'll get it in about 5 minutes.

CC No hurry.
PLT Story, (garble) the nitrogen solenoid
value to off.
CC Thanks, Bill.
CC Skylab, we're a minute to LOS. About
3 minutes to Canaries. Be dumping the data voice at
Canaries.
12 hours 46 minutes. Loss of signal through Bermuda. Next
acquisition in 1 minute 15 seconds will be the Canary
tracking station.
CC Skylab, we're back again through
Canaries and Ascension for 15 minutes. Be dumping the
data voice here at Canaries.
CDR Roger, Story.
CC Skylab, we're a minute to LOS, and
about 30 minutes to Honeysuckle at 13:33.
13 hours 4 minutes. Loss of signal through the Canary
Ascension tracking stations as Skylab space station begans
it's 2901 revolution of the Earth. 201 days in orbit
201 days in orbit for the Skylab space station. The
16th day for the crew of Skylab IV. Next acquisition
28 minutes will be Carnarvon tracking station. At Greenwich
mmean time 13 hours 5 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-510/1
Time: 07:32 CST 16:13:32 GMT
12/1/73

13 hours 32 minutes. Acquisition coming through Honeysuckle
tracking station in 45 seconds. During the previous pass
across South Africa, the crew had a scheduled handheld optional
photography assignment of the Kalaharl Desert in Batswana
Photographs, hopefully, taken to determine the unique wind-
eroded bedrock and sand dune deposit features which occur in
the eastern part of the Kalahari Desert. The crew was asked
to take overlapping photos from Fish River Valley to the east
edge of the desert and also provide description of the
transition from the dunes to wind-eroded rocks near the
eastern edge of the desert. These photographs were to be
taken by Science Pilot Ed Gibson on the previous pass,
revolution 2901, over South Africa.
CC Skylab. AOS through Honeysuckle for
7 minutes.
CC Jer, before you tackle that S183 this
morning, we've got some diagnostic questions for you.
CDR Roger. Go ahead, Story.
CC Regarding the flakes that you saw around
S183, during the carousel installation. Can you give the
approximate number in size?
CDR Oh, I'd say there were 5 or 6 of them and
they were about, oh, 2 millimeters, 3 millimeters in size.
CC Okay. Were they a distinct white or was
there a yellowish creme color to them? If they're an off-
color white, they're most probably emulsion.
CDR That was probably emulsion. I didn't
really look at them that closely. I just got (garble) out
of the wa N and went on with what I was doing. But, my impression
was that they were kinda (garble) (static) and they were
very very thin like emulsion. They weren't little pieces of
glass.
CC Stand by i, Jer, while we get you
reacquired.
CC Okay, we're back with you. You do feel
that those were emulsion, Jet?
CDR Yeah. I'm pretty sure they were. They
were very thin and I don't think they were glass at all. They
were much too thin to be the glass.
CC Okay. How about the glass, do they have
a 90-degree corner on it?
CDR Negative. It was an isosceles triangle,
with one flat side and then the two long sides were, obviously,
SL-IV MC-510/2
Time: 07::32 CST 16:13:32 GMT
12/1/73
not edged. They were broken out of the glass.

CC Okay. Understand, it was broken.
CC When you - -
CDR That's affirmative.
CC When you stow the S183, coming up next,
they request you remove the blank film door and inspect for
any loose glass. If you find any glass, you might vacuum it
up.
CDR Okay. I thought that would be a good
thing to do.
CC Okay, Jer. Could you give us again the
distinct color of the flakes that you saw?
CDR Well, frankly, Story, I wasn't looking at
them that closely. But, my impression was that they were
slightly -- they were off white. They really weren't pure
white.
CC Okay, and now one other thing and you
don't have to do that when you run stow on S183, but sometime
if you could, get the spot meter out of F-524 and take a light
level reading in the area where the film play was reinserted,
and that'll tell us whether that film play was exposed or not
that one.
CDR Okay. I will, Story.
CC And that's it.
CC And, Jer, we had a good TV-23 of you
yesterday, working the S183. A good picture, and good voice.
There was a little bit of noise in the background and we
wondered if there was a comm carrier that was hot m_ke somewhere?
CDR That, possibly, could be. They're using
a comm carrier up at the ATM and they keep that on I comm
PTT quite a bit and that may of been the noise. Did it sound
like MDA-type noise? Rather, oh, medium range whine?
CC Yeah, there was a whine in the background
and I was thinking it was the duct fans in the forward compart-
ment, but we really weren't sure. But there was a whine in
the background.
CDR Yeah. I bet it was the MDA.
CC Okay, thanks.
CC Ed, Houston.
CDR He's listening. Go ahead.
CC Okay, regarding his questions about the
food items he couldn't find yesterday. The eggs, Rice
Krispies, and peaches. We'd llke to know if he is using the
Swiss Systems Checklist right around page 14-11 to find those
items?
CDR Negative, but we've located it now. We found
SL-IV MC-510/3
Time: 07:32 CST 16:13:32 GMT
12/1/73
some extra overage in a lot of the regular packages that we

hadn't counted on it. So, we're gonna sort that out and put
that into the pantry as well.
CC Okay. On day 18 we're gonna flight plan
you a - am inventory to free the overage. In about a week or
i0 days from now, we_ve got it down later, cause it takes a
lot of time, we're gonna flight plan an inventory of the
ambient overage. And, the reason for all this, is to get
regrouped, of course, for the longer mission. And, we're
gonna send you up soon a message of items that may be consumed
without tapping into planned overage. Since that overage is
gonna be used in regular menu scheduling in a later period.
CDR Okay. You better allow us about a half
a day to get an inventory on the ambient overage.
CC Okay; copy.
CDR I got a question for you on the urine
system, Story.
CC Okay. About 40 seconds to LOS. Hawaii
will be coming up in 9 minutes and go ahead.
CDR Okay. We're dumping these bags. You know
yesterday, we used boric acid bags and today, we're dumping
them and, I noticed in my boric acid bag, this morning, that
there's still a whole lot - lot of pellets left in there that
had not dissolved. I'm concerned about what that'll do to our
dump lines. If we spend a lot - you know, if we do a lot of
dumping of urine with this boric acid solids in it.
CC Okay. Thanks, Jer
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC511/I
Time: 07:41 CST, 16:13:41 GMT
1211173

13 hours 43 minutes. Next acquisition will be Hawaii tracking
station in i0 minutes. Discussion between the crew and CAP
COMM Dr. Story Musgrave concerning the S193 problem. Two days
ago, the S183 exhibited an anomaly in the film counter. The
crew had taken one photograph with the S183 but the film counter
had showed the camera was ready to take photograph number 3.
Commander Cart noticed a white - pure white substance in the
camera mechanism - the magazine mechanism and corollary officer
speculates that this material is emulsion off of the film plates.
This camera will be stowed today and troubleshooting will
continue on this anomaly, the S183 is the ultraviolet spectro-
graphic camera. The principle investigator is Dr. George
Courtes of Marseille, France. This instrument not only was
scheduled to take photographs of the far distant stars, but
also be used in the 180 - S183 would be used in the Kohoutek
observations later this month. Further discussions on the
food. The crew apparently found some Rice Krispies and some
eggs that they needed to place in their galley. They found
this according to Commander Carr. The crew reported mission
day 18, two days from now, the crew will make a freezer overage
check. Also, later on an ambient food check will be made to
lay out tlheir menus for the remainder of the mission. Next
acquisition will be through Hawaii in 8 minutes. At Greenwich
mean time 13 hours 45 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
PAO Skylab Control. Greenwich mean time 13
hours, 52 minutes. Acquisition coming through Hawaii tracking
station on revolution 2901 for the Skylab space station. We'll
hold the line open for CAP COMM Story Musgrave.
CC Skylab, AOS Hawaii for 8 minutes.
CC Jer, Houston.
CDR Go ahead, Story.
CC Could you tell us if that those boric
acid pellets which are not dissolving, is the first bag that
that occurred or is that a continuing problem?
CDR No, that's the first one I've noticed.
CC Okay. And we've got good weather over Goddard
today and the laser'll be green. It'll be flashing today be-
tween 14:17 and 14:19; you'll pass overhead. And we'll remind
you about that over Bermuda when you're there.
CDR Okay, fine. We'll be watching for it.
CC And it'll be the wardroom window.
CDR Roger.
CC Skylab, we're a minute from LOS. Hank will
see you over Goldstone in 4 minutes at 14:05.
CDR Roger, Story. We'll see you.
CC Okay.
hours 2 minutes. Loss of signal through Goldstone. Loss of signal
SL-IV MC511/2
Time: 07:_41 CST, 16:13:41 GMT
12/1/73
through Hawaii. Next acquisition will be Goldstone. Later

today, Commander Gerald Carr will perform the M092, M093,
lower body negative pressure device experiment followed by the
M093, the vectorcardlogram experiment. Commander Carr has
already performed this experiment three separate times through
the mission today. A total of 26 performances of these pair of
medical experiments will be performed through the duration
of the mission. The crew has been advised that the laser,
T053 experiment, will be turned on on the upcoming pass across
the States. The laser will be green in color, being initiated
from Goddard Space Flight Center, Greenbelt, Maryland and
the light will be - laser will be turned on and off and the
color will be green. The crew has been advised they can
view it from the wardroom window and this - they will be
reminded of this as they come through the Bermuda tracking
station on this stateside pass. The crew, completing their
postsleep activities for today, Commander Carr already stowed
away the S183 camera which has had a problem in the - the
slides, the film slides in the camera have been reported to
jam up. Maybe one or more of the film slides have been exposed
to the ambient light in the workshop. Science Pilto Ed Gibson
will shortly begin preparation of the Earth terrain camera
placing it in the scientific airlock - antl-solar scientific
airlock for the upcoming EREP pass. Commander Carr will operate
the control and display panel on this EREP pass. Pilot Pogue
will operate the vlewfinder tracking system S191 experiment.
Greenwich mean time 14 hours 4 minutes. Next acquisition in
45 seconds. We'll hold the line up.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MCSI2/I
TIME: 08:05 CST, 16:14:05 GMT
12/1/73
CC Skylab, Houston; good morning. We're

through Goldstone for 5 minutes.
CDR Good morning, Hank.
CC CDR, Houston; just to get a little info,
further info on this forecast,could you tell us about how
large the lumps are? Are they pellet size, or powder form,
or just how big they are?
CDR All right, in my particular bag, I saw
three complete pellets.
CC Roger. We copy.
CDR At the end of the urine dump cycle
though, Hank, there was nothing left.
CC Good. Does that mean you've already
dumped that bag?
CDR That's affirmative.
CC CDR, Houston. One more question and
we'll stop bugging you about it. The - your bags that have
the - apparently, (garble) pellets in it, was it dumped
first, second, or third?
CDR They were all going at the same time.
CC Roger; understand.
CDR It looks like the system took it okay.
And - but the question is, do you want to continue doing that
or do you want to do something different?
CC Okay, we're going to keep looking at
it, Jerry. What we suspect is perhaps we just had a - a
loose matrix left that looked llke the pill, and then when
soon as you disturbed it, it just came apart and went on
through.
PAO Skylab Control; Greenwich mean t_me
14 hours 13 minutes. Loss of signal through Goldstone as
Skylab space station crosses over the Great Lakes area
to the United States to began a descending pass, revolution
2902. On this revolution as the spacecraft crosses the
eastern seaboard the crew has been advise@ the T053
experiment, the laser experiment will be turned on at the
Goddard Space Flight Center in Greenbelt Maryland. The
light will be flicked on and off. It will be green in color,
and Commander Jerry Carr has been advised he can view it
from the wardroom window. We'll have acquisition through
Bermuda in 30 seconds. We've had a changeover here at
the Mission Control Center. New Flight Director Phil Shaffer,
CAP COMM is Hank Hartsfield. Upcoming in the next pass
will be the daily ATM conference with Skylab IV backup
pilot, sclence astronaut Bill Lenoir.
CC Skylab, Houston through Bermuda for
i0 minutes.
SL-IV MC512/2
TIME: 08:05 CST, 16:14:05 GMT
12/i/73
CDR Roger, Hank. What would you estimate

- have them estimate the Sun angle over Goddard?
CC Okay, we'll check it. And we're probably
about a minute or so - minute, I guess, from acquisition
by Goddard.
CDR Roger.
CC CDR, Houston. The Sun angle should be
16 degrees.
CDR Roger.
CC CDR, Houston. Goddard reports they're
tracking you now.
CDR Roger.
CDR Okay, Hank, we see it. We see it flashing
around 2 cycles a second. Looks good; very clear.
CC Roger; very good.
CC Can you see it with the naked eye?
CDR Yes, that's affirm. We're - all three
of us have see it and it's very clear. We're
PLT Now it's steady.
CDR Now it's steady.
CC That's affirmative.
CDR And we got Nwo nikon photos of it.
CC Outstanding.
CDR - - 55 months.
CDR Let's turn it on again, Hank; I bet you we
can still see it from here.
CDR Still see it, Hank.
CDR It's not steady now, Hank_ but we can still
see it.
CC Does it appear just as a little green
spot?
CDR That's affirm, Hank.
PLT Hank, I don't know how we missed it the
other two times, it's really bright and clear.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're 1 m_nute from
LOS. Ascension at 32. And, Ed, Bill's sure to talk to
you then about ATM.
SPT Okay, Hank.
acquisition will be Canary tracking station in 2 minutes
25 seconds. As the crew begins preparations of the 3rd
EREP pass for the Skylab IV missXon. A descending pass
along track 34 as the Skylab space station concludes it's
2903 revolution next stateside pass. Next acquisition through
Ascension in 1 minute 50 seconds. We'll hold the llne up
for CAP COMM Hank Hartsfield.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-513/I
Time: 08::30 CST 16:14:30 GMT
1211173
CC Skylab, Houston. We're through Ascension

for 10-1/2 minutes and before Bill comes on, got one quickie
for the CDR. On your day off, we've scheduled back-to-back
EREP and four ATM passes. How does this sound to you?
CDR That sounds okay, Hank. How long a time
period does the back-to-back EREP represent?
CC It covers about 4 hours and after that
it's essentially pretty much a day off, just a few things
scattered in there like some required housekeeping and showers.
CDR Okay. Good enough.
MCC Okay, Ed. This is Bill here and I'm
ready to go on the ATM conference, if you are.
SPT Go ahead, Bill.
MCC Okay, first for a little bit of solar
words here. We've noticed that almost every flare out of
active region 87 has been associated with some sort of radio
burst in a 6-centimeter rangion - region. It usually averages
around i0 solar flux units. Has been as high as 30, and I
realize that's right on the edge of detectability on top of a
ambient of about 130 or so, so wanted to pass that on to you
just to keep an eye on that. We expect - -
SPT (Garble) We'll turn the threshold down to
where it's just about turned to negative 12 points. We'll try
to keep an eye on it that way.
MCC Okay, good. And we expect, and maybe the
right word would be hope, to get another M flare from 87 before
it passes the limb, so we're still hoping on that. Presently
we see nothing very interesting coming up on the east limb.
You probably have some of the best equipment to monitor that
with. If you do detect anything coming across the eastlimb
on XUV mod or the white light eoronagraph, do let us know and
we'll certainly follow up on it for you.
SPT Okay, Bill. Yesterday I did notice that
in the white light coronagraph we had a fairly large and
dense streamer structural over there. However, when you
look at the XUV monitor, all you can see is the one active region
94. I got a picture of it this morning and it doesn't look
like too much. I don't see anything on the limb other than
active region 94 on the XUV monitor. We do see the coronal
hole dark and still one down there at the South. I do not see
any real major coronal hole by the disk there, there's one
if you wanna call it a coronal hole, it's a little too wide
for a hole in in the channel (?) but it's still not too large,
and it' just southeast of active region 87. And one very small
one central on the equator maybe oh, .2 to the east. Other than
that it's a pretty uniform disk in XUV mod.
SL-IV MC-513/2
Time: 08:30 CST 16:14:30 GMT
12/1/73
MCC Okay. We concur with not seeing too much

coming out of 94, however, on our EUV and long X-rays we
see the coronal hole that you discussed at the north and (?)
south really as being joined by a narrower corridor than
exists north and south but a significant corridor. And,
to us, it looks like one large coronal hole. Perhaps we
just need to keep an eye on that.
SPT Okay. The picture I get this morning
doesn't show that as clearly. I imagine you could draw a
line there, but, it surely is not a very well defined
coronal hole (garble) filamenent c_annel.
MCC Okay, good. Like to talk just a little
bit about the ATM scheduled tomorrow. Right now you're
scheduled for a total of four passes. You've got an early one
at about 15:00 and one around lunch at 19:30. Jerry's got
one after lunch ar around 21:00. Bill has one late in the
evening at 02:00. We discussed this in the planning conference
yesterday, and we're prepared to give you up to all four of
those passes as total time of your own, observing time, or
we're prepared to schedule them all. It's really your option.
We would like to encourage you to take a good portion of them at
least, to get used to the XUV monitor and to play around with
the S055 detector peaking and things of this nature.
SPT Okay. Hold on about 10 seconds here, Bill.
CDR Houston. This is CDR. Give all four of
those passes to the SPT.
MCC I don't think it will work, with respect.
I think he's got some other things to do on some of those.
CDR Okay, give him as many as you can and try
not to schedule him anything else at that time if you can
avoid it.
MCC Okay, he can always look over your
shoulder.
SPT_ - - feeling. Yes, on the da_ off, it was my
feeling, going through an EREP, that I'd be able to get a shot at
the ATM. I've not had as many passes as I'd like so far and I
certainly think on a day off I ought to be able to.
MCC Okay. We'll certainly try to work that.
Yeah, it looks like we can give you three of the four, Ed.
SPT All right.
MCC And, how would you like those? Would
you like them open?
SPT Why don't you give us some of the things
which you'd like done, but leave it relatively open.
MCC Okay. We'll do that. Okay, now a comment
on the 54 sequence bookkeeping, I noticed that you commented
SL-IV MC-513/3
Time: 08:30 CST 16:14:30 GMT
12/1/73
on that on the downlink yesterday, and we've discussed it now

for several days. A couple of thoughts, that we've come up
with that might make the bookkeeping easier, although, of
course, they take a little more time. One is, of course,
I'm sure you figured both of them out. One is to count the
frames and go down on the decrement of eight there. The
other is to use a pencil and check them off on the jump sheet
itself and then erase it when you're done.
SPT The later one, I think, is the one we're
gonna stick to. We still have the timer working for us to
tell us when I've completed a sequence but we don't have
the filter plug back position to tell us which one we're on,
and if we get busy sometimes, we've lost track of it, but we're
pretty able; [?] we'll get it.
MCC Right, and I remember from training that
was the way it worked. Now, on today, on a JOP 4 for you,
Ed. We've given you an approximate roll and really all we're
doing with that approximate roll is removing 180-degree
ambiguity for S055. Go ahead and peak it up the way you're
supposed to for 82B.
SPT You're saying find the - Did you say
find the prominence?
MCC Yeah. You're supposed to select a roll
to give 82B uniform emission. We suggest an approximate
roll because you will be stepping 55's mirror. They want to
step in 2 steps, out 2 steps and then out 4 steps and if you've
got the 180-degree roll, those would be reversed. T_at's all
we want is to remove that ambiguity, but go ahead and roll the
peak 82B.
SPT Okay.
MCC Okay. And over the next several days
active region 87 and, actually starting today, prominence
37 will be passing the west limb. We have plans for the next
3 or 4 days here that will be emphasizing the llmb passage of
these events and we will - you will notice that we will be
looking at these; being discussed now on management is the
postponement of the 55 CAL rock from mission day 19. That's
3 days away. When 87 undergoes limb passage to 3 or 4 days after
that.
SPT (Garble)
MCC And one - okay, one last -
SPT (Garble) Go ahead.
MCC I'm sorry, go ahead. Listen -
SPT One thing we can do very well up here
and that's pick out prominences with monitor i. The one we've
brought up, it shows up exceptionally well. Last - yesterday
we were looking at 35, I believe, and it just really stood out
SL-IV MC-513/4
Time: 08:30 CST 16:14:30 GMT
12/1/73
and monitor 2 it did not. So, I suspected the difference

of the monitors is gonna make a difference between previous
missions and this one in our ability to find prominences.
MCC Okay. Good. Thank you, that's good
information for us to have here. I was -
MCC Ed, are you still there?
SPT Yes I am. You cut out for a little while,
Bill. GO ahead.
MCC Okay. On S055, I've got some pictures
that I've been looking at, although not in the depth I want to yet,
but they look fascinating on detectors 3, grating zero, which
is 06 or 2436, which is silicon 12. You ought to be able to
see the loop structures on the limb, and you can get a fascinating
picture of the loop. Those that you see crosswise you can
see the foreshortening on some of the ones you can see edge
on; and you might find this an interesting exercise tomorrow
on some of your free time to go out and map out the loop
structure.
SPT Okay. Could you give me that again? The
loops we have or the numbers we have are for a neon 8, a 780.
MCC Okay. Well that's just as good. The
only ones that I've looked at so far are, both detectors 3 were
grating a zero and grating of 2436.
SPT Is that both (garble) 6?
MCC Negative. The second one is for silicon
12.
SPT 2486. Okay.
MCC Okay. And we're about 30 seconds from
LOS. The next one will be Carnarvon at 15:05, and that's in
about 23 minutes.
SPT Okay. I'm sorry that we were not scheduled
when the flare was scheduled yesterday. And also I hope they're
still trying on 54; and don't feel that we'd be put out at all
to keep tzying to do any work we can up here on that one.
MCC Okay. We certainly realize that, and we
were sorry you weren't up, too, but S054 was operating and in
SI on that one and perhaps got some of the flare.
SPT Okay. Any more thoughts on 54, what
could be the problem, what might be able to be done -
MCC Nothing new yet, and sounds like we're
going over the hill, so see you tomorrow.
14 hours 23 minutes. Loss of signal through Ascension. The
pass devoted to the daily Apollo telescope mount discussions
concerning activities on the Sun with backup Skylab IV Pilot
SL-IV MC-513/5
Time: 08:30 CST 16:14:30 GMT
12/1/73
Bill Lenoir. The crew on the Bermuda pass reported they

were able to see the laser initated from the NASA Goddard
Space Flight Center. They reported seeing the laser flick on
and off about 2 cycles a sec - -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC514/I
Time: 08:44 CST, 16:14:44 GMT
121i173
PAO Goddard Space Flight Center. They

reported saying the laser flick on and off at about 2 cycles
a second. The crew reported it looks good and clear and
all three crew members have reported seeing it and also being
able to take photographs with the 35-millimeter Nikon camera
through the wardroom window. Next acquisition will be Carnarvon
in 22 minutes 50 seconds. Greenwich mean time 14 hours
44 minutes. T_is is Skylab Control.
PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time 15
hours 4 minutes. Acquisition coming through the Carnarvon
tracking station. Acquisition in 45 seconds. CAP COMM will
be Hank Hartsfield. Flight Direct - today is Phil Shaffer.
As the crew gets ready for the third EREP pass of the mission,
a descending pass following a ground track from Colorado
through Texas between Corpus Christi and Houston, out over
the Gulf of Mexico, down through the central part of South
America, ending south of San Palo, Brazil. A 23 minute pass
covering a distance of 65 hundred miles. Acquisition in
i0 seconds. Hold the line up for CAP COMM Hank Hartsfield.
CC Skylab, Houston to Carnarvon for i0 minutes
and we're gonna be dumping the voice and data recorder here.
CDR Roger, Hank.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're i minute from LOS
Guam at 19.
CDR Houston, CDR. Stowage of S183 is complete
and there is no sign of any glass in the SA.
CC Roger, we copy.
PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time
15 minutes 16 seconds. Loss of signals through Carnarvon.
Next acquisition will be Guam in 2 minutes and 25 seconds.
Commander Jerry Carr, reporting that he has stowed the S183
experiment. The - On mission day 333, two days ago, after
installing the film carrousel, their crew reported that the
film counter showed number 4 when actually they had taken
only number i frame of the camera. The camera was taken
out of the antisolar scientific airlock and disassembled.
Crew was asked to look for possible broken glass in the
_arrousel. Commander Carr just reported he had seen no
signs of broken glass. The anomaly made you - appeared
to be just loss of one one plate - one film plate and
possibly degradate - degradation of two others. Ground feels
that the further operation of the S183 spectrograph camera
and film carrousel will not be affected by this problem. It
has been stowed away and will operative again in the next
several days. Crew continues to prepare for the EREP pass,
as we approach the Guam tracking station acquistion in 55
seconds. We'll hold the line up for CAP COMM Hank Hartsfield.
SL-IV MC514/2
Time: 08:44 CST, 16:14:44 GMT
12/1/73
CC Skylab, Houston through Guam for 9 m_nutes.

And, SPT, Houston. There was an omission in your ETC pad
I'd like to get up to you.
SPT Okay_ standby Hank. Let me get down
to where it is. Be with you in about i minute.
CC At your convenience, sir.
SPT Okay, Hank. Go ahead.
CC Okay, Ed, at 17:28:30 it calls for standby
and right after that we should h_ve had change the shutter
speed to 140.
SPT Okay, I'ii write that in. 140.
CC Thank you.
SPT Thank you.
SPT Hey, Hank, we're giving the 151 data along
with the ETC prep. However, it is a little off nominal
and Jerry is working the 183, or was at the same time when I
was prepping the ETC and the procedures were pretty off nominal.
CC Okay, we copy Ed.
SPT That's on the MI51 DAC data.
CC Roger.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC515/I
TIME: 09:24 CST, 16:15:24 GMT
12/1/73
CC Skylab, Houston; we' re i minute from

LOS; Goldstone at 44.
PA0 Skylab Control; Greenwich mean time
15 hours 30 minutes. We've had loss of signal through
Guam. Next acquisition in 14 minutes i0 seconds will be
the Goldstone tracking station. At Greenwich mean time
15 hours 30 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
15 hours 43 minutes as Skylab space station concludes its
2903rd revolution of the Earth, crossing the U.S. Border in
the upper regions of Washington State on a descending pass.
The next pass through the states will be the third EREP
pass, the Z-local vertical pass with the EREP instruments
aimed directly at the ground track along ground track 34.
Next acquisition, Goldstone in 15 seconds.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're through Goldstone.
And, Skylsb, Houston; we should have you about 18 minutes
through this stateside station.
CDR Roger, Hank.
CC SPT, Houston. Are you going to run this
ATM pass this rev?
SPT That's affirm, Hank. I was just finishing
the ETC prep that was called in kind of close because 183
was going on at the same time.
CC Okay, we understand.
CC SPT, Houston; we need to get a NAV
update in sometime during this stateside pass. And it'll
take a couple of minutes with us having the DAS. And when-
ever it's con - you've got a time span like that in the
next i0 minutes or so, would you give us a call?
SPT Okay, Hank, I won't be on the DAS, go
ahead.
CC SPT, Houston. The update is complete;
the DAS is yours.
SPT Thank you, Houston.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-516/I
Time: i0:01 CST 16:16:01 GMT
12/1/73
CC Skylab, Houston. We're i minute from LOS.

Carnarvon at 43 and we're scheduled for voice and data dump there.
CDR Roger, (garble)
16 hours 4 minutes. Loss of signal through the Bermuda
tracking station. We'll have a - next pass will be through
Carnarvon _n 38 minutes as the crew continues to prepare for
their upcoming EREP pass, the third EREP pass of mission IV
which will start next stateside pass. Greenwich mean time
16 hours 4 minutes. This is Skylab Control.
16 hours 38 minutes. Loss - acquisition of signal coming
through Carnarvon in 4 minutes 30 seconds. The Houston test
site will come into play today and the Skylab crew will pull
a hat trick, so to speak. For the first time, the Houston
area test site, HATS, will be clear for the Skylab space station.
Data gathering in EREP was attempted in Skylab II and Skylab III,
but the weather never seemed to cooperate and extensive data
over the HATS site has never been collected. Today's pass, a
totally clear coastline. Houston area test site should gather
extensive information. The pass begins northeast of Sante Fe,
New Mexico, as the Skylab instruments are turned on to gather
information on extensive cirrus cloud cover in the Colorado-
New Mexico area and again, a large cirrus cloud formation
near the border of New Mexico and Texas. In addition to
looking at the Houston area test site, data gathered during
pass will be used by an Oshkosh, Wisconsin high school
student, 19-year old-Joe B. Zmolek. His experiment, EDII,
will use S191 infrared spectrometer data gathered during this
Houston area pass. Specifically, he will use infrared and
visible data to determine the reduction of radiation intensity
caused by Earth's atmosphere over industrialized and non-
industrialized areas of Houston. Zmolek will compare the
spacecraft: data with similar data gathered by ground stations.
Specifically in the HATS area, the EREP instruments will be
aimed at Somerville Reservoir near Somerville, Eagle Lake
range lands in the Rosenburg, Texas area, as well as wetlands
in San Bernard Basin, south of Freeport. The bulk of data
gathered at the HATS area will be used for land classification
studies. And in addition, data will be analyzed by the
Skylab program office at the Johnson Space Center on the
performance of the sensors instruments over the HATS area.
As Skylab passes over the Gulf of Mexico, the S193 radiometer-
scatterometer will gather data on sea state conditions of
the Caribbean Sea between the Yucatan Channel and the southern
SL-IV MC516/2
Time: i0:01 CST, 16:16:01 GMT
12/1/73
coast of Columbia northern coast of Columbia, South America.

A storm front over Brazil's Amazon Basin, in north central
area of South America, will also be the target of EREP
instruments today. Near the tail end of the 23-minute pass,
the instruments will be aimed along a 420-mile path of
Brazil, looking to gather information on crop and crop areas
between Campo Grande and Curltiba near the coast of this
world's leading coffee producer. EREP pass ends just at
Brazil's coastline, south of Sao Paulo. Again, llke yesterday,
Science Pilot Gibson will monitor the maneuvers of the space-
craft into the Z-local veriteal attitude. He does this at
the ATM console on a panel on the right hand side, while
Pilot Pogue prepares the vlewfinder tracking telescope and
Commander Carr operates the EREP control and display panel.
After this maneuver is accomplished Science Pilot Gibson
returns to the workshop dome area where he operates the
Earth terrain camera. Today's maneuver is predicted to use
about 165 pound-seconds of propellant, as compared to 200
pound-e_conds utilized in yesterday's maneuver for EREP.
The maneuver today, will take 15 minutes for the S - Skylab
space statlon_to orient from the solar inertial mode, the
ATM pointed directly at the Sun to an attitude with the
EREP instruments primarily directed at the intended ground
track. The similar amount of time, 15 minutes, will be
required to return the spacecraft to the solar inertial
mode. We'll have acquisition through Carnarvon in 15 seconds.
We'll hold the line up for CAP COMM Hank Hartsfleld.
CC Skylab, Houston through Carnarvon for
10 minutes.
CDR Houston, CDR.
CC Go ahead.
CDR Roger, Hank. For tomorrow, our day off,
we'd like to see about some private calls, and l'd llke you to
consider, if you would, the possibility of two-pass private
calls - take a couple of passes, couple of stations close together
and see if we can't extend 5- or 7-minute calls to quite a
bit longer. Let us know if that's not feasible.
CC Okay. We'll look at it, Jerry.
CDR Okay. Thank you.
SPT Hank, first I need (garble)
SPT Hank, I have two quick words on ATM op-
erations.
CC Go ahead, Ed.
SPT Okay. One is, on the WLC I was able to see
star or planet, at roughly 265 degrees - make that 263
degrees solar north, 3.7 solar radii showed up quite clearly
and had it been the nucleus of a comet, I wonld've been able
to pinpoint it fairly well. Secondly, I left the pointing [?]
for the unattended operations, so done on H-alpha 2s on the
SL-IV MC516/3
Time: 10:01 CST, 16:16:0% GMT
12/i/73
_pper left hand quadrant had the filament and remaining

three quadrents had some prominence activity around the llmb.
I assumed where (garble), that's what they're after.
CC We copied.
CC Skylab, Houston. Your maneuver time
looks good.
SPT Roger.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MCSI 7/i
TIME: 10:46 CST, 16:16:46 GMT
12/1/73
SPT Hank, I got a question on the way in

which the pad is worded. When the maneuver time is the
same, do you want that reloaded after the maneuver starts,
or is that strictly the pad format which always will give you that?
CC The pad format always does that, Ed.
SPT Okay.
CC And no - no reload is required.
SPT Thank you.
CC CDR, Houston; and, PLT. I got the
weather update for you if you can listen up now.
CDR Roger. We're listening; go.
CC Okay, it appears that there's going
to be some cloudiness and a great deal of cirrus in the
Northwest U.S. coming down towards Colorado there, 8 to
i0/i0; and across Colorado and Kansas there, 4 to 7/10.
And north, that would be predominately cirrus. And£there'll
be a little neck of thicker cirrus hanging out across your path
up in the toward the panhandle region. Then you should break
- break into some scattered cirrus, and then finally, out into
the clear as you come across the rest of Texas and out across the
Gulf. As you come up on the Yucatan Peninsula across the Gulf
there, you will pick up some more scattered cloudiness. And
until you reach the coast of South America near the Columbian
Panama there, it's pretty thick cloud - cloudiness. However,
there's a big hole right over Central Columbia and near the
Bogota area. Then in the Amazon Basin, a great deal of cloudiness
there'll probably block your view and you should start breaking
out near Sao Paulo. And the last hundred miles there after the
Coast ought to be pretty much clear.
PLT Thank you, Hank; we copy. Sounds
like it's clear there in Houston.
CC It was a beautiful morning.
CDR Maybe I can even get Eagle Lake.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're about 20 seconds
from our keyhold. It's about a minute long.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC518/I
Time: 10:52 CST, 16:16:52 GMT
1211173
CC Skylab, Houston. We're about i minute from

LOS; Guam at 5:7.
hours 54 minutes. Loss of signal through Carnarvon. Next
acquisition in 3 minutes 25 seconds will be the Guam tracking
station. Science Pilot Ed Gibson reported while he was at
the ATM, he was able to view through the onboard TV monitor
using the white light cronograph instrument spotting a star
or a planet by the Sun. Flight director Bill Shaffer has
asked G&_, Guidance and Navigation Officer, to report back
what that star or planet was and its magnitude. The maneuver
has been loaded in the onboard computers and G&N also told
flight director that everything looks good, as the spacecraft
prepares for the third EREP pass of the mission. Weather
along the groundtrack looks good. The areas that are cloudy
are the targets of the S - the Skylab instruments in Colorado,
New Mexico border, and again at the Texas Panhandle area.
Then again as the spacecraft crafts - crosses over the Amazon
Basin, instruments will be turned on to gather data on cloud
cover over the Amazon Basin. Skylab Control, we will have
acquisition in 2 minutes at Guam. We wi'll hold this line up
for that Guam pass.
CC Skylab, Houston through Guam for 7 1/2
minutes.
PLT Okay, PLT testing. Testing VOX
sensitivity. (Garble)
CC Skylab, Houston. We're about 1 minute
from LOS. You're looking good going over the hill. We'll be
marking s_ateside at 21.
17 hours 5 minutes. Loss of signal through the Guam tracking
station with acquisition coming in 14 minutes 55 seconds
through the Goldstone tracking station. Science Pilot
Ed Gibson should be presently located at the - the Apollo
telescope mount control and display panel, monitoring the
start of the Z-LV maneuver. Putting the spacecraft in the
proper attitude for the upcoming EREP pass. He monitors
the maneuver at the start - the critical maneuver at the
start for about 1 minute. Maneuver begins in approximately
4 minutes from now, at Greenwich mean time 17 hours 10 minutes.
The maneuver takes approximately 15 minutes. So if all goes
SL-IV MC518/2
Time: 10:52 CST, 16:16:52 GMT
12/1/73
well as the spacecraft approaches the northwest coast of

the United States the vehicle should be in the proper attitude.
The data take begins as the spacecraft crosses south of
Santa Fe New Mexico along track 34 on a descending pass.
Data take starts at Greenwich meantime 17 hours 27 minutes.
20 mintues from now. The instruments will gather data over
a large cirrus cloud formation at the upper panhandle of
Texas and then the spacecraft crosses on a line through
Corpus Christi and Houston picking up data on the HATS site,
Houston area test sight, over the Gulf of Mexico, picking up
data on the sea state in the Carribean Sea between the
Yucatan channel and the north coast of South America. Then
again over the Amazon Basin again picking up information on
cloud cover. And then the final data take will be over the
croplands of Brazil between Campo Grande and the coastline
of Brazil. Next acquisition in 12 minutes and 55 seconds.
We will have a status pioneer status report from the
Aims Research Center which was recorded early this morning.
This report runs approximately 5 minutes. We'll play that
status report at this time.
MCC We're AM - -
END'OF TAPE
SL-IV MC519/I
TIME: 11:08 CST, 16:17:08 GMT
12/1/73
SPEAKER we're a.m. pacific standard time,

on December ist two days from the closest approach of
the Pioneer X spacecraft to the planet Jupiter. We see
this morning the planet has grown quite a bit larger during
the evening. We've seen the planet Jupiter appear as a
dot first some days ago, and it's grown now until it's
- I guess, larger than a grapefruit. But we still note that
the axis of the planet appears to be tipped. This is due
to the angle of the approach of the spacecraft as it swings
in towards Jupiter. Actually the planet Jupiter - the spin
axis is virtually at right angles to the solar system. We're
getting quite a good view of the terminator now on the
monitors. And the most resent pictures that have come in
show quite clearly as a bright white dot, one of the moons
of Jupiter, this is Europa# And if you're looking at a monitor
you - actually you see two white dots because we actually
imaged Europa twice last night. The two white dots are
between the Jupiter images, the one on the left, and the
one in the center. First the white dot furthest to the
left is associated with the Jupiter image to the left, the
other one associated with the Jupiter image in the center
of the screen. Last night project officials reported that
we seem to go through a quiet period in a return of data
from the spacecraft. This period lasted for i0 or ii hours,
described as a calming of the science data. However, things
are picking up again now, and we note that the magnetic
field readings now consistently around the 12 to 13 gama
level. This is up perhaps a little more than double what
those lew_is were when the spacecraft crossed the magneto-
pause. To summarize, things are looking very, very good,
both with the spacecraft itself and with the scientific
experiments carried aboard. And another not, %there will
be a science briefing at i0 a.m. in the auditorium at the
Ames Research Center. This is Pioneer Control.
SPEAKER Control at 10 minutes before 9, December ist,
and everything looks still very fine with Pioneer 10. We're
now only two days out from our closest approach. And if
you're looking at the monitors you can see the planet is
getting much, much larger. We've had some very fantastic
occureances through the evening, which you'll be hearing
more about during the press conference at I0 a.m. But
all of a sudden late last evening everything calmed down.
It looks as like we were - We think it looks llke we were
back in the interplanetary medium; every all the readings
went way down. And then about 2 hours ago everything
picked up again and we're back into definitely the
SL-IV MC519/2
TIME: 11:08 CST, 16:17:08 GMT
12/1/73
magnetosphere with the planet associated magnetic field and

activity. The electron activity is building and the
magnetic field has upped to where it was just before this
occurrence of this void. Some theories in the hallways
are happening right now is that the solar wind pushed the
magnetopause back in towards the planet. Pushed it right
by the spacecraft as we're rushing in towards the planet.
And there again we were back in the interplanetary medium.
Then the solar wind diminished slightly. The planet's field
had a greater effect and pushed back and pushed the
magnetopause back out across the spacecraft and put us
back in the magnetosphere. The images, of course, are
showing much greater detail as the spacecraft is getting
to that basketball size. It, of course, will get much
larger; it appears to be canted over. This will continue.
We through the evening have gotten some beautiful images
which we'll try to, later on today bring off our disc
and talk in greater detail. Some of the red spot, we're
getting much more definition on the red spot, and to see
things even within its boundays. So, remember the press
conference where we'll talk with the principal investigators,
scientists on the activity through the evening at
i0 o'clock in the auditorium. And there we'll have more
reports on specifics in each area, and talk about the
activity through the night after that time. This is
Pioneer Control.
PAO This concludes the Pioneer status
report from the Ames Research Center. At Greenwich mean
time 17 hours and 14 minutes, acquisition coming up
at California. Goldstone tracking station in 6 minutes
35 seconds. The crew will be on voice VOX on this pass,
so it probably will come up early at about 3 minutes before
the pass. At Greenwich mean time 17 hours 14 minutes,
this is Skylab Control.
PAO Skylab Control Greenwich mean time
17 hours 17 minutes. 3 minutes away from acquisition
at Goldstone. We'll hold the line open for this Goldstone
pass, the start of the third EREP data take of the mission.
The first good day for data gathering over the Houston
area test site. Attempts have been made in two previous
missions but were unsuccessful due to bad weather in the
area. Today a definitely clear day over Houston. We'll
hold the line up for this stateside pass.
PLT Camera test off.
CDR Okay, (garble) cells over land, it looks like.
SL-IV MC519/3
TIME: 11:08 CST, 16:17:08 GMT
12/1/73
PLT No, those are open cells by the way,

you can see them.
CDR 2-1/2 minutes to EREP START.
CC Skylab, we're monitoring through Gold-
stone.
CDR Roger, Houston. No downlink this time_
right?
SPT Okay, Hank. We've been pushing the maximum
H we can get out of it; We're bumping up around 65 percent.
And Y is the only axis which is showing a little decrement
at about .005 slow, which ought to give us around 4-1/2
degrees in that area at the end of the maneuver time.
CC Roger. We copy Ed.
CDR 1-1/2 minute to EREP START.
CDR i minute to EREP START.
CDR 30 seconds. Bill, at i0 seconds after
EREP, START, at 23:10, we need an AUTO CAL.
PLT Okay.
CDR 15 seconds. On my mark it'll be 17:23:00.
Stand by.
CDR MARK. EREP, START.
PLT Standing by for AUTO CAL.
CDR On my mark it'll be23:10 with a VTS AUTO CAL.
PLT Standing by.
CDR Okay: stand by.
MS MARK.
CDR 23:10. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC520/I
Time: 11:23 CST, 16:17:23 GMT
1211/73
CDR MARK. 310. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY.

CDR That's weird.
PLT Sure is.
CDR What's that?
PLT Toward the desert area out in the West.
I guess it's the Great Salt Lake. That's what it is. Okay,
just so that you'll know. I might as well get some free tracking
on that thing. Okay. I'm at 24:33. I'm tracking what I
think is the Salt Lake. Or some area close by it. A few
clouds over it.
CDR That's one of my EREP sites there -
Bonneville Flats.
PLT Yes.
CDR Down there where the railroad track
crosses.
PLT 324 48 22 is the angle.
CDR Okay. About l0 seconds that AUTO CAL
will be finished.
PLT Okay. That's enough of that - let's see -
I get mountain lake this is the mountain lake starting at
snow around it. 25 - 25 minutes even and I'm backing it. Moun-
tain lake. Big(?), looks like it has ice all around it. (garble)
CDR Okay.
PLT Yes, it does. I has ice in it. Okay.
S ow all around it. Okay. I'm right in the middle of it
Now it's 25, 24 and I'm aiming right in the water. Nice
little mountain lake there.
CDR Okay. On my next mark, the S191 READY
light will've come on.
PLT Got another little mountain lake here.
Man, that's nice clear mountain air. This thing works pretty
hard -
CDR MARK. S191 READY light ON at 50. RE-
FERENCE 6.
PLT Okay, enough of that. 4653 (garble) get set
up for my meter.
CDR On my mark, it'll be 26:28. Stand by -
CDR MARK. ALTIMETER STANDBY. 194 MODE MANUAL.
PLT Beautiful country.
CDR On my mark, it will be 26:41. Stand by -
CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER, ON; RADIOMETER, ON.
CDR On my mark, it'll be 26:53.
CDR MARK. S190 MODE to AUTO. And on my
mark, it'll be 27:00.
CDR MARK. 192 MODE to READY; ETC auto, Ed.
SPT Got it.
CDR Okay.
SL-IV MC520/2
Time: 11:23 CST, 16:17:23 GMT
12/1/73
CDR On my mark, it'll be 27:34.

CDR MARK. S190 INTERVAL going to 20. On
my mark, it'll be 27:45.
CDR MARK. S192 going to CHECK. MODE to CHECK.
On my mark, it'll be 28:24. Stand by -
CDR MARK. POLARIZATION on 193 going to 4.
CDR MARK. At 28:30, S190 INTERVAL going back
to 10. ETC to standby, Ed.
SPT Got it.
CDR MARK. S192 MODE to READY. On my mark_
it'll be 29:52, 12 seconds from now. Coming up on 29:52. Stand
by
CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY. RADIO-
METER, STANDBY 54.
CDR MARK at 30. 193 RADIOMETER, OFF. 30:10 -
CDR MARK. ALTIMETER, ON. On my mark, it'll
be 30:54. Stand by
CDR MARK. S190 INTERVAL to 20.
CDR On my mark, it'll be 31:20. Stand by
CDR MARK. S192 MODE to CHECK. On my mark,
Ed, we'll put the ETC to standby at 31:40. Stand by -
CDR MARK. ETC to standby.
PLT PLT reporting successful acquisition at
sites 420, 425, no joy 410 or 415.
CDR One minute to the next mark. On my
mark, it'll 33:30. Stand by
CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. On my mark,
it'll be 33:45. Stand by -
CDR MARK. ALTIMETER is ON again. We're
looking for an S190 READY, out at 34:20.
CDR MARK. S190 READY light out at 34:21.
MODE to STANDBY.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're about i minute
to LOS. We'll be picking you up again at Vanguard at 46:00.
CDR Roger, Hank. On my mark, it'll be 35:15.
CDR MARK. S190 to SINGLE.
CDR Be checking INTERVAL i0. 314 (garble)
On my mark, it'll be 37:05. 37:05 coming up. Stand by -
CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. RADIOMETER
to STANDBY. i0 seconds,to EREP STOP. On my mark, it'll be
37:20. Stand by -
CDR MARK. EREP, STOP. 193, ANGLE to O.
CDR Have EREP START at 41:25.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC521/I
Time: 11:36 CST, 16:17:36 GMT
12/1/73
PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich meantime 17
hours 36 minutes, with loss of signal through the MILA
tracking station. Spacecraft approaching the north coast
of South America, as it gathers data on the EREP pass of
seastate conditions in the Carribean Sea between the Yucatan
Channel and north coast of South America. Next data take
will be over the Amazon Basin, of cloud cover, storm fronts
in the Amazon Basin area. Final data take as the spacecraft
passes near the coast of Brazil gathering data on Brazil's
agricultural areas between Grande Campo and the coast of
Brazil. On this pass G&N officer reported the flight
director, Phil Shaf
MCC - - by.
CDR i0 seconds to EREP STOP. On my mark
it'll be 37:20. Stand by.
CDR MARK. EREP STOP. 193 ANGLE to 0.
CDR I have an EREP START at 41:25.
17 hours 38 minutes. A loss of signal with the spacecraft
this time. Gene (garble) reports everything looking good on
the maneuver into the Earth resources pass, reporting that
34-mibs minimum - minimum impulse burns were used during
the maneuver for a total of 170 pound-seconds of propellant
to go into the maneuver. This is within range of the prediction
of 160 pound-seconds. Spacecraft will gather information
over the Amazon Basin at in of the Brazil agricultural
area • near the coast of Brazil. Next acquisition will be
in 7 minutes. At Greenwich mean time 17 hours 39 minutes. This
is Skylab Control.
PAO Skylab Control Greenwich meantime 17 hours
44 minutes. We should be having acquisition on - to Vanguard
tracking station i minute 50 seconds. We'll hold the line
up for this Vanguard pass.
CC Skylab Houston, through Vanguard for
9 minutes.
CDR Roger, Hank. 30 seconds to my next
mark. On my mark it'll be 47:00. Stand by.
CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER ON. RADIOMETER ON.
CDR MARK. S190 MODE to AUTO. On my mark
it'll be 47:20. Stand by.
CDR MARK. 192 MODE READY. ETC to auto head.
On my mark it'll be 48:00. Stnad by.
CDR MARK- S194 MODE to MANUAL. Watching
S191 for a READY light on.
CDR MARK. READY on at 48:19. Our next
mark will be at 48:40. Coming up on 48:40. Stand by.
SL-IV MC521/2
Time: 11:36 CST, 16:17:36 GMT
12/1/73
CDR MARK 192 MODE to STANDBY. Watching
for a READY light out on S190 and at 49 even.
CDR MARK. READY light out at 01. ETC to
standby, Ed. My next mark will be at 49:12. Stand by.
CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER STANDBY. RADIOMETER
to STANDBY. EREP STOP at 49:17. S190 MODE to standby.
Okay Ed, we start the SI maneuver in 30 seconds. 20 seconds.
i0 seconds. On my mark it'll be 17:50 even. Stand by.
CDR MARK. Mode to SI.
CC SPT, while you're at the panel there,
would you get the SO5 - 55 mode switch to stop for us please?
SPT All right. Bravo 7 is reading 32, 32
percent. That's 192 door closed. I'm gonna close your door
here. On 190. 90 door closed. Okay, got a tape recorder
depletion to do. Tape recorder fast forward going on now.
Pass 4 tape light is on. We have a tape motion intermittent.
End of tape. Looks like we timed that tape just about right.
CDR Getting to be a pretty good gage there.
Tape recorder power off.
SPT Yea. Darn close management. S191 AUTO
CAL now. Think that door closed light on S192.
CC Yeah. Any time.
CDR The S190 POWER is going OFF.
CC Skylab Houston. Before we go LOS here
I'd like to remind you that we would - should prefer at
least 2 hours between eating and M092, and CDR, that's
applicable to you today.
CDR Thank you. Okay.
CC Skylab, Houston. Wetre 1 minute from LOS.
Next pass'll be over Goldstone about an hour from now at 18:58
and we've planned to dump the data and voice recorder there and
for general information all three of your families are in the
viewing room now and they watched the playback of the TV from
yesterday.
SPT Very good Hank. Say hello to them
CDR Hello Carr family. Hello gang.
17 hours 56 minutes. Loss of signal through Vanguard at
the conclusion of EREP pass number 3, a 6500-mile pass.
The readings here on the ground. Telemetry shows that 39 mibs
minimum impulse burns were used going in to the maneuver.
A total of! 195 pounds-seconds of TACS propellent used. It
had been predicted that approximately 160 should have been
used. However this is well - this is well within the margin
established by flight planners here at the Johnson Space
Center. At the close of the pass the crew was advised their
families were in the viewing room. Mrs. Gerald Carr, Mrs,
William Pogue, and Mrs. Ed Gibson and their families. All
the children here. Carr Gibson said say hello to them
for me. And Commander Carr said hello Carr family. Next
acquisition will be in 1 hour at the Goldstone tracking
SL-IV MC521/3
Time: 11:36 CST, 16:17:36 GMT
12/1/73
station. Apparently another successful EREP pass. A first

for Skylab a first complete clear pass over the Houston
area test sight. Test sites including a 19-county area.
Pilot Pogue reported that he had success in - in zeroing
in on Rosenberg grange lands as well as their San Bernard
Basin south of Freeport. However he was unsuccessful in
sighting on the Somerville Reservoir area as well as
Eagle Lake. Otherwise all other instruments performing
nominally on this EREP pass. Next acquisition will be in
59 minutes and 50 seconds. At Greenwich mean time 17 hours
58 minutes this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC522/I
Time: 12::55 CST, 16:18:55 GMT
12/1/73

18 hours 55 minutes. Acquisition coming through the Goldstone
tracking station. As the groundtraek of Skylab takes its -
skirts the western coast of United States down the South Paci-
fic, across the tip of South Africa - South America. The crew
is in the midst of their well-deserved lunch period with Com-
mander Carr having spaghetti, lemonade, biscuits, butterscotch
pudding. Science Pilot Ed Gibson having pork and potatoes,
grape drink, biscuits and pears. Pilot Bill Pogue having veal,
corn, ambrosia, and grape drink. The mibs used up for the
maneuver into the EREP pass was 35 or a total of 195 pound-seconds.
We'll know on this pass how much mibs were necessary to turn
the vehicle to solar inertial attitude. On this pass coming down
the coast of South America, Commander Carr has been asked to
photograph an island in Galapogos Island chain, the Equatorian
Islands, 660 nautical miles west of the coast in the Pacific
Ocean. Recent volcanic activity has been detected in the
Wolf volcano, a 5600-foot tall mountain located at the northern
coast of the J-shaped Island of Isabella in the Galapagos
chain. Commander Carr has been asked to photograph this
island as the spacecraft passes approximately 180 miles south-
west of the islands on groundtrack 35. He will be using a
35-millimeter camera with a 300-millimeter lens. The
opportunity to take the photograph will come up at Greenwich
mean time 19 hours 14 minutes at about 17 minutes from this
time. We expect acquisition through Goldstone in 35 seconds.
We'll hold the line up for CAP COMM Hank Hartsfield.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're through Goldstone
and Texas for 12-1/2 minutes and as a reminder, we'll be dumping
the recorder here at Goldstone.
CDR Roger, Hank.
CC And CDR, Houston. Going back to the boric
acid tablets, we did a little research here and found out they
did do some ground test on these and indicate there's no problem
with the tablets dissolving even in chilled water and with
a minimum quantity of urine. And with no fluid motion, the
tablets do tend to maintain shape. But slight motion will break
them up and our thinking is that the tablet should've broken up
during mixing prior to sampling. Is this consistent with what
you saw?
CDR Okay. I think it probably was, Hank. We'll
keep a clese eye on it. Any time we can find any large chunks
that don't; dissolve, we'll let you know.
CC Okay. Thank you, Jer.
CC And CDR, we're not worried about this dump.
We checked the volume of the dump lines are so small compared
to the amount of urine that was dumped. There is no possibility
at all of it being stopped up in the lines there somewhere.
SL-IV MC522/2
Time: 12::55 CST, 16:18:55 GMT
12/1/73
CDR Okay. That's good.

SPT Houston, SPT.
CC Go ahead.
SPT Hank, could you try to get the f-stop
and exposure time f=r the handheld photo 146-4 coming up at
19:24. We're suppose to use IR Nikon 02 with it but - you
don't have any information here that I know of for out the
window.
CC Okay. Want the f-stop and exposure. I'ii
try to get that for you.
SPT Thank you.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're about 20 seconds
from LOS. We'll be coming up on Vanguard at 22 and for the
SPT, use settings for CX film on your cue card.
SPT Okay, Hank. Thank you. I wasn't sure
IR film would respond the same way. Thank you.
CC It's the same ASA - we think, so should
do the same.
SPT Very good.
19 hours 11 minutes. We've had loss of signal through the
stateside station Goldstone and Texas. Next acquisition
in i0 minutes 20 seconds will be Vanguard. During this pass,
telemetry on the ground indicates no mihs, no minimum impluse
burns were used to return the spacecraft to solar inertial.
So for this third EREP maneuver, the second using a maneuver,
a total of only 36 mibs, 195 pound-seconds of propellant used
on this maneuver today. Science Pilot Rd Gibson requesting
from the ground, data on which film to use to take handheld
photography number 146. This is of the central Argentine
pampas, which will be picked up on this rev at 19:24 Greenwich
mean time as the spacecraft crosses towards the southern
portion of South America. The distribution and type of
forage which supports domestic and wild grazing animals is
controlled by topography, soils climate conditions and
range management practices. The purpose of today's photography,
which hopefully will be repeated throughout the mission, is
to aid in the development of a general range management
system by determining the basic growth patterns in grasslands.
The pampas - the fertile prairies fan out about 400 miles in
an are around Buenos Aires. It contains most of Argentina's
cultivated land, about 3/4 of its roads and factories, and
about 4/5 of its population. At about this moment, Commander
Carr should be able to photograph the Galapagos Islands out
the wardroom window. This is an effort to photograph the
Wolf Mountain Volcano, 5600-foot tall mountain in the northern
tip of the Island of Isabella in the Galapagos chain. It's
SL-IV MC-522/3
Time: 12::55 CST 16:18:55 GMT
12/1/73
been reported recently, volcanic activity has been detected in

this volcano, which sets at the northern tip of the island.
At Greenwich mean time 19 hours 13 minutes, next acquisition
Vanguard, in 8 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC523/I
TIME: 13'.:22 CST, 16:19:22 GMT
12/1/73

19 hours 20 minutes. Acquisition coming through the
Vanguard tracking station in 45 seconds.
CC Skylab, Houston through Vanguard for
ii minutes.
CDR Roger, Hank.
CC And, CDR, Houston. Just as a reminder,
you're scheduled for an NuZ update here in the next 20 minutes
or so.
CDR Okay. Thank you, Hank.
CDR We got a look at HH site number 59. It's
pretty well cloud covered but the caldera was sticking up
through the clouds, and you can see it pretty clearly.
Got a couple of Hasselblad pictures.
CC Roger; we copy.
CC SPT, Houston. As a reminder, the
IR film requires a rattan filter, if you haven't got it already.
SPT Yes, we got it.
CC CDR, Houston; NuZ-update looks good.
CDR Roger. I didn't even have to move the
glmbal angles. I just put it on and there it was.
CC And, Skylab, Houston; like to give
you congrats on another beautiful EREP pass. It looked
like another sterling job down here.
CDR Thank you.
CDR The green team is getting a little
less green.
CC Skylab, Houston; we dropped out there.
You went :right over the antenna. They had to reacquire.
CDR Say again, Hank.
CC Roger. We dropped out of eomm there
for a minute. You went right over the antenna and they had
to reacquire.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're about i minute
from LOS. We're scheduled for Tananarive at 49. In the
event we miss contact there, Hawaii will be coming up
at 20:32. And you might be interested to know we fired
39 mibs during the EREP run, which is right in the ballpark
of our prediction.
SPT Okay'_ very good, Hank. The only thing
that concerned me a little during that was our maneuver rate
in Y was a little bit slow and I thought we might not get
on track early enough. How'd it look down there?
CC Okay, it pretty much matched what we
had figured it would do beforehand. In fact, in many cases
there we tracked right along the prediction and it - it's
SL-IV MC523/2
TIME: 13:22 CST, 16:19:22 GMT
12/1/73
pretty obvious to us now that the 2 minutes settling time

that we - we've put in there we're really going to need
every time.
SPT Oh, okay. The numbers which came up
from E and Y, though, were about .005 larger than what
it actually did. And we did have a (garble) attitude
error at the time we - that we did time out, around the order
of acouple of degrees.
CC Okay, that's what our settling time
is set up to take out, but there's always a little bit of
error there.
CDR Oh, all right. If when you get me the
numbers, :if you could give me your actual predicted numbers,
that would be useful for helping me monitor it. Otherwise, it
looked real good.
19 hours 34 minutes. Loss of signal through Vanguard. The
next acquisition in 13 minutes 45 seconds will be Tananarive
tracking station. In the event, CAP COMM advised the crew,
in the event that no contact is made over Tananarive, which
has had its problems during the last several days with
antenna lock, next acquisition would be Hawaii in 57 minutes.
During the pass Science Pilot Gibson reporting on the
attempt to take photographs of the volcano, the Wolf Volcano,
on the Island of Isabel in .the Galapagos chain. He reported
the area was cloud covered but he did get pictures of the
calderas, this is the top of the volcano. He said this was
visible through clouds. In previous missions Skylab crews
have taken photographs of the Fernandino Volcano on an
island adjoining the Island of Isabella. Conversation
concerning the accuracy of the maneuver, CAP COMM Hank
Hartsfield reporting to the crew 39 mibs were fired in putting
the Skylab space station in the proper attitude for the
EREP pass. And no mlbs were needed to return the vehicle
to the proper solar inertial attitude which is maintained
throughout the majority of the mission with the ATM and
solar panel pointed directly at the center of the Sun. Next
acquisition will be Tananarive in 12 minutes i0 seconds.
At Greenwich mean time 19 hours 36 minutes, this is Skylab
Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-524/I
Time: 13:48 CST 16:19:48 GMT
1211173

19 hours 48 minutes. We should have acquisition here at
Tananarlve in approximately 30 mln - 30 seconds. Pilot Bill
Pogue should be completing the M0130 - the MI31 run, human
vestibular function test. Functional objective 2 of this
experiment is the local spatialization. This does not involve
rotating the chair. We'll hold the line open for CAP COMM
Hank Hartsfield.
CC Skylab, Houston. Through Tananarive for
6 minutes.
SPT Roger; Hank.
CC And, Skylab, Houston. You might be
interested, at half time it's Navy 37, Army Zip.
SPT Thank you, Hank.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're about a minute
from LOS.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're about to go LOS.
Hawaii's coming up at 32.
SPT Talk to you over Hawaii, Hank.
19 hours 56 minutes. With loss of signal through the Tananarive
tracking station. Next acquisition in 35 minutes 35 seconds
will be Hawaii. Commander Jerry Carr should be about ready
to start the performance for the fourth time on the lower
body negative pressure device experiment and the electrocardio-
gram experiment, M092, M093, respectively. Also leg measurements
and blood pressure blood pressures will be made as well as
spatial photographs, as part of the detail of medical experiments
on schedule for today. Next acquisition will be in 35 minutes
from now through the Hawaii tracking station. We have a three
minute Pioneer report from the Ames Research Center. We'll
run that tape now.
MCC - - all the experiments are working well
and returning very valuable data. We've had very exciting
evening and morning. There was a press conference this morning
where much of this was discussed and as they related that
appeared, that after we got into the sphere of influence of the
planet Tuesday. We've been in it for awhile and then all of
a sudden it appears as if the solar wind pushed in on the
planets. The magnetic field went in close to the planet and
putting the spacecraft back into basically, the interplanetary
field behind the (garble). And, we were reading much lower
reading and this went on for approximately 11 hours, and then
this morning, again, the solar wind quit pushing on the
(garble) and back in the magnetosphere we went. Our
readings went up and now we're our readings are continuing
SL-IV MC-524/2
Time: 13:48 CST 16:19:48 GMT
12/1/73
to increase. The electrons are going up, but we still don't

see this high proton activity. Of course, as everybody has
been discussing, the proton activity is what we're concerned
with, but, if it does reach very high level, it has been
called the hard radiation belt, the spacecraft could be
damaged. But, we still have not seen enough of this activity
to do any ]predicting. Everything is still quite nominal.
You talk to the spacecraft people in each subsystem area and
of course, their seeing the same spacecraft, it's repeating
the same data that it has for 640 days. And, now, with only
2 days to go before we get to our closest approach to Jupiter,
we're anxiously waiting for the new changes. All the previous
theories of what might be in here, being changed moment by
moment as people scurry around the hall ways up in the
(garble) center. It appears, just a few moments ago, as if
we might have even - the magnetosphere again has a collapse
and (garble) even went back out into the area between the
(garble) and the magnetosphere. Went in towards the planet
and leaves the spacecraft out in this region and then as the
solar wind quits pushing as hard, then we're back into the
magnetosphere of the plant. This would indicate that the
outer extreme of the magnetosphere is much weaker than
previously theorized, but, here again, we can't tell until
we get further in. It's quite interesting that we were
able to look at data from our other spacecraft that is
traveling towards Jupiter, Pioneer ii, that's a year away
from encounter with Jupiter, and we're able to adjust for
the difference in that distance and see that the solar wind
activity did increase on Pioneer ii. And this delay given
the speed for the solar wind and sure enough, when it came
onto the planet it looks like this is what the increase in
activity was. It pushed the magnetosphere in closer to the
planet exposing the spacecraft again to the interplanetary
field in what we call the magnetosheatf, which is basically
the area between the (garble) and the sphere of influence
or the magnetosphere of the planet. So we're looking at this
again, minute by minute, and we're hopefully will have more
information a little bit later on just exactly what we're
seeing, and what the theory might be. How this all fits
together into a model of the other planet and the solar
system that has a magnetic field. The - we took images
through the night, they also were very interesting if you're
looking at (garble), you can see they're quite large, much
larger than we've seen over the last few days. The planet
gets closer and closer. The definition is terrific and you
SL-IV MC-524/3
Time: 13:48 CST 16:19:48 GMT
12/1/73
can see the detail between the bands and in the evening -
last evening we could see the red spot. We even saw some
what we think is detail within the red spot. We're checking
the raw data to make sure that we werentt looking at artifacts
that might be caused by our software/hardware interface.
So, here again, everything is working terrific, and we're
really looking forward to every moment that passes. This
is Pioneer Control report at this time the next report will
be in approximately i hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC525/1
TIME: 14_31 CST, 16:20:31 GMT
12/1/73

and 39 seconds Greenwich mean time. The Skylab space station
now north of the Hawaiian Islands is about to come within
range of the tracking antenna at Hawaii. This acquisition
of signal should be for a period of 5-1/2 minutes. We have
the line live for alr-to-ground through Hawaii now.
CC Skylab, Houston; through Hawaii for
5-1/2 minutes.
CC SPT, Houston. Are you free to talk
with us a minute?
PLT Always free to talk.
SPT Go ahead, Hank.
CC Okay, we got a message onboard now in
regard to the canister caging and uncaging. And essentially
what it tells you to do is to - if the canister fails to
uncage, is to select solar inertial and open the fine Sun
sensor door and try it again. Go back to experiment i.
If it still fails to uncage, go back to solar inertial and
DAS up the primary SPA- (garble) up-down channel. And try again.
And after that, if it still doesn't uncage, talk to us.
Now this procedure is coming up, but I want you to take a look
at it if you don't mind, and if you got any comments, let
us know. However, we would like for everyone of you - for
your ATM passes, as soon as the canister uucages to verify
it with the MPC.
SPT Okay, Hank. We'll go ahead and do that.
You want us to write in something on the cue cards?
CC We've got a cue card change in work,
now to add that to your Sun side prep. That'll verify the
canister uncage.
SPT Okay, Hank. We'll remember til we get
the cue card change and then incorporate that. Let me take
a look _:t what we're - have in the teleprinter and I'ii get
back with you. Thank you.
CC Okay, and I think you have the next pass,
Ed, and we would like you to do this procedure or verify the
uncage at - at the next pass.
SPT Will do, Hank.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're 1 minute from
LOS. Vanguard is the next site on the hour and we're scheduled
to dump the recorder there.
SPT Okay, Hank, I looked it over and I see
that we're selecting a SPA prime and up-down but not left-
right. What kind of mode will that leave us in in terms of the
switch on the panel?
SL-IV MC525/2
Time: 14:31 CST 16:20:31 GMT
12/1/73
CC The switch stays in secondary, Ed.

SPT Okay, so we'll be using both EPAs then -
one for up-down and one for left-rlght?
CC That's par- and we're about to go LOS,
we can talk about it a little more at Vanguard.
and 49 seconds Greenwich mean time. Skylab space station
is now passed out of range of the tracking antenna at Hawaii.
Our next acquisition is 21 minutes away at Vanguard. This
is Skylab Control at 39 minutes after the hour.
END OF TAPE
SK-IV MC-526/I
Time: 14:59 CST 16:20:59 GMT
12/1/73

18 seconds Greenwich mean time. Skylab space station is now
42 seconds from acquisition of signal at the Vanguard tracking
ship. Pass through Vanguard is expected to last about
I0 minutes. During this pass, spacecraft communicator will
be Hank Hartsfield. At the present time Phil Shaffer is the
Flight Director. We have the line live for air-to-ground
through Vanguard for about i0 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston. Through Vanguard for
i0 minutes.
SPT Hello, Hank.
SPT Hey, Hank. In looking over that schedule
for tomorrow. I'd like to take that ATM pass, which is from
around just before post sleep, or the early one at the
beginning of post sleep.
CC (Garble) one is now scheduled for the PLT.
You want I_o take that one?
SPT Rog.
CC How does Bill feel about that?
SPT We had a wrestle and I won. I traded him
a can of butter cookies.
CC Okay, I guess that'll be all right.
SPT Hank, I did have a question on the procedure
you came up with. That is why we are operating in control mode
one accident prime and one in secondary?
CC Okay the - the logic behind that Ed, is
that we want to minimize the number relays we change in getting
ourselves out of trounble if the canister doesn't uncage.
SPT Okay, thank you Hank.
CC Skylab Houston, we're one minute from LOS.
Tananariw_ at 24, if no success Hawaii at 22:07.
SPT So long Hank.
PAO Skylab Control at 21 hours, i0 minutes,
and 40 seconds Greenwich mean time. Skylab space station is
passed out of range of Vanguard. We're 13-1/2 minutes from
acquisition of signal at Tananrive. During this last pass,
Science Pilot Ed Gibson requested that he be given the ATM
operations for the final evening pass tomorrow. That's formally
called the crew day off, although a look at the schedule doesn't
make it look much like a crew day off. At present time the
activity was scheduled for Pilot Bill Pogue. However, as it's
now scheduled there'll be 4 ATM runs tomorrow a total of about
3 hours and 20 minutes at a manned operation. And all of those
will he performed by the Science Pilot. The activities will
begin in the morning at about 15:44, that's about 9:44 centeral
SL-IV MC526/2
Time: 14:59 CST 16:20:59 GMT
12/1/73
standard time, and they continue during the day. In addition

to that tlhere are also 2 earth resources pass presently
scheduled. Back to back earth resources passes, both of them
relatively short in duration. An ii minute pass that begins
at 16:4S, thats 10:43 a.m. centeral standard time. And a
second pass which will be the fifth earth resources pass of
the mission is scheduled for 18:16 or 12:16 central standard
time, that's a 13 minute pass. So that again 2 earth
resources passes scheduled for tomorrow. Operations on the
earth terrain camera for both of those short passes, and that
will make a very crew - very busy crew day off. ATM activities
for Ed Gibson, 4 passes on the ATM and 2 earth resources passes
scheduled for tomorrow, in addition of course to continuing
operations on brightness photography o_ the comet Kohoutek,
that's $233 scheduled twice again tomorrow as it has been now
for several days. And - a short period of off duty time for
the crew - couple of the crew members. Commander has the
longest off duty time, a block of time is about 2-1/2 hours
in the afternoon will be free for him. A shorter period of
off duty time for Science Pilot, Ed Gibson, and a couple of
hours of time off scattered throughout the day for the Pilot,
Bill Pogue. Looks llke a very busy day tomorrow for the crew.
It has been a busy day so far today with a very successful
pass to study earth resources. That pass included observation of
a number of sites in the Houston area test site-. And that's
the first very successfull pass over the Houston area, in which
we acquired virtually all of the data required in that along
that site along today's groundtrack. So that's good news for
some scientists here in the Houston area who have projects
that involve the Houston area test site, 18 county area
around Houston which includes atmospheric studies and land
use and regional planning among other things. We're i0 minutes
and 40 seconds from acquisition at Tananarlve° This is
Skyl ab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC527/I
Time: 15:23 CST 16:21:23 GMT
12/1/73

now approaching the range of the Tanana - Tananarive tracking
antenna. Our acquisition should be about 7-1/2 minutes at
Tananarive. We'll bring the line up live for air-to-ground
through Tananarive at this time.
CC Skylab, Houston through Tananarive 5-1/2
minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're i minute from LOS.
Hawaii at 07.
PLT Hello, Hank.
and 20 seconds Greenwich mean time. Tananarive reports
that the space station is now out of range of signal there.
Our next acquisition 32 minutes and 55 seconds from now,
will be at: Hawaii. Very little conversation on this last
pass with communications interrupted occasionally. Spacecraft
Communicator, Hank Hartsfield, is now in the process of
handl banding over to Bruce McCandless, who is coming on
duty. Off-going Flight Director, Phil Shaffer, says he'll
be available in about 4:30 for a change-of-shift briefing
in Building i briefing room. Again that's change change-
of-shift briefing available - Phil Shaffer in the Building
i briefing room at 4:30. That's about an hour from now.
Again, Phil Shaffer is the off-going flight director and
on coming is Nell Hutchinson. This is Skylab Control at
35 minutes and 9 seconds after the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC528/I
TIME: 16:06 CST, 16:22:06 GMT
1211173

now 40 seconds from acquisition of signal through the
Hawaiian Island's tracking station, we'll bring the line up
for a pass through Hawaii lasting about 10 minutes.
CC Skylab, this is Houston through Hawaii
for i0 minutes, out.
GC Skylab, this is Houston 30 seconds to
LOS, next station contact in 22 minutes through the Vanguard
at 22:39 with the data voice tape recorder dump, out.
now out of range of Hawaii, our next acquisition is 20 minutes
away, that's at Vanguard. During this last pass we had no
conversation from the crew, schedule calls for both
Pilot Bill Pogue and Commander Carr to be engaged in physical
activity st this time, exercises. And at the same time
Science Pilot Ed Gibson is scheduled to be working at the
ATM console observing the sun. There are about 32 minutes
left in daylight period for Gibson and that will be his next
to the last opportunity on ATM. He'll have another short
opportunity on the following pass of daylight and then
Pilot Bill Pogue will close out the ATM this evening with
a pass Just before bedtime. This is Skylab Control, 19 minutes
and 20 seconds from our next acquisition, it's 19 minutes
and 35 seconds after the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC529/I
Time: 16:44 CST 16:22:44 GMT
12/1/73

and 21 seconds Greenwich mean time. The Vanguard pass is
already begun. It began about 5 minutes, and we've made
a recording of the introduction to that pass. We'll play
that back and play catch-up during the remainder of the
Vanguard pass.
CC Skylab, this is Houston through the
Vanguard for 8-1/2 minutes. And for the ATH operators, we
have a subnormal flare reported active region 87, 92 complex.
It peaked at 22:30 Zulu, and no X-rays reported yet. Over.
PLT Roger, Bruce.
PAO This is Skylab Control. We're live now
for the last 3 minutes of the pass.
CC Skylab, this is Houston. 1 minute to
LOS. Next station contact is through Hawaii in i hour and
i minute at 23:48. Out. By the way, the final score in the
Army-Navy football game was Navy 51, Army nothing.
PLT Can't win them all.
CDR Hook them, Horns.
CC And the Auburn and Alabama game starts
in about 10 minutes.
is passed out of range of the Vanguard tracking anEenna.
And our next acquisition is just about an hour away at Hawaii.
Very little conversation at this pass. Spacecraft Communicator
is now Bruce McCandless, who indicated a subnormal flare has
been observed in active region 87, at 22:30, that's about 20 min-
utes ago. No X-ray data has been received by satellites.
Skylab Science Pilot, Ed Gibson, should have been at the ATM
console during that period, and it's likely that ha has some
observations of his own underway there. Meanwhile the other
two crew members are - should have been completing their physical
training period and they'll be moving on to a run of the HI31
shortly to begin on the Science Pilot. That's the human
vestibular function experiment, and that will be the last medical
run today for the crew before eating their evening meals. This
is Skylab Control. It is now 50 minutes and 17 seconds after
the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC530/I
Time: 17:46 CST 16:23:46 GMT
12/1/73
PAO This is Skylab Control. We've had acquisi-

tion at Hawaii at 23:46:38 Greenwich mean time.
CC Okay, it looks like we have Hawaii pretty
solidly now for about 4 minutes. Do you have anything for us?
CDR Not a thing Bruce.
CC Skylab, this is Houston 1 minute till
LOS. Next station contact in 26 minutes through the Vanguard
at 22:50 at 23:38. Out.
CC 00:16. Out.
and 24 seconds Greenwich mean time. During the very beginning
of that pass, Spacecraft Communicator Bruce HcCandless came
up early because of an antenna problem at Hawaii. We clipped
a few seconds off the beginning and we'll play that back for
you at this time.
CC Skylab this is Houston through Hawaii
for approximately 3 minutes. We're having trouble with the
power amplifier code system at Hawaii. Next station contact
will be through the Vanguard in 31 minutes at 22:39 with a
data voice tape recorder dump. Over.
CDR Roger, Bruce.
and 6 seconds Greenwich mean time. That's the piece of tape
that was clipped at the very beginning of the pass, and we've
played that back. As Bruce McCandless indicated there was
a problem with the antenna cooling system at Hawaii. That
is to say the ground antenna rather than the spacecraft one.
And that however did not present any problems, we had good
communications through Hawaii. We're about 22 minutes from
our next Acquisition of signal. Tomorrow is officially
called the crew day off, but it's a busy day for the crew
members. It includes more than 3 hours of solar observation
by Science Pilot Ed Gibson, who is a solar physicist himself,
and the author of the Quiet Sun. It also includes back to
back earth resources passes. Those passes will be the fourth
and fifth of the mission. First one is a long track 48,
it begins over the Rocky Mountains, northwest of Denver at
10:43 a.m. central standard time, and it runs to Barranqiulla,
Colombia on the coast of the Caribbean Sea, and ends at
10:54, ii minutes later. A second earth resources pass
along track 49 begins several hundred miles west of
San Francisco over the Pacific Ocean at 12:16 p.m. central
standard time. Runs along the California coast including
much of the length of Baja California, and ends in the Pacific
Ocean south of Mexico City. That pass is scheduled to last
13 minutes, it runs from 12:16 to 12:29 p.m. central standard
time. That is primarily a water pass over the Pacific Coast
SL-IV MC530/2
Time: 17:46 CST 16:23:46 GMT
12/1/73
area. We'll give you additional details on that as soon as

they become available. They are now being prepared in the back
room, and they indicate approximately 15 sites on the first pass,
although it is a very short one ll minutes it's a relatively
valuable one. It does have more sites than the first site - than
the first track performed by this crew during a solar inertial
pass. We're now 20-1/2 minutes from our next &quisition of
signal. It's 56 minutes and 12 seconds after the hour and
this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC531/I
TIME: 18:15 CST, 17:00:15 GMT
12/1/73
PAO Skylab Control at zero hours, 15 minutes

and 55 seconds Greenwich mean time. Skylab Space station
is now approaching acquisition of signal at Vanguard, this
pass should last approximately i0 minutes. We have the
line live now for air-to-ground and Bruce McCandless.
Vanguard for i0 minutes, over.
PLT Hello, Houston.
CC Roger, would you believe Oklahoma 45
Oklahoma State 18, over.
CDR Sooners are tough.
CC Would you believe we've got some things
for you to do with the ATM C&D coolant loop?
CDR I believe that, too.
SPT Go ahead, Bruce.
CC Okay, Ed as you may be aware off and on
for the past couple of weeks we've been noticing what you
could call. a cough on the ATM C&D coolant loop at about
once a day we've been getting a drop in the flow rate through
the loop. The delta-P sensors across the pumps were disconnected
prelaunch as the data from them was so noisy that we couldn't
get any useful information out of it, so that the flow rate
is really the only real significant perimeter we have for
interpreting the loop performance at the present time. Our
belief is that this cough and drop in flow rate which then
comes back up fairly rapidly is due to the pump B relief
valve, momentarily opening in connection with a generally
higher loop resistance. To check this out we're asking you
to turn pump B off and pump C on and see how pump C functions
in the system. There are a couple of things that this does
for us, first off in ground testing, the pump C relief valve
had a higher cracking pressure than did the pump B valve,
pump C itself developed a lower flow rate and therefore
presumed lower delta-P across it so that the combination of
these two, we think will eliminate the - I don't want to call
it a malfunction. Let's say eliminate theidiosyncrasy. You
may recall that this loop is not required for C&D operations,
it's only required to keep the (garble) temperature down and
to allow us to operate the EREP tape recorders no,inally and
if at any time we decide to come back to pump B we can go
ahead and do that so unless you've got some questions on it,
on panel 1203 we'd like to get ATM coolant pumps B switched
to off and C to on, over.
SPT You've got it.
CC Thank you.
CC Skylab, this is Houston a minute and
a half to LOS, next station contact in 5 minutes through
SL-IV MC531/2
TIME: 18:15 CST, 17:00:15 GMT
12/1/73
Ascension Island at 00:30 with a data voice tape recorder

dump, out.
has passed out of range of the tracking antenna on the
Vanguard ship. Our next acquisition is about 2 minutes and
40 seconds away at Ascension where we'll have a 9-1/2 minute
pass. During this last pass there was some discussion with
the crew on the ATM control and display panel coolant loop.
That coolant loop which serves primarily to keep the ATM
instruments cool enough to touch the surface of the panel
cool enough to touch has shown some changes in flow rate
since yesterday with pump B indicating an idiosyncrasy
apparently no reason for the sharp shifts in flow rate but
they do want to make a check on the pump C relief valve to
see if that doesn't perform a little bit better, they have
now converted to pump C on the ATM control and display
coolant loop and they'll expect that that may work a little
bit better and they'll watch that for a while. It does appear
to be flowing very well at this time. They don't consider
that to be a malfunction but merely a little abnormality
perhaps in the performance in the pump. Skylab crew has the
day off tomorrow and tomorrow has been planned as a busy day
on both solar experiments and Earth resources experiments with
2 back - 2 Earth resources passes to be made back to back.
The first pass on track 48 begins to the northwest of
Denver, Colorado in the mountains and concludes just off the
coast of Colombia in South America. We're about a minute
from acquisition of -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC532/I
TIME: 18:29 CST, 17:00:29 GMT
12/1/73
PAO Skylab crew has(comm dropout)been made

back to back, first pass on track 48 begins to the northwest
of Denver, Colorado in the mountains and concludes just off
the coast of Colombia in South America. We're about a minute
from acquisition of signal at Ascension. We'll bring the line
up live now for alr-to-ground through that station.
CC Skylab, this is Houston through Ascension
for 9 and 1/2 minutes with a data voice tape recorder dump,
out.
SPT Hello Bruce the configuration of S055
is at mechanical reference 102 which is the desired
location of the grating but it will read 102 mechanical
the switching (garble) optical.
CC Okay, we copy that Ed, thank you.
CC And for your information the coolant
loop is looking good running on pump Charlie, out.
SPT Hey, very good thank you Bruce.
CC Any old time.
SPT Have you come up with a way of fixing
S054?
CC Not yet, Ed. Evolution where we left
filter 3 selected for 6-1/2 or so hours didn't produce any
noticeable results so we're still considering the options
that may 5e available to us.
SPT Okay.
CC And I guess the front-running candidate now
that's being kicked around is some sort of a manipulation by EVA.
SPT We'll do what we can.
CC Better get out your blueprints and start
studying.
SPT What kind of manipulation period, mostly
mechanical?
CC Yes.
SPT What are they going to put it in reset
and give it a little mechanical vibration?
CC We haven't really worked the procedure
to that level yet, I guess there are a couple of different
options that are being kicked around here and until we
settle out; on one, why, probably isn't too much point
in listing them.
SPT Okay. Whenever you come up with a
couple of first - the front runners, though I wouldn't mind
hearing what they are.
CC We'll keep you posted.
SL-IV MC532/2
TIME: 18:29 CST, 17:00:29 GMT
12/1/73
SPT Thank you.

CC And there is a contingent leaving for the
Marshall Space Center here in Huntsville, Monday morning
bright and early and we ought to - we ought to have things
well sorted out prior to your next EVA and the procedures
up to you.
CC Skylab, this is Houston. A minute and
a half to LOS, next station contact in 38 minutes through
Guam at 01:16, out.
now crossing the coast of Africa is out of range of the
Ascension tracking antenna, our next acquisition 35 minutes
away is at Guam. This is Skylab Control at 41 minutes,
20 seconds after the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC533/I
Time: 19:15 CST 17:01:15 GMT
12/1/73
PAO Skylab Control at i hour, 15 minutes,

within range of Guam. We'll bring the line up live for air-
to-ground through Guam at this time.
CC Skylab, this is Houston through Guam for
7 minutes. Over.
CDR Hello, Bruce.
CC Okay, next station contact which is
Vanguard will be evening status report, and a data voice
tape recorder dump. And I've got a little bit of information
for you here if you're listening. Over.
CDR Go ahead, Bruce.
CC Okay, beginning on day 337 our mission
day 18 which is really day after tomorrow, the NASA S-band
site at Santiago, Chile has been granted permission to track
the CSM on a noninterference basis for a period about i0 days,
as you come over. The reason for this is that we're launching
an Earth- atmospheric explorer C satellite, and they've been
having difficulty getting the tracking system to function.
And you're the only S-band payload in orbit at the present time,
so what they are going to be doing is locking on and tracking
you in range. And we don't expect any audible indication
or any modulation to be coming up on it. However, it's possible
if you do normally hear little noises or static of some sort
at AOS and LOS with the rest of the S-band stations you may
hear similar noises when they unlock to hand over to Vanguard.
They won't be infringing on the Vanguard passes, but they'll
take care of it during the minute or two beforehand. Over.
PLT Very good Bruce. IVm glad we're up
here and help them out.
CC Great, and I guess for my own information,
can you tell when you're being locked onto by a ground station?
PLT Yeah, we sure can Bruce. You pick up
a little static as soon as you lock on, and - and that's
that's why we can tell when you're up. And also LOS is static
when you start to fade out, and then it all of a sudden drops
off to si].ence when you'rr gone.
CC Yeah, that's sort of what we thought,
and I guess the jest of this is that for the next week or
so coming up on Vanguard you'll probably get a I guess I
could call it a false lock when Santiago hits you, and we
wouldn't want you to think we had some sort of communications
problems when you couldn't raise anybody on voice.
PLT Oh, okay Bruce. Glad we can do it.
CC Roger out..
CC Skylab this is Houston, i minute to
SL IV MC-533/2
Time: 19:15 CST 17:01:15 GMT
12/1/73
LOS. Nex1: station contact in 31 minutes, through the Vanguard

at 01:74. And we'll be standing by for the evening status
report at AOS at the Vanguard. And Alabama 14, Aurburn nothing at
the half.
CDR Roger, thanks Bruce.
CC A late update - 35 to nothing in the fourth
quarter.
PLT Roger, Bruce.
PAO Skylab Control at 1 hour and 24 minutes
now out of range of the tracking antenna at Guam. Our next
acquisition is half an hour away at Vanguard. During this
last pass we had some discussion of the plan for some tracking
of the S-band by Santiago station in Chile. That tracking plan
will begun - will be begun on mission day 18, that's 2 days
from today, day after tomorrow. That's preparation for explorer
C atmospheric satellite launched. Their having some difficulties
with the tracking facility at Santiago, and they'll be practicing
with Skylab beginning 2 days from today. Tracking will be
limited to merely locking on the space station as it passes
over and then they'll release lock just before Vanguard has
acquired. So that's taking advantage of the fact that we
have a payload in orbit as Bruce McCandless indicated to
practice for some of our atmospheric activities with satellite
Explorer B Explorer C. During the pass at Vanguard about
6:20 p.m. this evening central standard time Science Pilot
Ed Gibson switched from pump B to pump C for the ATM control
and display panel cooling loop. And occasional fluctuation
in pressure in the lines occurred yesterday on the ATM cooling
loop and flight controllers believe this may be associated
with the operation of the B pumps relief valve, there are
no sensors to indicate the operation of the relief valve
itself so as a test the pumps have been changed. Pump C's
relief valve is believed to be less likely to be activated
under normal conditions than is the pump B relief valve.
By running pump C for the ATM control panel, it's hoped that
the cause of the unexplained idiosyncrasy in the behavior of
the cooling loop can be if not detected
at least narrowed down. Pump A on the ATM control and display
panel coolant loop was shut down more than 2 months ago when
it begin behavin= erratically. It is not believed however
that pump B is in or near a collapsed state it's merely
operating a little bit strangely and as a test they are
shifting over to pump C to determine whether or not the
SL-IV MC533/3
TIME: 19:15 CST, 17:01:15 GMT
12/1/73
relief valve on B is the likely cause of that sudden drop

in pressure. The drop in pressure only lasted about i0 seconds
yesterday and they just started trying to detect exactly what
might have caused that. They do not believe - again repeat
that pump B is in any way faulty and they expect they may go
back to that should the need arise. Pump A however was determined
to be, not performing to the optimum level and that
was shut down. So this is a testing performed that was -
shift was made by Ed Gibson to pump C and it seems to be
performing perfectly so far with no fluctuation in pressure
detected yet. Quiet evening aboard the Skylab space station
tomorrow is scheduled for the crew day off, and all 3 crew
members have time set aside so they may take showers. In
addition of course there is time for physical training. The
ATM will be operated tomorrow by Science Pilot Ed Gibson, and
2 Earth resources passes are scheduled back to back for
tomorrow morning on tracks 48 and 49. This is Skylab Control
26 minutes from our next acquisition of signal. It's now
27 minutes and 47 seconds after the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC534/I
Time: 19:53 CST 17:01:53 GMT
12/1/73

4 seconds Greenwich mean time. Skylab space station now
coming within range of the tracking antenna at aboard the
Vanguard tracking ship. We'll bring the line up live for air-
to-ground through Vanguard. The pass is expected to last be-
tween i0 and ii minutes.
Vanguard for 8-1/2 minutes. Standing by for the Evening
Status Report. Over.
CDR Stand by, Bruce. Our evening status is
fine, how's yours, Bruce?
CC Saturday night Mission Control silver
team strikes for a new record with 33 special pizzas ordered
from Vernons.
CDR From Brennans?
CC Vernons. Victor, Echo, Romeo, November,
(garble), November.
CDR Okay, here comes the Evening Status Report.
CC Okay, let her rip
CDR CDR, 7.0; 5 heavy, 2 light; SPT, 8.5,
7.5 heavy, 1 light, PLT, 7 and a half, 6 and one half, heavy,
one light. Volume: CDR, 1900; SPT, 2100; PLT, 85 - 1850, PLT,
1850. C- Drinking Gun - Drinking Water Gun reading: CDR,
6929; SPT, 1705; PLT, 7868. Body Mass: CDR, 6.295, SPT,
6.399, 6.398, 6.397, PLT, 6.29 - correction 6.240, 6.236,
6.237. Exercise: CDR, method Alfa, leg, 35 minutes, 4400-watt
minutes, method Bravo, Alfa, Delta, Echo, Foxtrot, i0 minutes,
20 each. Method Charlle, Charlle Delta, Foxtrot, 04 minutes,
i0 repetitions each, Method Foxtrot, walk, 9 minutes, run
1 minute. SPT, Method Alfa, leg, 35 minutes, 7337-watt
minutes. Method Bravo, Foxtrot, i0 minutes, 40 repetitions.
Method Foxtrot, run 5 minutes, method Foxtrot springs 5 min-
utes, for 300 repitltions. Method Foxtrot toe rises, 5 min-
utes, 200 repetitions. PLT, Method Alfa, legs, 32 minutes,
5000-watt minutes. Method Bravo, Alfa, Beta, Delta, Echo,
50 repetitions each. Charlie, Method Charlie, Bravo, Charlie,
Delta, Echo, Foxtrot, Gulf, 7 minutes, (garble) repetitions
each. Method Foxtrot, walk, 12 minutes, method foxtrot toe
rises, i minute, i00 repetitions. Medications: none. Gar-
ments: the only one, PLT discarded one pair of trousers. Stand
by for the food log. Okay, CDR, salt, zero, deviations zero,
water deviations plus 2.5. SPT, salt 4.0, deviation, zero,
water, zero. PLT, salt, zero, deviations, plus i (garble),
water deviation, zero.
CC Okay, we're with you so far.
CDR Okay, the photo log. 16-millimeter, ATC
prep, M151. Supplies, Charlie India, 71, 93, Charlie India,
82. 140 foot DAC for EREP, Charlie Lima, 09, 89, NA. Nikon
SL-IV MC534/2
Time: 19:53 CST 17:01:53 GMT
12/1/73
status, 01, Charlie, X-ray, 2044, 02, India, Romeo, 08, 00,
03, Charlie India, ii - correction Charlie India, 11022.
04 is empty, 05 Bravo, Hotel, 0352. 70-millimeter, Charlie
X-ray 47009. ETC, Charlie Tango, 10058. EREP, 95591746,
9278, 8651, 0422, 9327. Set Kilo: Dora, Alfa, configuration.
Alfa i, 07, Charlie India 72. i00 C185. Alfa 2, 05 Charlie
India 9396. Charlie India 122. Alfa 3, 06, Charlie India
12518, Charlie India 124. Alfa 4, 03 Charlie India 7193,
Charlie India 82. Back, 02, no supply Charlie India 56.
CC We got all that, Jerry.
CDR Okay, sh - Let's see, Flight Plan devia-
tions, Too3-6 not done today, we'll try to do it tomorrow.
Shopping list accomplishments, N/A, inoperable equipment, just
want to check and make sure that the ground is showing DAC 08
is inoperable. And no unscheduled stowage. End of report.
CC Roger, we are showing 08 is inoperable.
And we copied all that. If you've got a pencil and paper
there, we'll give you the times for your private phone calls
tomorrow, and it's TCU 19, SMU, 21, Alabama 35, Auburn, nothing
at the end. Both final scores.
CDR Okay, thank you. How did USC do this
weekend?
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC535/I
TIME: 20:00 CST, 17:02:00 GMT
12/1/73
CC - both final scores.

CDR Okay, thank you. How did USC do this
weekend?
CC We'll get the score for you later on
that one we haven't got it yet.
CDR Okay. I'm ready to copy.
CC Okay, PLT phone call, Vanguard at 23:33,
Ascension at 23:48. SPT- Vanguard 01:i0, Ascension 01:23.
CDR - Vanguard 02:48, Canary 03:08, Madrid 03:12, over.
CDR Okay, PLT - Vanguard 23:33, Ascension 23:48;
SPT Vanguard 01:i0, Ascension 01:23; CDR - Vanguard 02:48,
Canary 03:08, Madrid 03:12.
CC Roger and we'll give you the antenna
details and the LOS times in the middle and stuff like that
tomorrow.
CDR Okay, that's great Bruce, thank you.
CC Okay, one evening question for you,
Are you still utilizing the wet towel to increase humidity
level if so what are the locations and numbers of towels
utilized in each location, over.
CDR We never did use the wet towels, we got
used to tile dryness and the temperature went down and it was
no where near as uncomfortable so we just haven't put any
out .
CC Okay we'll put ynu down for zero_ zero.
And we got a couple of pages of quick news here if you're
interested.
CDR Okay, stand by Bruce, the only wet ones
are in the head, so I guess Ed said he had passed the word
that there are some wet ones in the head.
CC Yeah, well that's Just incidental to
the normal use of the towels, isn't it?
CDR Yeah that's what I would think.
CC I mean you - you're not intentionally
stringing any wet ones over the fans or blowers.
CDR That's negative.
CC Okay. 7 day forecast is in the teleprinter
and you can review it at your convenience this evening and
llm ready for the news if you've got nothing else.
CDR No, go right ahead.
CC Okay, Israel's first premier,
David Ben-Gurion, died today at the age of 87 after suffering
a stroke November 18. Condolences poured into Israel from
around the world, and Premier Golda Meir called a special
"mourning session" of the cabinet Saturday night. Ben-Gurion,
whose name means "Son of a Lion Cub," came to Palestine
from Poland in 1906. He retired in 1970 from public life
SL-IV MC535/2
TIME: 20:00 CST, 17:02:00 GMT
12/i173
and had lived in a cottage on a kibbutz in the Negev Desert.

He will be buried nearby. The commanding officer of the
nuclear attack submarine USS Plunger yesterday was swept
overboard and lost in heavy seas near the Golden Gate Bridge.
Commander Alvin L. Wilderman, 36, had been skipper of the
Plunger for two years and the vessel had departed
Mare Island Naval Shipyard at Vallejo for a shakedown cruise.
Pioneer i0, your fellow space traveler, has sent back pictures
of the planet Jupiter which surpass in quality any ever
made from Earth. The quality of these photos held great
promise for future pictures as Pioneer makes the closest -
makes its closest approach to Jupiter at 81,000 miles
Monday evening. The new Greek regime has announced that it
does not plan to prosecute deposed President George Papadopoulos.
The 54-year-old former colonel, who was overthrown last
Sunday is no longer under house arrest and is free to move
around. Countries in western Europe are meeting part of the
energy crisis by burning household garbage to generate steam
for electric generators. Rotterdam has a plant that has
operated for 60 that's 60 years and Amsterdam gets six percent
of its electricity from steam generated from burning garbage.
Similar operations across France and Germany have been in
operation for many years. In Washington, the Senate failed
to make any progress in sorting out the tangle talk created
by an election financing amendment added to the federal
debt sealing bill. The filibuster left the government
63 government debt 63 billion over the legal limit. After
a 2-hour session, the Senate voted 34 to 28 to adjourn
until i0 a.m. Sunday for the first Sunday session in 112 years.
The last Sunday session was in 1861. An Egyptian Government
spokesman said that resuming the suspended Middle East
cease-fire talks now would be pointless. Ahmed Anis said
that Israel was just using the talks to stall and refusing to
honor its commitment to the November 4 agreement worked out
by Secretary of State Kissinger. Coming up on LOS, next
station contact in about 2-1/2 minutes Ascension at 02:07.
Also up in Washington I'll hit that at Ascension. We're
dropping out.
PAO Skylab Control at 2 hours, 5 minutes and
40 seconds Greenwich mean time. Skylab's passed out of range
of the Vanguard tracking ship but is about to be acquired
in the next minute and a half by Ascension. Evening status
report given at the Vanguard pass and a llst of times for
private communications tomorrow night. These are conversations
between the crew members and their families, un - unusual
in that they are going to be conducted at two separate
stations with 3 stations in the case for the Commander
giving them a little longer to talk. And as the crew indicated
SL-IV MC535/3
TIME: 20:00 CST, 17:02:00 GMT
12/1/73
they have found the humidity problem not to be as severe

as it had been when the high Beta angles put sunlight on the
space station for an extended period of time. Humidity got
a little bit irritating and they did have some dry skin
problems and chapped lips and as a result they were talking
about using wet towels as a way of raising the humidity in
the space station but since that time the Sun angle has
changed a little bit and it's now much cooler and they do
have some nighttime periods for period of several days
they were in constant sunlight, which raised the temperature
a number of degrees. The present time the temperature in
the spacecraft is about 75 to 76 degrees inside the workshop
compartments, so it has become a good deal more comfortable
on the last several days as a nighttime period allows the
space station to cool down a little bit. We're coming up
on acquisition of signal now at Ascensionj this pass will
be through Ascension, Canary Island, and Madrid and will be
an extended one lasting approximately 15 minutes.
END OF TAPE
SL IV MC-536/I
Time: 20:07 CST 17:02:07 GMT
12/1/73
CC Okay_ over in Austin, hotel cleaning maid

Esther Marie Bellard may receive more money than she makes
in 3 years. It seems she found I0,000 dollars beneath a
mattress a month ago and turned the money over to the police.
The money will be turned over to a judge Monday, and anyone
who may have a legitimate claim can make a case. Mrs. Bellard
will be first in line. Up in Washington, the administration
could be forced to ration gasoline if long lines at service
stations irritate too many motorist, say some officials.
Gasoline production eventually is to be cut back by
30 percent, and the lines at service stations will serve as
a form of rationing on a first come, first served basis, but
many of the people working on a contingency rationing plan
cannot see how rationing can be avoided if the shortage exceeds
20 percent. And that about winds it up for this evening. For
your information, the Monday evening closest approach point
for Jupiter that we're talking about is day after tomorrow,
since tomorrow is Sunday, I'm not sure whether you guys are
keeping track of the days of the week up there or not.
CDR Yeah, we are and thank you.
CC Okay.
CDR Bruce, one question.
CC Fire away.
CC Go ahead, Jerry.
CDR Stand by.
CC And USC did not play this weekend. Their
schedule is over for the season. Over.
CDR Okay. Thanks.
CDR Hey, Bruce. When was the - Have the Houston
runoff elections been held yet?
CC They're coming up on Tuesday, the 4th,
they have not yet been held.
CDR Okay. We'd like to hear the results on
that when they done.
CC Okay. We could either give you the forecast,
or we can wait until they come off and (laughter) give it to
you afterwards.
CDR Go ahead. Forecast.
CC (Laughter) Negative, negative, negative.
CDR Chicken.
CC You doggone right.
CC Skylab, this is Houston. One minute to
LOS. Next station contact in 1-1/2 minutes through Canary and
Madrid. Out.
CC Skylab, this is Houston through Canary
and Madrid for 9 minutes. Out.
CC Skylab, this is Houston. One and one-half
minutes to LOS. Next station contact in 27 minutes through
SL-IV MC-536/2
Time: 20:07 CST 17:02:07 GMT
12/1/73
Guam at 02:52, with the private medical conference. Subsequent

station contact in 1 hour and 8 minutes through the Vanguard
at 03:32. Out.
37 seconds Greenwich mean time. The Skylab space station now
passing the southern part of Italy is out of range of the
tracking antenna at Madrid, and it's 24 minutes and 40 seconds
before we're acquired by the Guam station, at which time there
will be a private medical conference underway. Out next
acquisition for live alr-to-grcund is expected to be an
hour and 5 minutes from now at Vanguard. The Skylab crew
this morning completed their third straight successful 6500
mile Earth rec - Earth resources survey, and tomorrow with
their day off they'll be completing two more electronic and
photographic surveys of the western hemisphere. The first
survey tomorrow begins northwest - -
END OF TAPE
SL IV MC-537/I
Time: 20:27 CST 17:02:27 GMT
12/1/73
PAO - - Earth resources survey. And tomorrow

with their day off, they'll be completing two more electronic
and photographic surveys of the western hemisphere. First
survey tomorrow begins northwest of Denver, covers Colorado,
Oklahoma, Louisiana, and the Caribbean Sea. More than a
dozen scientific objectives including studies of air quality,
cloud formations and seacoast vegetation are included in
the 3100-mile pass. Second survey along the Pacific coast
of the United States and Mexico, is also planned for tomorrow
morning. That pass begins several hundred miles off the
California coast northwest of San Francisco, and concludes
about 700 miles west of Panama. Although Sunday's schedule
is a day of rest, all three crewmen will be very busy in the
morning on their two Earth resources passes, exercise, and
shower periods have been planned for the afternoon and evening.
Solar Physicist Edward Gibson will spend several hours of his
day off working at controls for the Skylab solar telescopes.
Seven-day forecast was sent up to the crew during these last
passes over - over Vanguard. That 7-day forecast includes
daily Earth resources passes scheduled for all 7 days. In
addition there are medical experiments to be run. M092 will be
run on the Science Pilot on mission day 18, that's the day
after tomorrow. That run of MO92 will test whether or not
the Science Pilot's condition has improved. He did have
some flunctuatlon in completing the run yesterday. And MO92
will be performed again on him on Monday. Also on Tuesday,
mission day 19, the fuel cells in the command module are
scheduled for shutdown. They normally would run out on the
following day, but they will shut them down a little early.
That's because the closeout of the fuel cells would have to
take place very early in the morning, and that will be
completed then the night before and the command module's power
will, from that point on, be supplied by the workshop itself.
Earth resources tracks are 63 for Monday, track 6 for Tuesday,
track 20 for Wednesday. Thursday it will be track 34 early
in the morning and track 48 early in the morning the
following day, with track 62 and a lunar calibration run
scheduled for mission day 23. Mission day 24 will be
track 13, if the present schedule holds. Naturally all of
these Earth resources passes are scheduled to revision,
depending on the weather conditions and other things to
be taken into account later in the week. Medical experiments
of course should be a busy activity during the week with
several runs on the lower body negative pressure device
scheduled. The Science Pilot on Monday, on Tuesday it will be the
Pilot, on Wednesday the Commander, and then the Science
Pilot again on Thursday, the Pilot again on Friday, and
the Commander again on Saturday. So there will be M092
SL IV MC-537/2
Time: 20:27 CST 17:02:27 GMT
12/1/73
runs every day during the coming week. And the Science Pilot
again beginning the following Monday, so for the next 7 days,
we'll have M092 runs every day. Some of them with M093, and
others with the MI71 exercise activity, the metabolic activity
experiment which uses the bicycle exerciser. There is a
tentatively scheduled at least, a calibration rocket launch
to check the Harvard College Observatory instruments. That's
planned right now for mission day 21. Today is mission day
16p that's 4 days from tomorrow. Also tentatively planned
for mission day 22 is a JOP 13 run. These activities of course
will be, Earth resources JOP 13 and the Earth resources
lunar calibration are expected to require a substantial
amount of thruster attitude control gas, but now that the
problem seems to be well in hand, there's no concern about
operating the activities which require major maneuvers of
the space station. No calculations have yet been run on those.
At the present time, we are calculating the possible use of
thruster attitude control system gas for tomorrow's double
EREP, back to back. Early indications are that that may be a
little bit higher than the previous single EREPs for the two,
but we'll get a final figure on that a little later in the
evening, probably. Tomorrow's activity also will include
some study of the Use of sensors for possible detection of
oil slicks in the off the Gulf coast. We haven't any
details on where the operation will be performed, but that is
a test of the possible use of them in the future, rather than
an attempt to detect actual oil slicks at this time. Our
next acquisition of signal is an hour away at Vanguard.
Private medical conference scheduled for the Guam pass coming
up. This is Skylab Control at 32 minutes and 13 seconds after
the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC538/I
TIME: 21:31 CST, 17:03:31 GMT
12/1/73
PAO Skylab Control at 3 hours_ 31 minutes

now 54 seconds from acquisition of signal through the Vanguard
tracking ship. This pass through Vanguard should last
approximately 9-1/2 minutes, we'll bring the line up llve
for air-to-ground through Vanguard for between 8 and 9 minutes
at this time.
Vanguard for 7-1/2 minutes over.
CC Skylab this is Houston through the
Vanguard for 7 minutes, over.
PLT Roger, Houston: Skylab here.
CC Okay, for your information we showed a
flare class Charlie 8 in active region 92, it started out
at 02:00 Zulu, peaked at 02:06 and we've got a question on the
status of the film in Nikon 5 if you've got a minute.
PLT Okay, I'm on the ATM panel right now but fire
away I think I may be able to answer it.
CC Okay, the evening status report came
down before $233 was scheduled to be accomplished by Ed this
evening and therefore if you were reading the counters, the
frame count for NK05 should not have reflected the 233 frames
but it looks llke you used six or seven frames more than
we would expect otherwise, we were wondering if you anticipated
your usage and factored that in, over.
PLT That's affirmative Bruce. We've been
doing that every night so that we give the status report -
the report that we gave you would reflect the status at the end
of day activity. If you don't want us to do that fine -
we'll do that however you want it?
CC No that's fine, just as long as we under-
stand the ground rules.
PLT Okay, I'ii continue to do that then and
we did though include the 6 exposures which he was to take tonight.
CC Right, we've got guys in the backroom
keeping track of the frames and they said hey, this came
down before you did $233, did they use extra frames on
something else and we just said we ask the question.
PLT Okay, they're on their toes, (garble) of
course we've been doing that for several evenings now and
that is how we're handling it.
CC Okay, and I may have passed it to you
before but we'll call you for wakeup at 12:00 Zulu on the
nose over Bermuda in the morning, we've got the rest of this
pass across Canary and Madrid before bedtime and if you got
anything for us just give a yell.
SL-IV MC538/2
TIME: 21:31 CST, 17:03:31 GMT
12/1/73
PLT What are those times again?

CC For wake up?
PLT No for the rest of those station passages
this evening?
CC We'll give you a call at Canary at
03:51 and merges into Madrid, winding up at 04:05.
PLT Okay, Bruce thank you.
CC Roger, out.
SPT Bruce, what was the time of that flare?
CC Okay_ Ed it was observed starting at 02:00
Zulu, peaked out at 02:06.
SPT Okay, yeah we were watching it, we
saw it on the PMEC, knew we were not in the South Atlantic
anomaly. We also saw a rise on the image intensity count,
it got up to around 15 or so, 15 or 27 at one point, however
we saw no rise from out of aperture position 4 on the
beryllium count and this we use as a criteria, we did see -
we did see a small amount of it in the X-ray tube, we could
not determine any single peak in the XUV monitor, however.
So we had chose to stay put and did not make any move at
that time to go into a high data taking mode.
CC Roger, that's fine by us. Looking at
your track it shows that this really occurred about 16 minutes
after you went into darkness. We're just passing the
word along for general background info.
SPT Oh, okay now wait a minute, well let's
see at the beginning of the previous daylight pass is what
we were talking about where we did see a rise in the PMEC
and we were not in the South Atlantic anomaly and we also
saw an associated rise in the image intensity count. So it
must have been a subflare going on at that time also. There
was no beryllium, however.
CC Roger.
PLT Yeab, and ours was about our observing
started about 25 minutes after the peaks that Bruce gave.
CC Yeah, we show you on that rev starting
up around 02:37 and the guys in the backroom say it was
probably the fall period of this flare.
CC And PLT, Houston 1 minute to LOS here
next station contact in 12-1/2 minutes through Canary Island
at 03:51 and we'd like to confirm the TV monitor is off,
S056 airlock door to close and S055 mode stop as you
close out the panel this evening.
PLT Okay, Bruce l'm just going through it
slowly.
CC Okay, and a frame count if you would.
SL-IV MC538/3
TIME: 21:31 CST, 17:03:31 GMT
12/1/73
In fact we've got 30 seconds now if you can just read all
the frame counts in sequence, I'ii write them down.
PLT Okay, stand by it's on tape but I'Ii
give it to you. Okay JOP 14373, 56. 5331 82 Alfa 0165,
Bravo 1545, 52 is 7255, 54 and 5028.
CC Okay and thank you very much and we would
prefer to get these real time because they go into the planning
conference every evening and if you put them on tape, it
takes us several hours to retrieve the information.
PLT I didn't know that, I will certainly do
that in the future.
CC Okay, no problem.
END OF TAFE
SL-IV MC539/I
Time: 21:41 CST 17:03:41 GMT
12/1/73

has passed out of range of the tracking antenna on the
Vanguard tracking ship. Our next Aquisltion is i0 minutes
and 24 seconds from now, that will be at Canary Islands. That
Canary Island, Madrid pass will be the final pass of the
evening beginning about i0 minutes from now. This is Skylab
Control at 41-1/2 minutes after the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC540/I
Time: 21:49 CST 17:03:49 GMT
12/1/73

and 30 seconds Greenwich mean time. We're about 2 minutes
from acquisition of signal through the Canary Island and and
Madrid stations, and we'll bring the line up live for air-to-
ground in a few minutes. I have the Mission Surgeonts daily
report on clu crew health completed after the Guam pass
where the private medical conference was held this evening.
I'll read that for you at this time. There are no health
problems at the current time. However, this crew continues
to show unpredictable response to lower body negative pressure.
This time it was the Commander that terminated his pressure
exposure early. Mild fatigue and the shift in the exposure
from morning to afternoon are possible contributing factors
to the early termination. The crew as a group continues to
feel more and more at home in the workshop. Crew's psycho-
logical out look about missing the day off is good. They
fully realize the critical nature of the current earth
resources passes. Signed by Dr. Jerry Hordinsky for Dr. Hawkins.
That concludes the Mission Surgeon's daily report on crew
health. Again, that does call attention to the fact that
the lower body negative pressure run was terminated early
today on the commander, it has previously been terminated
early on the pilot, and there have been some anomalies in the
readings on the science pilot which have not given Flight
Surgeon any concern at this time. He says that these are
irregularities that can be expected and they're not considered
to be a problem at this time. Pogue has completed the tests
since his failure to complete it on an earlier attempt. We're
now about 38 seconds from aquisitlon of signal at Canary Island
and Madrid. We'll bring the line up live at this time.
CC Skylab this is Houston through Canary
and Madrid for 14 minutes. Out.
CC Skylab this is Houston i-1/2 minutes
till LOS. We'll see you in the morning at 12:00 Zulu. Good
night.
CDR Good night, Bruce.
has passed out of range of Madrid tracking antenna. On the
last pass of the evening a good night given to the crew by
Bruce McCandless, Spacecraft Communicator. Wake-up is timed
for 6 a.m. central standard time tomorrow. Skylab crews had
a busy day although it's been a very quite one. Activities
today included a run on the M092, M093 experiment with
Commander Gerald Cart as the subject. The commanders run was
cut short according to a report after the crew health conference
SL-IV MC540/2
Time: 21:49 CST 17:03:49 GMT
12/1/73
tonight, because of an unpredictable response to the lower

body negative pressure run. It was terminated early and it
has happened previously with a Pilot Bill Pogue hut he has
since completed it successfully, the belief is that it's
mild fatigue and the shift in the exposure from a morning run
to an afternoon run may he contributing factors to the
commander's failure to complete the M092 run today. There
is no concern about that. Last night Commander Cart got
7 hours of[ sleep. The science pilot who had indicated
earlier that he was a bit fatigued and who had some anomaly
in his operation of the M092 got 8-1/2 hours of sleep last
night, the pilot got 7-1/2, they are scheduled to wake
up a little less than 8 hours from now. Tomorrow's
scheduled officially as the crew day off, although it's a
rather busy one for them. With a thlrd straight 6500 mile
Earth resources survey under their belts, today the three
Skylab astronauts will celebrate their day off with two
more electronic and photographic surveys of the Western
Hemisphere tomorrow. First survey begins northwest of Denver
covers Colorado, Oklahoma, Louisiana, and the Caribbean Sea.
More than a dozen scientific objectives including studies
of air quality cloud formations and seacoast vegetation are
included in the 3100 mile early morning pass. The pass will
also allow scientific evaluation of the usefullness of space
sensors for detecting oil spills and deliberate dumping from
ships at sea. Second survey along a 3700 mile stretch of
the Pacific coast of the United States and Mexico is also
planned for tomorrow morning. That pass begins several
hundred mlles west of San Francisco and concludes about
seven hundred miles west of Panama. The morning -
virtually: all of the morning tomorrow will be occupied with -
by the Earth resources activities, the passes are scheduled
for 10:43 to 10:54 an Ii minute pass on the first occasion.
And the second pass is scheduled -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC541/I
TIME: 22:09 CST, 17:04:09 GMT
12/1/73
PAO activities, the passes are scheduled

for 10:43 to 10:54, an ii minute pass on the first occasion
and the second pass is scheduled for 12:16 to 12:29, those are
central standard times from 10:43 to 10:54 a.m. and from
12:16 to 12:29 p.m. central standard time tomorrow for the
two Earth resources passes. Crew is also scheduled for
exercise and shower periods in the afternoon and evening,
that's for all three crew members. Solar Physicist Ed Gibson
will spend several hours of his day working at the controls
for Skylab's collection of large solar telescope.s Today again
arather quiet day aboard the Skylab space station but a very
successful one. Final preparations for tomorrow's maneuver
for those back to back Earth Resources passes has not yet
been completed and evaluation is still going on and they are
evaluating alternative maneuver times for them so we have
no exact comment on the predicted use of the thruster
attitude control system gas. That will undoubtedly be
prepared during the overnight period as the Mission Control
Flight planners continue to work on that double pass, the
first back to back Earth resources passes of the mission and
the fourth and fifth runs of Earth surveys. Again 6'o;clock
tomorrow morning is wakeup time scheduled for the crew on
their so called day off. It's now i0 minutes and 29 seconds
after the hour. This is the final report from Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-542/I
Time: 05:50 CST 17:11:59 GMT
12/2/73

ii hours 59 minutes. We will have wakeup through the Bermuda
tracking station on this the start of day number 17 for the
crew of Skylab IV. As Skylab space station begins its 2915
revolution. CAP COMM is Bob Crippen, Flight Director is
Milt Windler.
CC (Music: Misty by Julle London)
CC Good morning, Skylab. Going LOS. See
you in about 2-1/2 minutes over Canary.
CDR Good morning, Crip.
CC Good morning, Jet.
CDR l'm on a short vacation.
CC Roger that.
CC (Music: Misty by Julie London)
acquisition will be Canary in i minute with a wakeup call to
the crew. Misty, version by Julie London. Today the crew
has back-1:o-back EREP passes. EREP pass number 4, EREP pass
number 5. On the Flight Plan it's EREP 6 and 7, however.
The first two EREP passes were scrubbed. Along groundtraek
48 and then the following revolution along groundtrack 49.
Modified day off for the crew of Skylab IV today. 3 hours
20 minutes will be devoted to the Apollo Telescope Mount
Control and Display Panel. No medical experiments scheduled
for today.. 202nd day since launch of Skylab I, the orbital
workshop. Acquisition coming through Canary. We'll leave
the line up for CAP COMM Bob Crippen.
CC Good morning, gents. We're AOS through
Canary for 9-1/2 minutes and we'iJ be doing a data voice
recorder dump. We have the crimson team back with you
to help you start another so-called day off - off.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're i minute from
LOS. We'll see you about 14-i/2 minutes over Tananarive at
12:28, 12::28. And in case we have comm problems trying to
get you through there, we'll see you at Honeysuckle at 12:50,
12:50; and that's about 36 minutes away. If you haven't got
a chance to look at your teleprinter messages, you'll find that
on the maneuver pads for EREP 06, you've got it twice; our
woodpecker burped.
12 hours 15 minutes. Loss of signal through Canary. Next
acquisition will be a low elevation pass over the Tananarive
tracking station in 12 minutes 15 seconds. Officially today
Commander Gerald Carr, Science Pilot Ed Gibson and Pilot Bill
Pogue
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-543/I
Time: 06:15 CST 17:12:15 GMT
12/2/73
PAO Officially today - Commander Gerald Carr,

Science Pilot Ed Gibson, and Pilot Bill Pogue - have a day
off. Free time for reading, relaxation, or maybe just out-the-
window looking. Of course, in between off-duty time they
will conduct two Earth resources runs for ATM investigations_
keep house, maintain physical conditioning, and personal hy-
giene. The astronauts will celebrate their day off of rest
their day of rest_ with the first of the back-to-hack Earth re-
sources passes beginning at 9:13 a.m. central standard time
while the space station is over the western hemisphere. The
electronic and photographic survey begins northwest of Denver
and covers Colorado, Oklahoma, Louisiana, the Gulf of Mexico,
and the Caribbean. Scientific objectives include the Anarcar
the Anardakco Basin, Oklahoma_ for potential hydrocarbon eval-
uation, the Sabine National Forest, Texas, to develop satellite
remote sensing methods for atmospheric water vapor analysis, the
Atchafalaya Basin, Louisiana, to evaluate water quality methods,
and coastal erosion, cloud formation study and sensing tech-
nique development over the Gulf of Mexico. The early morning
pass is nearly 3100 miles in length. The second survey, along
a 3700-mlie stretch of the Pacific coast of the United States
and Mexico; pass begins west of San Francisco, touches BaJa,
California, and terminates several hundred miles west of
Panama. While approximately 4 hours are required for the
EREP preparation,actual runs are of short duration. Astronauts
Carr and Pogue will do the Earth survey, make ready prepara-
tions. Once underway Science Pilot Ed Gibson will operate
the Earth terrain camera. From approximately 9 a.m. through
i0 a.m. central standard time Gibson will be at the Apollo
telescope mount console traini_gthe telescopes and sensors
on the Sun with its recent flare activity. He will operate
the ATM for three more long-hour periods, finishing the day's
Sun watching at about 8:50 central standard time tonight.
The crew is also scheduled for hot showers in the afternoon
and this evening. Kohoutek photos are planned for 8:45 a.m.,
central standard time, through the command module window
while the space station is near the Guam tracking s_te and
at 9:09 p.m. while in touch with the Madrid tracking station.
Astronaut Carr will take the morning comet photography while
Bill, Pilot Bill Pogue will take the evening photos. By mid-
day the comet will be 125,726,000 miles from Earth and
79,828,900 miles from the Sun. The health of the crew remains
good after 16 days in Skylab. This assessment comes from
Dr. Jerry Hordinsky. He reported that there are no health
problems at the current time. Dr. Hordinsky noted, however,
that the crew continues to show unpredictable response to the
lower body negative pressure medical experiment.
SL-IV MC-543/2
Time: 06:15 CST 17:12:15 GMT
12/2/73
Yesterday the LBNP run on the Commander was terminated early.

Mild fatigue and a shift in the experiment from morning t o
afternoon are possible factors contributing to this early ter-
mination. Lower body negative pressure run on November 7th
with Pilot Pogue as the subject was terminated early also, and
there had been some anomalies on the reading of the Science
Pilot. These irregularities have not given the Flight SurBeon any
concern at this time since similar incidents have been experi-
enced by other Skylab crewmembers. Acquisition through Tanan-
afire in 8 minutes. At Greenwich mean time 1 2 h ours 1 9 minutes
this is kylab ontrol.
hours 26 minutes. Acquisition through ananarive tracking
station in 5 0 seconds.
CC Skylab, Houston, AOS Tananarive. We have
you f or about i0 minutes. You guys didn't roll over and go
back to bed, did you?
CDR We sure thought about it, Crlp.
CC Can't hardly b lame you for that. We were
thinking the same thing, about doing that ourselves down here.
CDR No, we're just up and about, getting our
morning chores out of the way.
CC Rog. We should have you for about another
1-1/2 minutes. I'ii go ahead and give you Honeysuckle here
in case we lose you. It's at 12, 12:50, 12:50. That's about
20 minutes away.
CDR Okay.
hours 32 minutes. Loss of signal through Tananarive on the
start o f day 17 for the c rew of Skylab IV. Next acquisition
will b e Honeysuckle in 16 minutes 50 s eeonds. Through t his
pass Bob Crippen, referred to as Crip by the crew. Crlppen
asked the crew if they by chance didn't roll over and go back to
sleep. Cemmander Jerry Carr replied ''we sure thought of it,
Crip'' Next acquisition through Honeysuckle, 16 minutes 25
seconds, on a day with two EREP passes, ATM operations, and a
day off for the crew, modified day off. On tap this afternoon
and this evening for the three crewmembers is their weekly shower,
a hot shower on board Skylab. At Greenwich mean time 12 hours
33 minutes, this i s Skylab Control.
END 0 F T APE
SL-IV MC544/I
TIME: 06:48 CST, 17:12:48 GMT
12/2/73

12 hours 48 minutes. Acquisition coming through Honeysuckle
tracking station in 50 minutes. And the clew - the crew
is in the postsleep activities this morning. First item
on the agenda would be preparation of breakfast. For
Commander Gerald Carr, eggs and sausage, applesauce, corn-
flakes, coffee. Gibson has a similar menu of eggs and
sausage, however, Gibson is a tea drinker. Pogue, Pilot
Bill Pogue has eggs, pineapple, orange drink, corn flakes,
and coffee. Acquisition coming through Honeysuckle. Leave
the line up for CAP COMM Bob Crippen.
CC Skylab, Houston; AOS Honeysuckle for
8 minutes.
CDR Roger, Crip.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're 1 minute from
LOS. We'll see you again in 13 minutes over Hawaii at
13:10, 13:10.
SPT So long, Houston; we've Just digested
the Sunday paper.
CC Roger; and the funnies. And to give
you something else to read, your solar activity update is
now on board.
SPT Thank you.
12 hours 58 minutes. Loss of signal through Honeysuckle.
Next acquisition will be through the Hawaiian tracking
station at ii minutes 20 seconds. At Greenwich mean time
13 hours 9 minutes. Acquisition coming through Hawaii
tracking station in 50 seconds. We'll hold the line up
for CAP COMM Bob Crippen as the crew begins their 7th day
17th day in orbit.
CC Skylab, Houston; AOS Hawaii for 8 minutes.
CDR Roger, Crip.
CC Skylab, Houston; you guys interested
in hearing any football scores from yesterday?
CDR Ye s , Crip. Bruce gave us the Alabama
Auburn game score and the Army/Navy score. And what else
happened?
CC Well, Tulane stunned L.S.U. 14 to nothing.
CC And University of Houston took Tulsa 35 to 16.
CDR Very good.
CC Oh, and to run down a few others; SMU
over T.C.U., 21 to 19; Rice over Baylor, 27 to nothing;
SL-IV M0544/2
TIME: 06:48 CST, 17:12:48 GMT
12/2/73
Oklahoma over Oklahoma State, 45 to 18; Alabama over Auburn_

35 to nothing; Tennessee over Vanderbilt, 20 to 17;
Notre Dame over Miami, Florida, 44 to nothing; Georgia over
Georgia Tech, i0 to 3; Grambllng beat Delaware, 17 to 8;
and the Frlendswood Mustangs won the regional 31 to 17 -
13, correction. And we're going to be going LOS in about
30 seconds. We'll have you over Goldstone in 3 minutes
at 13:22, 13:22.
PLT Roger, See you there_ Crip. How did
Ohio State do?
CC I believe they've completed their season.
Got a bug in my throat.
PLT Okay. Thank you
CC I don't know if you know it or not,
but they were voted into the Rose Bowl.
PLT Seems like there was some kind of
controversy about that.
CC Roger that.
13 hours 19 minutes. Loss of signal through Hawaii. Next
acquisition in i minute 55 seconds will be Hawaii tracking
station. CAP COMM Bob Crippen reading up the Saturday
football scores to the crew of Skylab IV. We'll hold the
line up for the stateside pass, Acquisition in 1 minute
35 seconds.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-545/1
Time: 07:20 CST 17:13:20 GMT
12/2173
CC Skylab, Houston. AOS through Goldstone

for 5 minutes.
CDR Roger, Crip.
CC Skylab, Houston. i minute til LOS.
We'll see you at Bermuda in 5 minutes at 13:32. And, we'll
be doing a data voice recorder dump there.
PAO Skylah Control. Greenwich mean time
13 hours 29 minutes. Loss of signal with Goldstone tracking
station as Skylab space station crosses - crossing over the
Great Lakes. Next acquisition will be over the Bermuda
tracking station in 2 minutes 40 seconds. As the crew
prepares for a back-to-back Earth resources pass along ground-
track 48. And then, on the following revolution along ground-
track 49. Pilot Bill Pogue and Commander Jerry Carr switch
assignments today. Commander Carr will be operating the view-
finder tracking system for the S191 EREP experiment. And
Pilot Pogue will be operating the control and d_splay panel
of the EREP instrument package. Again, Science Pilot Ed
Gibson will monitor the maneuver into the Z-local vertical
attitude and then operate the ETC camera, Earth terrain camera,
the SI90B instrument. Flight Director Milton Windier has
advised that approximately 450 pound-seconds of TACS propellant
will be used for this double maneuver today from the solar
inertial mode to the Z-local vertical back to the solar
inertial mode and then return to Z-local vertical for the
second EREP pass. Total of 450 pound-seconds predicted as
a nominal usage for today's two EREP passes. Next acquisition
through Bermuda in i minute i0 seconds. We'll hold the llne
up for CAP COMM Bob Cr_ppen.
CC Skylab, Houston. AOS through Bermuda
for 9-1/2 minutes and we'll be doing a data voice recorder
dump here.
CDR Roger; Crip.
PLT Hey, Crip. Did we just go over Detroit?
CC Pretty close to it. Yes.
PLT Yeah, a little bit to the east of us?
CC I would have estimated it'd been more to
the south of you.
CC You should be coming up pretty much on
the Atlantic coastline right now.
PLT Right. It sure looks cold down there.
CC A little white?
CDR Yes, indeed.
CC Well, we happen to be pretty lucky down
here today. Last few days have been rather a little crisp
SL-IV MC-545/2
Time: 07:20 CST 17:13:20 GMT
12/2/73
but, rather enjoyable.

CDR Very good. Looks like we'll have ice
on the St. Lawrence pretty soon.
PLT Got a good look at the Houston area through
the VTS, yesterday. And, it looked llke the whole area was wide
open and fairly clear.
CC Yes, we've been very lucky in that regard.
We've had fantasticly clear weather around here, the past
few days. The front cleared it out.
PLT Didn't see the usual haze and smog laying
in there.
CC That's good. You guys got another couple of
exciting EREP passes today.
CDR Yeah, I noted, you didn't really load the VTS
guy up very much, I got two nadir swaths in one area.
CC Oh, well, didn't want to work you too
hard there, Jer.
CDR Appreciate you thinking of us on our day
off.
CC I'm not really sure this looks very much
like a day off.
CDR No, actually we enjoy doing the EREP. That's
a lotof fun.
CC That's good. And, I guess_ Ed likes to
work on his ATM there to.
CDR Yeah. He manages to tolerate it.
CC This is gonna be the first time you guys
have tried the shower, isn't it?
CDR Oh, No. Bill and I had one last Saturday.
CC Ah, so. Okay. Enjoy it?
CDR Sure did. It was really nice.
PLT Really get cold though before you
get dried off with this low humidity here.
CC Yeah. Makes you hurry up and get dressed.
Everybody keeps making fun of the way I talk.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-546/I
Time: 07:40 CST 17:13:40 GMT
12/2/73
CC Skylab, Houston. We're 1 minute from

LOS. We'll see you again at Ascension in 7-1/2 minutes.
Correction. I guess we're going to have you at Canary.
Nope. Try that again. We're going to have you at Ascension
in 7-1/2 minutes. That is if Hank doesnt, steal the comm
from me.
CDR Roger.
hours 42 minutes. Loss of signal through Bermuda tracking
station. Next acquisition will be Ascension in 6 minutes i0
seconds. By far the most casual conversation in several days
between the crew and CAP COMM Bob Crippen started off by
Pilot Pogue asking if the spacecraft had passed over Detroit
and commenting how it sure looks cold down there, and advising
that it looks like we'll have ice on the st. Lawrence very
shortly. He also commemted on the view of Houston during
yesterday's Earth resources pass. His view through the view-
finder traking system of the $191 experiment, he commented
that he did not see the usual haze and smog over the Houston
area. Crew also commenting on the fact that they did take a
shower last week and sure did enjoy it, the crew said. Next
acquisition in 5 minutes i0 seconds. We are in the process
of a changeover here at Mission Control Center. Flight Director
Milt Windler turning over to Flight Director Phill Shaffer.
New CAP COMM will be astronaut Hank Hartsfield. Skylab Con-
trol. Greenwich mean time 13 hours 47 minutes. Acquisition
through Ascension in 40 seconds. We'll hold the line up for
CAP COMM Bob Crippen.
CC Skylab, Houston. AOS Ascension for 10-1/2
minutes.
SPT Hello, Crip. How's the run today worked
out on the computer, with a nominal reset in there?
CC Well, we needed the reset to make it work
right. We - on the computer runs we're running into a problem
on the, on the second Z-LV pads without it. And where the
problem was tending to occur was right when you were estab-
lishing (garble). In other words after the time we had told you
when you had to monitor the, monitor the run. Total TACS usage
was somewhere on the order of 450 pound-seconds for today.
And the computer runs show this is no problem; however,
it was sort of seemed to be a little bit critical about that
nominal cage. And we can't figure out really why that seemed
to improve the situation. Consequently the ground is going
to be watching it very careful while you are in Z-IV so you
don't have to sweat it. You can go ahead and do your ETC stuff.
SPT Okay. I usually try to stay up here
until I see we're heading towards the Z-LV and we got enough
H left over in Y to get there.
SL-IV MC-546/2
Time: 07::40 CST 17:13:40 GMT
11/2/73
CC That's a goad idea.

SPT So far, Bob, they were all worked out real
well and the schemes you got, you came up with for monitoring
it, worked out real well.
CC Okay. That's good to hear it. The only thing
we' ve been - felt a little bit weak about it was that we
didn't have enough different types of runs to prove it again.
SPT Well, I imagine we'll need time if you're going
to have to slip into the contingency maneuver or procedures, but
we'll give it a go when (garble) I think we understand what's
to be done.
CC Okay. Real good. Might mention one little
thing to you. You know with that procedure that you have to
do it going to Z-LV. You will not end up with any fine maneuver
biases in that the Z-LV calls for. So you might end up having
to put those in a little bit later.
SPT Yeah. That's a good point, Bob.
CC And, Ed, while you're talking to you about
it, it is clear in your mind that we would be using that same
procedure for an att hold maneuver for a Kohoutek type thing,
isn't it?
SPT You mean the same menitoring and the same
backup procedures in case we tp TACS. pra approach TACS
only? (bGarble)
CC That's correct.
SPT Hey, Crip. I do have a question for you.
And that is on the run yesterday going to Z-LV I noticed we were
running behind in the Y-dot about - well, let's see; it was
.005 @ slow, and we ended up with around 3 to - approximately
3 degrees attitude error at t_e end there in Y. I'm wondering
when does the TACS come into fire in order to in crease that
rate up to the specified value?
CC The TACS would only fire, Ed, if you
were approaching saturation. I= it does it initially based
on what it thinks the momentum is available to - to establish
the required rate, and from then on you have to get a satura-
tion condition before it would be firing , and it's not really
doing this specifically On the rate value that you're reading.
SPT Well, thatYs what I thought, Bob. But
yesterday we also hawith that condition a CMG sat. We
were sitting there at 65 percent, which I took to be of
saturation, and H V was taking most of it And yet it didn't
try to increase t_e rate, and is caused the sta condition to t
cause the TACS to fire and I was wondering about that.
CC Are you talking about enroute to Z-LV, Ed?
SPT That's affirm.
SL-IV MC-546/3
Time: 07:40 CST 17:13:40 GMT
11/2/73
SPT We are consistently .005 slow, and we

are at 65 percent H, Ht. Most of it in Y.
CC Okay, Bd. I guess - maybe we've misled
you a little bit when we were talking about rates. You can
normally expect to see some small rate error, Ed, and you know
a few thousandths, is not anything to really become concerned
about.
SPT Okay. Computer over the maneuver time,
thoughh, it came out to be something like 4.5 degrees error. In
the end, in reality, it came out to be something, approxi-
mately 3, and I thought that the - when you specify a Z-LV
that your rates are such that you!ll arrive there simultaneously
in all along three axes.
CC No.
SPT And then (garble) caging.
CC No. It Just tries to, but it usually
doesn't and that's the reason that we always allow for a
couple of minutes of settling time at the end to catch up with
that.
SPT Okay. You're just saying that's in the
normal deadband of performance in the system.
CC Rog.
SPT Hey, Crip. If you get a chance, ask
old reliable AI Holt to come on up here and help me with some
of these JOP summary sheet changes.
CC - - thought you'd appreciate those. You
don't really appreciate all these guys on the ground down here
that's doing it for you until you get up there and having
to do it yourself.
SPT Man, that's really the truth.
CC Before I lose you here, Ed, we still have
another about 3-1/2 minutes. Just want to remind you about
that Nu Z update around 14:00.
SPT Thank you.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC547/I
TIME: 07:58 CST, 17:13:58 GMT
12/2/73
CC Skylab, Houston; we're i minute from

LOS. We'll have you again in 23-1/2 over Carnarvon at
14:22. And the crimson team is going to take the rest of
the day off and turn it over to the bronze team. Henry'll
be talking to you there.
CDR So long, crimson troops.
CC Roger. See you manana.
13 hours 59 minutes. Loss of signal through Ascension. Next
acquisition in 22 minutes 20 seconds will be Carnarvon.
Science Pilot Ed Gibson discussing with the ground the
maneuvers for the upcoming EREP pass. 450 pound-seconds
of TACS propellant anticipated to he used for the double
maneuver this morning for the back-to-back ERHP passes,
A1 Holt suggested sending Science Pilot Gibson suggested
sending Alan Holt up to help him with the ATM pad. Alan Holt
is in the crew procedures division here at the Johnson Space
Center and is the gentleman assigned the responsibility
during Skylab crew trainings of keeping the crew up on
all ATM activities. Greenwich mean time 1400 hours. Next
acquisition in 21 minutes 25 seconds through Carnarvon. This
is Skylab Control.
14 hours 21 minutes. Acquisition coming through Carnarvon.
CAP COMM will be Hank Hartsfleld as the crew concludes their
postsleep activities and begins preparations for the first
of two EREP passes for today. Acquisition through Carnarvon
in 35 seconds. We'll hold the line up for this pass.
CC Skylab, Houston; good morning. We're
through Carnarvon for 8-1/2 minutes.
SPT Good morning to Hank and the bronze
boys. How are you this morning?
CC Oh, doing pretty good. Right off the bat
here Crlp's got a few more words in regard to the maneuver for
you.
CC Didn't want to run off and leave you,
Ed, on something that I will alluded to. And I'll tell
you a little bit more in detail about monitoring the maneuver
while we're in Z-LV; that is, from the ground here. What I
what I was talking about is that we did see on a couple of
runs that had a little different maneuver time than the one
you're using, where the gimbals 8ot into a problem right when
they were trying to wind up in Z-LV, or establish orb rate. And
if that happens, and you start to loose attitude, we're going
to use 5 degrees attitude error as a criteria. And if we
reach that, we're going to inhibit CMG control, which puts you
in a TACS only Z-LV. And then before you go LOS, which is
SL-IV MC547/2
TIME: 07:58 CST, 17:13:58 GMT
12/2/73
just about a minute and a half before you would be starting

the maneuver back, we will enable CMG con=rol such that you
should have a normal maneuver back. Now we do not anticipate
that happening; however, that is our contingency plan if
we should get into it. But the ground is going to do it,
and the only reason we're talking about it is in case weWve
gotten to a commanding problem and we needed to holler at you
for some reason.
SPT Okay, I imagine in several situations
that'll come up in the future, you will not be around in
that particular time period. So that's something we'll have
to keep an eye for. You're going to use 5 degrees and that's
called up on using a 52004?
CC Well, you can - No - All you need to
look at once you're i_ Z-LV, Ed, is attitude error, which is
your 52003, or 5002 display.
SPT Okay, yes, that's not the TACS attitude
error, it's just the vehicle attitude error. Okay.
CC That's correct. Once you've established
Z-LV it just uses that 20 degrees as the cutoff point. Yes,
and you don't have to be concerned about it today because
we got plenty of plenty of time to watch it. And they're
a little hit con Tell you, there, I think I mentioned that you
do have gimbal avoidance logic once you're in Z-LV. But it
does not come into play until after you've been in Z-LV for
5 minutes. And we're showing the problem to occur right when
you were establishing the Z-LV.
SPT Which of the two CMGs outer gimbal
should you be watching during that time period? Which of
the CMGs gives you the wide ops?
CC Well, we can't say, Ed. Both of them,
we're getting on the stop in our SIMs. One was going
one way, and one was going the other. And if one got on
a stop, you probably wouldn't be in too bad a shape, we don't
think.
SPT Okay. Thank you, Bob. Hank's going
to talk us through this double forward Z-LV then?
CC Roger; stand by Just i.
CC Okay, Ed, then one thing; I don't want
to leave you concerned there. The problems that we saw
were not on the maneuver profiles that we're using today.
On the maneuver profiles that we're using, on none of the
computer programs did we see any problems.
SPT Okay.
CC Okay. We'll see you manana. Happy EREP.
SPT Okay. Thank you, Bob for all your help.
You got some good words_ I think we got a good-reasonably good
understanding of it up here.
CC Okeydoke.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC548/I
TIME: 08:28 CST, 17:14:28 GMT
12/2/73

LOS. Guam is the next slte, about 6-1/2 minutes at 37. And
Bill will be standing by there to talk about the ATM.
CDR Thank you, Hank. Look for you then.
14 hours 32 minutes. Next acquisition in 4 minutes 20 seconds
through the Guam tracking station. On this previous pass
CAP COMM Bob Crippen advising the crew what action the ground
would take in the event that during the maneuver into Z-LV,
we have an attitude rate of 5 degrees difference than what's
programmed on the ground. This would only octur in the event
that we had this rate difference. On simulations on the
ground there have been instances where we do have a rate
variation whereby the CMGs would be enabled and we'd go to
TACS only, thrust attitude control system only to maintain
the vehicle in Z-LV. However, this was only in ground
simulations and not - this has not occurred in the actual
maneuvers aboard the spacecraft to this time. Next acquisition
in 3 minutes through Guam tracking station. At Greenwich
mean time 14 hours 33 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
MCC Skylab, Houston through Guam with the
ATM conference and we have about 7 minutes, Ed.
SPT Okay, Bill. Go ahead.
MCC Okay, First off, let me just hit you
here with a quick question regarding tomorrow - or I should
say starting tomorrow. We're wondering when we can begin to
schedule ATMs early and late for you, well, I guess, for
anyone, but for you in particular, thinking of tomorrow. And
the questions that we have regard the orbit beginning at
12:45 Zulu, that's about 45 minutes after you nominally get
up, and another one at about 01:15 Zulu, about 2-3/4 hours
before you go to bed. And for tomorrow, in particular, we're
talking about you; long range, we're talking about anybody.
And what we'd really like to do is get an honest answer here
as to whether you think you can accommodate that now, or if
not, when?
SPT Okay. I can accommodate the one in the
evening. That's no problem at all. I'm afraid the one in
the mot _ng, though - We really do have 2 hours of postsleep
activity in order to get this whole thing squared away. Some
of it is, for me, is up here in the ATM panel, which I guess
I could move that kind of piecemeal into the rest of the day.
But, I don't think 45 minutes will do it right now in the
morning. Why don_t you just let me think about that, and see
if I can't work the schedule around and try to get up a
little bit earlier, maybe.
SL-IV MC548/2
TIME: 08:28 CST, 17:14:28 GMT
12/2/73
MCC Okay, Ed. One thing there, I didnVt

mean to imply we were stealing from your presleep time.
We're talking about - postsleep, I'm sorry. We're talking
about inserting an ATM pass in there and - after you've
been up about 40 minutes, and then continuing with the rest
of the postsleep after the pass.
SPT Oh, that's all right. That's be fine.
I'd be happy to do that, if you're gonna allow me that time
after the ATM. That's fine. Go ahead.
MCC Okay. Fine. We'll do that, and we'll
start working on that. Okay. The main thing I'd like to
talk about today here is the S055 detector work. Before I
do that, let me make two points here and then we can talk
the rest of the orbit on 55. I've got an analysis here, an
assessment on the SO54 problem that is probably too detailed
and complicated to discuss. I thought, this afternoon_
later, I'll write it up and twixt it up to you this after-
noon and you can look at it and we can talk about it as
necessary.
SPT Okay, very good. I hope there's some
possibilities. Go ahead with
MCC Okay, the other - -
SPT 55.
MCC - The other thing then is tomorrow,
Bob McQueen will be coming in and the topic is going to be
coronal transients as SO52 has seen them in SLs-2 and 3.
So the pass tomorrow will be devoted entirely to Bob.
SPT Hey, very good. It'll be good to talk
to him. I know he's got some useful data for us.
MCC Okay, now some thoughts that you might
look at. Today, on the 55 detector, you'll notice you've
got a lot of free time. The 55 people have given me some
images to look at here, some rasters, and some words to go
with them. The easiest four settings to look at, basically,
we're talking about detector 3, at various grating positions.
Of course, there's oxygen VI at a grating of zero. You
might want to write these down and later on, as soon as I
can, I'ii get a twixt up with these numbers in it; but for
now, you may want to write them down.
SPT Have you seen the cue card witch I had
made up before we left which has 55 major spectral lines
and temperature curve versus heights with all of the features
on that we're looking for in the associating grating positions?
MCC Yes, I saw a preliminary and I haven't
seen the final.
SPT Okay, I'd like to work from that, un-
less they really plan to change it substantially.
SL-IV MC548/3
TIME: 08:28 CST, 17:14:28 GMT
12/2/73
MCC Okay. Unfortunately, I don't have it

in front of me right now.
SPT Okay. Fire away.
MCC Okay. I assume it's got - I know it's
got oxygen Vl, magnesium X on it. Does it have neon VII and
silicone XlI?
MCC Okay. Now I have it in front of me.
It's got -
SPT I wrote in silicone XII for
MCC That ought to be it.
SPT - - for prominent loops above the limb
the other day.
MCC Okay. Silicone - -
SPT I like that grating position that goes
with it, though I wasn't (garble).
MCC Yes. Okay, silicone XII would be 2434.
And, also, looking at your cue card, I notice you do not have
neon VII. Neon VII is at 2695.
SPT And what's (garble) on neon VII best
for looking at?
MCC Say again; I didn't hear.
SPT What is neon VII best for looking at?
What's the - -
MCC Okay. I was gonna get into that here in
a minute. Basically, we're talking loop-type structures
here. They're most easily seen, and by that I mean it has
the highest contrast in oxygen Vl and neon VII. However, the
total count is low, and neon is the highest contrast, but,
also, the lowest total count. So it's harder to see overall,
but the biggest contrast. Looking at some rasters of active
region 87,. as it transited the east limb, I noticed that on
the neon VII images we can see some loop structures that we
cannot see in any of the other three.
SPT Are these loops as seen against the disk
or are they off a llmb?
MCC No. Coronal - They're off the off the
limb.
SPT Okay. I have found -
SPT Yes, I was looking at alignment beta, and
tha seems to work out real well.
MCC Okay. That ought to be a good bit lower
than what we're talking here as far as heights go. The -
Let's seel; we've got a minute and a half here now. Continuing
the analysis here, the easiest - the opposite, I should say is
true for magnesium X and silicone XII. That is, they have a
low contrast, but they have high total counts. And one word
SL-IV MC548/4
TIME: 08:28 CST, 17:14:28 GMT
1212173
here that is appropriate is on magnesium XII - X and silicone

XII, it's easy to confuse the limb brightening with coronal
structures. So that's sort of a warning. Now, I've got in
front of :me 4 rasters for each of these grating positions,
each of tlhese lines, with some typical numbers on the disk,
on the limb brightening, loop structure on the disk and off
the disk. What I propose is, I will write these numbers
up right now and twixt them up to you, probably in time for
your second ATM pass, but not for the one that you're about
to go do. Is that - -
SPT (Garble) That would be very useful.
And put the information you have in there about the Sun
brightening versus the total counts an/ so forth.
MCC Okay.
SPT Because we found alignment beta ex-
ceptionally useful because (garble) we had that limb brighten-
ing.
MCC Okay. Sure will. That's what I was
gonna do. Give you a quiet disk, active disk, limb brighten-
ing, look structure, and so on. Okay, and we're LOS in l0
seconds. We'll see you next at Goldstone in about 7
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-549/I
Time: 08:44 CST 17:14:44 GMT
11/2/73
CC - - ture, and so on. Okay; and we're LOS

in i0 seconds. We'll see you next at Goldstone in about 17
minutes.
SPT Okay. And I'ii try the 52 looking at the
horizon again. I did it once already or twice now, and the
second time I did see something, and that's all on tape.
CC Okay, And we're most interested there
on when you begin to see the Earth in the field of view.
SPT All I saw was a gradual brightening in
the lower rlght-hand corner of the display at a roll of 5400.
And I did not see any Earth, and I cut the display off when
I saw the brightening. It began around 6 seconds to go and
I cut it off at 3, but I'll look again though.
CC Okay. And we are definitely interested
in when the Earth comes in. We'll see you later.
SPT Thank you, Bill.
hours 45 minutes. Loss of signal through Guam. Next acqui-
sition will be Goldstone in 15 minutes 35 seconds. Discussion
between backup pilot Bill Lenoir and Science Pilot Ed Gibson
confirming the daily Apollo telescope mount conference, advising
Science Pilot Gibson that tomorrow Dr. Robert McQueen, PI
for the S052 white light coronagraph experiment. Dr. McQueen
of the High Altitude Observatory, Boulder, Colorado. And he
will be hem tomorrow to talk with the crew. Next acquisition
in 15 minutes will be Goldstone. As the Skylab IV crew pre-
pares for their back-to-back Earth resources passes today, two
sets of maneuvers, one out of solar inertial attitude into
the Z-local vertical attitude and then back to SI, and a
second maneuver repeating the same sequence for the second
EREP pass, These two maneuvers, estimated on the ground to
cost 450 pound-seconds of propellant, thruster attitude con-
trol system propellants. Next acquisition in 14 minutes 20
seconds will be Goldstone. At Greenwich mean time 14 hours
46 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
hours 59 minutes. Acquisition coming through Goldstone in i
minute 20 seconds, As the crew readies the space station for
another EREP pass. On this pass Science Pilot Ed Gibson is
at the Apollo telescope mount. He wiil operate the Earth
terrain camera, the sIgO-B camera which was is place in the
antisolar scientific airlock looking at the Earth. Commander
Jerry Carr will operate the vlewfinder tracking telescope
today. And Pilot Bill Pogue will be on the control and display
panel of the Earth resources experlment package. Today's
EREP maneuver will start at 16:26 and last approximately 15
minutes before the vehicle is in the Z-local vertical atti-
tude. The EREP pass data take starts at 16:43.
SL-IV MC549/2
Time: D8:44 CST 17:14:44 GMT
12/2/73
CC Skylab, Houston, through Goldstone for

7 minutes.
SPT Hello, Hank.
from a short dropout to Texas. We'll be down about 30 seconds
and right back with you for another 14 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're back with you
for another 12 minutes.
CC SPT, Houston. It looks llke some activity
going on in active region 92.
SPT I'm going into the flare mode now, Hank.
Few minutes into it.
CC We copy.
SPT Okay, Hank. It didn't look like we got
the early flare rise on that one. So I terminated 82A, 82B;
and 54. I've got 56 in an AUTO SHORT, and 55 in MIRROR LINE
SCAN.
CC Roger. We copy. And Skylab, we're about
40 seconds from LOS. We'll be coming up on Ascension at 28.
hours 15 minutes. Loss of signal through Canary tracking
station. Next acquisition in 8 minutes 35 seconds will be
the Ascension tracking station. Discussion with Science Pi-
lot Ed Gibson and CAP COMM Hank Hartsfleld concerning active
region 92, the ATM science support room has predicted that
active region 87 and 92 continue to simplify and decay, and
a few C-class subflares may be expected. CAP COMM Hartsfield
informed Science Pilot Gibson that there seemed to be a little
activity in active region 92. Also active region 93 has been
said to be decaying rapidly as it approaches the west limb
of the Sun. And also that the 87, 92 complex has produced
two subflares, one of which is estimated to be a mid-C class
flare. The entire region continued its steady decline with
spot-group attrition and magnetic simplification. The science
support room reports that the remaining visible features are
essentially unchanged and have been quiet on the Sun. Next
acquisition will be Ascension as the three Skylab crewmembers
prepare their vehicle for the upcoming back-to-back Earth
resource passes beginning in approximately i hour and 20
minutes from now. Next acquisition at Ascension in 6 minutes
50 seconds. At Greenwich mean time 15 hours 21 minutes, this
is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC550/I
TIME: 09:27 CST, 17:15:27 GMT
12/2/73

15 hours 27 minutes. Acquisition coming through Ascension
in 50 seconds. A 5-minute and 44-second pass as the space-
craft begins it's 2917th revolution since launch from
Cape Kennedy on May 14th. Acquisition in 30 seconds, CAP
COM is Hank Hartsfield.
CC Skylab, Houston; through Ascension for
5-1/2 minutes.
SPT Okay, Hank. Wetre Sun-centered now,
we got 52 operating, and continue on 56 in auto short
and I'm occasionally putting some XUV monitor on the TV recorder.
I'll also give you some white light c0ronagraph when I get
a chance.
CC Roger, we copy, Ed.
CC And, Ed, the boys in the backroom say
you did a real good job on that one.
SPT A little late on it, Hank, he was
hoping to catch the rise on one of these.
SPT Looks like we're getting a second peak
here, Hank, but I'm going to stick with what we got.
CC Say again, Ed.
SPT Looks like we got a second peak here,
but I'm going to stick with what we have.
CC Roger, we copy.
SPT Are we in the anomaly now?
CC SPT, Houston. Wetd like to see some
more SO54 in the in the building block.
SPT Okay, Hank. They got specific instructions
to be excluded unless we get the flare right. I'ii go ahead
and give them some long 256's if that's what they want.
CC Roger. What we really want, Ed, is to
is to run according to the synoptic building block.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're about 40 seconds
from LOS. We'll be coming up on Carnarvon in about 25 minutes
at 59. And we're scheduled to dump the voice and data recorder.
15 hours 35 minutes. Loss of signal through Ascension.
Next acquisition in 23 minutes and 50 seconds will be the
Carnarvon tracking station, this is Skylab Control.
15 hours 58 minutes. Acquisition coming in 50 seconds
through the CarnarvoD tracking station. On the previous
pass through Ascension, Science Pilot Ed Gibson reporting
some flare activity. The backroom the - at the ATM here
at the Mission Control Center report their early estimate is
SL-IV MC550/2
TIME: 09:27 CST, 17:15:27 GMT
12/2/73
that it may be an MI flare. However, they won't have

enough details until we get the TV dump on the next state-
side pass to give an accurate assessment of this flare
activity. The flare alarm did go off as he was at the
console, Science Pilot Gibson, and he immediately switched
to JOP 3, which is the flare observation program, joint
observation program number 3. We expect acquisition here
through Carnarvon, CAP COMM Hank Hartsfield.
CC Skylab, Houston through Carnarvon
for i0 minutes, and we'll be dumping the recorder.
SPT Okay, Hank. Let me know when you got
it back.
CC Say again, Ed.
CC Oh, the recorder; I get it.
SPT Hank, let me know when we have the
recorder back agai_ please.
CC Okay, I follow that, Ed, bit confused
there for a minute. Just to clarify a couple of things,
Ed, in regard to your building block 8 and 9 options on
step ii in both the JOP 3A and 3B. It calls for bumping
the EREP for the ATM postflare if the rise of the MI
is observed. Until December 15th our criteria is an M5
flare, and so that's the reason wetre not doing that.
SPT Yeah, I understand it. Also, we
did not really get the rise we just got up there just
before it peaked.
SPT I'ii tell you, Hank, we're going to
have to set the PMEC threshhods lower, which I'ii
probably do on my own, and also,_ atleast for detecting it.
And also Just spend some more time with the flare wait.
Because o_ne that thing goes off you're already past the
rise.
CC We copy.
SPT I think we got some data - reasonable
data for most of the experiments under the condltions_
and 52, I think, is probably got the best, although I
was not able to observe any coronal transients in looking
at it with the TV monitor. I did get some XUV monitor
and WLC TV downlink in five dfffeKent instances.
CC Roger, we copy.
CC Skylab, Houston; I have some weather
updates for you for your EREP if it's convenient now.
CDR Okay, go ahead, Hank.
CC Okay, weather is good for both
passes. You're GO for both as far as weather goes. For
SL-IV MC550/3
TIME: 09:27 CST, 17:15:27 GMT
12/2/73
the first track here coming up, essentially it's broken

to overcast until you approach the Denver area which is
about where we'll be starting the data take anyhow. And
we start breaking out very rapidly and into the clear. It's
essentially clear until you get to the eastern Texas/Loulsana
area. And we had some fog in there this morning that probably
won't be all burned off. It may be some scattered stratus
in there, and there until about the coast of the Gulf. And
then it'll be clear right in the middle of the Gulf. There
is a patchy overcast area breaking out again toward the
coast of South America. Of course s in South America you'll
be picking up on all clouds again. The second track off
the coast of California there is essentially clear all the
way.
SPT- Roger, Hank. I think as I move into
the East Texas sites I'm going to keep an eye out for the
Oklahoma City sites. Seems to me we missed a chance
to get 350 some time ago.
CC Okay, and I might point out that the - the
cirrus patterns that we were looking for today, the
jet stream cirrus, and the other fe - weather features
we were looking for Just are probably not going to be there.
They didn't materialize like we thought they would.
CDR Roger.
CC SPT, Houston; the recorder's yours.
CC Skyla5, Houston; we're about i minute
to LOS. We'll be coming up on Guam in about 4 minutes at
13.
END oF TAPE
SL-IV MC-551/I
Time: 10:09 CST 17:16:09 GMT
12/2/73
PAO Skylah Control. Greenwich mean time

16 hours 9 minutes. Loss of signal through Carnarvon. Next
acquisition in 3 minutes will be the Guam tracking station.
CAP COMM Hank Hartsfield passing up the update on the weather
for the upcoming EREP pass. Two principal investigators,
William E. Shank, of the NASA Goddard Space Flight Center
and John C. Ellishouse of the National Oceanographic
Administration had hoped to get data on jetstream cirrus
across the United States in the Denver area, however, the
weather man has advised Flight Director Phll Shaffer that
this cirrus canopy is not existant in the Colorado area.
Eastern Colorado is clear now in the Pueblo, Trinidad, Denver
area, however, Nasa aircraft will get data over those clear
areas. The weather thoughout the pass looks good, however,
there are areas in Texas, eastern Texas, Lubbock, and Longview,
that did have fog, this morning. The Sabine Forest area,
which is a target for the S191, viewfinder tracking system_
is clear. As the crew prepares for the EREP pass, which will
begin on this upcoming Stateside pass. We'll hold the line
open for the Guam station wlth CAP COMM Hank Hartsfield.
CC Skylab, Houston through Guam for 8 minutes.
SPT Roger, Hank.
CC And, Ed, l'd like to talk to you a little
bit about that flare threshold you mentioned just before
going LOS before. The present on _ console flare threshold
is 608, which is approximately a Charlie 2. While off-console
is 736, which is an M-I. Do you want a lower on-console
threshold?
CDR He's tape recording right now, Hank. He'll
be right with you.
CC Okay.
CDR Houston, CDR.
CC Go ahead.
CDR Question on S009, is it absolutely rewired
that we torn that rascal off during the EREP pass? It doesn't
bother us. I don't see any reason to turn if off and stow if
itts not in our way.
CC We'll check it.
CC CDR, Houston. Where did you - where do
you see the reference of turning the Sue 9 off?
CDR On the EREP VTS prep checklist at T-minus
55.
CC Okay.
CDR It says record the Sue 9 beta angle
and then set it at zero.
SL-IV MC-551/2
Time: 10:09 CST 17:16:09 GMT
12/2/73
CDR Actually, that's not turning it off, but

do you want to set it to zero because welre going into the Z-LV?
CC We're checking that now. Let us take a
look at it a minute.
CDR Okay. It Just occurred to me now that
probably why weirs setting it to zero is because we're in
Z-LV.
CC CDR, Houston. Let's follow the checklist
today and go ahead and do it. And you've brought up a good
question here; we're gonna take a look at this in the meantime
and validate the requirement.
CDR Okay.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're i minute from LOS.
Wet11 be coming up on Goldstone at 38. Everything looks good
to us at this point. You're GO for the EREP and the maneuver
time does look good to us.
CDR Okay, Hank.
16 hours 22 minutes. Loss of signal through the Guam tracking
station. Next acquisition in 15 minutes will be Golds,one.
4 minutes from now the spacecraft will begin the maneuver
to put the vehicle in the Z-local vertical, aiming the EREP
instruments directly at the Earth. This maneuver is scheduled
to take 15 minutes. When the spacecraft gets within range of
the Goldstone tracking station the vehicle should be in the
Z-local vertical attitude. The crew was given the GO for
EREP. The fourth pass in the mission, actually called EREP
number 6 on the Flight Plan. The first 2 scheduled EREP passes
were cancelled earlier in the mission. Science Pilot Ed Gibson
will monitor the start of the EREP maneuver at the C&D console
of the ATM, located in the multiple docking adapter. He then
will move back co the dome area of the workshop where he wil'l
operate the Earth Terrain camera. Acquisition in 13 minutes
50 seconds through Goldstone. At Greenwich mean time 16 hours
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-552/I
Time: 10:32 CST 17:16:32 GMT
12/2/73
PAO Skylmb Control, Greenwich mean time 16

hours 32 minutes. Acquisition coming up in 4 minutes 50
seconds through Goldstone tracking station. As the EREP pass
is scheduled to get under way, data take will begin northwest
of Denver near the Wyoming, Colorado border at 10:43 central
standard time. The data take will end at Barranquilla,
Columbia, on the coast of the Caribbean Sea at 10:54 cen-
tral standard time. This morning's first Earth resources
pass was scheduled to gather data on cirrus clouds and cano-
pies, and Jetstreams over Colorado. However, the weather
report is clear in that area at this time. The instruments
will gather data on other sites in Colorado; pass over Texas
Panhandle,. Oklahoma, and out into the Gulf, also covering
sites in Louisiana Delta, Mississippi Delta area. Over Texas
the Sabine National Forest will be the subject. This sec-
tion of the pass will be supported by a helicopter flying
at low altitude from the Johnson Space Center and equipped
with a scatterom_er similar to the unit aboard Skylab. Over
the Gulf the surface characteristics of the water will be
under study. Also supporting the Gulf section of today's
EREP will be two NASA aircraft. A Lockheed P-3 will be fly-
ing in support of the S194 aboard the workshop, and a C-130
will be supporlng the S193 experiment. All six of the EREP
instruments will be used on this first pass. The S190A
multlspectral camera will be on during the land pass over
the States and into the Gulf. The S190B earth terrain cam-
era will be on just west of Amarillo and on through onto
the Gulf. The S191 infrared spectrometer will be on from
the west of Denver area until just west of Amarillo and again
from just west of the Mississippi Delta out into the Gulf.
The S192 multispectral scanner will be gathering data over the
entire U.S. The S193 altimeter will be on from Amarillo,
and again from west of Cuba to Jamaica. The S193 radio-
radiometer/scatterometer will be on from the Mississippi
Delta to Just short of the Cuban Isles. There'll be a TV
dump on this Goldstone pass of the 6-1/2 minutes put on the
videotape recorder of the solar flare classified by the ATM
room as a M-I flare. This TV will be passed down on this
Texas pass coming up. Vehicle should be in Z-local vertical
attitude as we pick up the crew on VOX through Goldstone.
We'll hold the line open for this EREP pass.
PLT - - configuration.
CDR Okay. We're breaking into sunrise.
PLT Okay. In about 2 minutes, and I will be
in AUTO CAL in 39:20. I'll call it.
CDR Okay.
CC Skylab, Houston. WeVre monitoring you
now, stateside.
SL-IV MC-552/2
Time: 10:32 CST 17:16:32 GMT
12/2/73
PLT Roger, Hank.

SPT Looks good up here, Hank. (garble) a
little bit slow, but it's a slow maneuver. Y and X look real
good.
CC Roger. We copy.
CDR Anybody got a pocket buzzer jingling?
PLT That was to remind me that we were
about to pounce upon the EREP?
MS (Laughter)
PLT It's sort of an innocuous sound, hut it's very
distracting. Okay. About 30 seconds before EREP START.
Stand by. 39:10 on my mark. MARK. EREP, START. And stand
by; give you a countdown for AUTO CAL.
CDR Okay.
PLT 5, 4, 3, 2, i - MARK. AUTO CAL.
CDR Okay. Itts in.
PLT Thank you.
CDR Still a lot of clouds. No ground.
PLT She'll be breaking out in the clear in about
3-1/2 minutes, just about the time we hit Denver. Probably - -
CDR Yes.
PLT - - on the east side of the Rockies.
CDR Yeah. We are starting north of Denver,
right up in very northern part of Colorado.
PLT (garble) beginning to thin out.
CDR Yes.
CDR Very large river Just went by. We're
breaking into the clear.
PLT Beautiful.
CDR Snow covered peaks.
PLT Coming up on 40:40 on my mark. MARK.
ALTIMETER to STANDBY.
CDR That was the Snake River we crossed.
PLT Coming down through Wyoming, huh?
CBR Yeah. Lots of skiing up there I bet.
PLT Beautiful country up there, too.
CDR No, doesn't look like that's very good
skiing slopes. Pretty rugged.
PLT Hey, you just crossed the Grand Teton there
if you saw the Snake.l_ive_.pr_b_bly.
CDR Y_s. Yes, that's what it is. Coming
up on the American Falls Reservoir.
PLT TACS number 4 sure had to fire in
order to give us plus Y, Hank.
CDR There it is. American Falls Reservoir,
right on tlhe money. Now we're back into some cloud cover
again.
SL-IV MC-552/3
Time: 10:32 CST 17:16:32 GMT
12/2/73
PLT Okay. waiting for 191 READY on. Get it

shortly. There it is. Going REFERENCE to 6 and an 05.
MARK. 42:05, S194 MODE MANUAL.
CDR Okay. In and out of the clouds. Okay,
we're going to start our nadir swath at 43:07.
PLT (garble) H2:53.
CDR Okay, we're getting some washboard - wash-
board effect on the clouds.
PLT You ought to be seeing Denver anytime.
CDR Oh, yes. We're a little ways away from
Denver yet. But I have 3/4 of a minute (garble)
PLT (garble) AUTO 192 to READY shortly.
CDR 43:97
PLT (Garble) MARK. 43 minutes, 192 MODE to READY.
Okay. Got a tape MOTION green light steady.
CDR Nadir swath started at 43:07.
CC Skylab, Houston. For info we're commanding
TACS only. We've got a rate building up in X.
CDR Okay, Houston. We copy that. Ed saw it
diverging.
CDR Coming up on Denver.
PLT Okay, Ed, at 44:30 we need ETC to AUTO and
thatls coming up in less than in a minute.
SPT Roger. I'm here.
FLT Okay.
CDR Okay. I'm seeing Denver. Must be Aurora.
Seeing Denver and west.
PLT Standing by for 44:24.
END 0T TAPE
SL-IV MC-553/I
Time: 10:44 CST 17:16:44 GMT
12/2/73
PLT Standing by for a 44:24.

CDR Nice and clear over Denver - -
PLT Okay, Ed. 15 seconds
SPT (Garble)
PLT - for ETC auto.
PLT Stand by on my mark 24.
PLT MARK for 24. Radiometer off - -
SPT MARK 26 - -
PLT Ed. Stand by.
PLT MARK Ed for auto
SPT Got it -
CDR (Garble)
PLT Stand by for my mark on 44:40.
PLT MARK.
PLT Okay, 44:40 altimeter ON.
PLT B standing by for 45:35 and Ed at 45:45
you'll go, okay, you're all set.
PLT I'll give a mark on 45:35 and also on 45.
PLT Stand by.
PLT MARK, 35. Interval is 220 and 45 stand-
by. Should be over "Ok" City now. Or coming up on it.
PLT MARK.
PLT 192 MODE to CHECK. And frame of -
okay, you've got thet setting on the ETC. See Oklahoma City
there, Jer?
PLT Probably well off to the left - -
CDR No.
PLT Okay. 46:45 ETC to STANDBY, Ed. 46:_0 FI90
interval to i0. Stand by on my mark for 46:30. Pretty hazy.
Yeah. Stand by.
PLT MARK. On interval lO. 92 MODE going to
READY at 46:45 on my mark. I'ii give a mark at 46:45, Ed.
PLT MARK. And 192 MODE to READY.
We're standing by for 48 minutes.
PLT Okay. Coming up on 48 minutes. Ought to
be seeing Houston, or at least the area.
CDR Yeah.
PLT Did you get the reservoir?
CDR Yeah. I got it.
PLT Good. Stand by on my mark 48 minutes.
PLT MARK ALTIMETER to STANDBY. RADIOMETER,
STANDBY. Stand by for 12. SCATTEROMETER, ON, RADIOMETER, ON.
And at 48:25, Ed, ETC frame rate change. Stand by for
48:35.
PLT MARK. (garble) 190 interval to 20.
SL-IV MC-553/2
Time: 10:44 CST 17:16:44 GMT
12/2/73
PLT Ed, I don't have a ready light on my

SCAT. 49:10 ALTIMETER mode 5. Mode 5 and 49:20.
PLT MARK 49:20.
PLT MARK polarization to 4 49:30 on my mark.
PLT MARK. 192 mode check and ETC to STANDBY
Ed. 49:40 coming up. (garlbe)
PLT Okay 190 ready light is out. Stand by
for 50:15.
PLT Okay, SCAT to STANDBY. RAD to STANDBY.
23 SCAT on. 38 stand by on my mark 50:38. SCAT back to STANDBY
PLT MARK. 50:44 ALTIMETER ON. Stand by for
an AUTO CAL quick, Jer, you can get it right now
CDR Okay. Got it.
PLT didn't give you enough (garble)
okay o (Garble)
SPT Are we going to enable the CMGs and inhibit
TACS
CC Roger; we're gonna do that.
SPT Okay.
CC We're gonna do it about 53, Ed.
PLT Okay, I got a single. 190 at 51:11.
SPT Okay. There's a little haze over Toledo
Bend, but, I found it okay.
PLT Stand by for 52:11.
PLT MARK. Another 190 single. Hey, I just
kinda looking back through the pad and I didn't see any place
where I got the SCAT to STANDBY initially before it turned it on
the first time. SCAT was turned on at 48:12 and nowhere above
was it put to STANDBY and the preoperate configuration was for
the SCAT to be OFF, READY out. Okay standing by for 53 minutes
CDR The Caribbean is pretty clear. The Gulf
of Mexico wasn't too terribly clear. There's a few places
between - -
PLT Stand by.
PLT MARK. 53 minutes and 194 mode to SINGLE -
MANUAL, I mean. 5311 190 mode to SINGLE. There we go.
PLT MARK.
CDR Looking at Arranquilla.
PLT Another mode SINGLE on S190. I'ii be
getting a ready light on 191 shortly. There we go, right on
cue.
CDR Okay. I'm getting a little data over
Barranquilla.
PLT ALTIMETER at 54 minutes ALTIMEAER STANDBY
Should be coming up on the Coast of Columbia too, Jer.
CDR Yeah. We're there.
CDR Right overhead Barranquilla little town.
Actually -
SL-IV MC-553/3
Time: 10:44 CST 17:16:44 GMT
12/2/73
it's a good-sized city. River really dumping the sludge - -

PLT That VTS is really a kick isn't it?
CDR That's really something.
PLT MARK. 54 minutes. ALTIMETER to STANDBY
EREP STOP.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-554/I
Time: 10:54 CST 17:16:54 GMT
12/2/73
CDR Right overhead Barranquilla, little town,

actually, it's a good-sized city. River really dumping the
sludge.
PLT That VTS is really a kick isn't it.
CDR That's really something.
PLT MARK. 54 minutes. ALTIMETER to STANDBY
EREP stop.
CC Skylab. 1 minute til LOS. Vanguard at
03.
PLT Okay. And when I turned the SCAT from
OFF to ON. I did not gea a READY light, Hank. And, I'm
gonna check my next pad to see. The preoperate configuration
pad did not have me put SCAT to STANDBY and I don't think
I went forward a couple of times, sir, but I don't think it's
on the operate pad either.
CC Okay. We're gonna take a look at that
too, Bill. We've already verified, Bill, it was a pad error.
PLT Okay. I should of caught it ahead of
time, dang it.
CC We should have caught it.
PLT VTery "_xte_sive a_cultural areas.
16 hours 56 minutes, with loss of signal through the Texas
through the MILA tracking station as the spacecraft completed
it _s EREP pass crossing over the coast of Colombia, at
Barranquilla. Commander Jerry Carr commenting on the river
really dumping sludge into the Caribbean Sea at that point.
EREP pass started on time and at Greenwich mean time 16:43
the ground commanded the spacecraft into TACS only. Thruster
attitude control system only, taking it out of the control of
the control moment gyros, because of a slight increase in the
X-axis of the CMGs, The CMG was reenabled 10 minutes later
and TACS was inhibited. When the spacecraft left the control
of the MILA tracking station, displays here at Mission Control
Center indicated usage of 135mibs or approximately 675 pounds-
seconds of TACS propellant. More than was estimated to be
used on this EREP pass. An assessment of the pass now
being made here at Mission Control Center. A decision
whether to GO for the next EREP pass has not been made. More
than likely the crew will be advised no earlier than the
Tananarive pass on whether EREP - the second EREP pass will
be conducted. Again, 675 pound - pounds-seconds of TACS
being used. It had been predicted only 450 pounds would be
needed for both EREP passes, although 675 pounds being used
on this first EREP pass. Quite a bit of conversation from the
SL-IV MC-554/2
Time: 10:54 CST 17:16:54 GMT
12/2/73
crew during this EREP pass as compared to other passes, with

Commander Jerry Carr at the VTS looking at the ground through
the viewfinder tracking telescope as part of the S191
instrument. He did say that he was able to get Toledo Bend
Reservoir, part of the Sabine National Forest experiment data-
gathering for today. Reported the Caribbean was clear as the
spacecraft continued across the South American coast on
revolution 2,918. Next acquisition in 4 minutes 50 second
through Vanguard at Greenwich mean time 16 hours 59 minutes.
This is Skylab Control.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're back with you
through Vanguard for 7 minutes.
CDR Roger, Hank.
PLT Hello, Hank.
SPT Well, that got pretty interesting Hank.
What happened to in X toward the end there? I saw we
were diverging and I didn't want to go to TACS control
only because you folks were on board. I expected the difficulty
to ride in Y, however.
CC Well, we're taking a look at that now.
We did diverge rather rapidly there in X and toward the end
there we, of course, went back to CMG control for the maneuver
out.
SPT Yeah. I was watching that diverging X,
Hank, and set to do something, but, you folks were there, and
I was kind of suprised _to s_e it in X. Looked like we had plenty
of - we were not saturated in an H, one had certainly lots of H
in X and I didn't see any gimbals on the stops.
CC One thing - at one point during there, Ed,
we had three gimbals on the stop.
SPT When we started to diverge?
CC And, SPT, we'd llke to remind you at this
time that we got a Nu update window. We're in it now or
coming up here shortl_. And, also, don't want to remind you
(sic) that we have a nominal H - cage scheduled at 53.
CC And that's on your maneuver pad.
SPT Rog; I see it on the circuit i, thank you.
Okay we're right over Sao Paulo, Brazil. Looks like a beautiful
city.
SPT I snapped off about i0 frames of Sao
Paulo, Brazil with the DAC.
CC Copy.
CC PLT, Houston.
PLT Rog, Hank. Go.
SL-IV MC-554/3
Time: 10:54 CST 17:16:54 GMT
12/2/73
CC Bill, on your next pad for the next pass

we denoted an omission there at time 20:10, where it
calls for S193 to standby, that should be S193A to standby.
PLT Rog. That's at 23:10 S193 altimeter to
standby.
CC Roger. 20:10. 20:10.
PLT 20:10.
CC And, Skylab, Houston. For info we are
redesignating recorders here at Vanguard so we don't lose
anything and we'll be putting recorder i on as your voice
reeorder_ so that if you do record you can expect the blinking
light
from LOS. Everything looks good going over the hill, we'll
see you on the EREP over Goldstone at 18:14.
PLT Roger.
i_ hours ii minutes. Loss of signal through Vanguard. Next
acquisition 2 minutes 50 seconds will be the Tananarive
tracking station. Oh. Excuse me, that's i hour and 2 minutes
for Goldstone tracking station. We will not have acquisition
at Tananarive. The crew was given GO for EREP. Back-to-back
EREP. A total of 137 mibs used on this EREP pass or 685
pound-seconds. Flight Controller Phil Shaffer estimates
another 300 pounds of TACS propellant may be used in the
second EREP pass of the day. The vehicle was put into TACS -
only control approximately 20 minutes after the maneuver
started because of an excessive rate in the X control moment
gyro - X-axis. It had been agreed on the ground that if the
rate error was higher than 5 degrees the ground would command
to TACS only and inhibit the control moment gyros, which normally
control the vehicle. TACS was initiated from the ground and
the ground - the crew was advised that they will have a
nominal H-cage prior to the maneuver for the next EREP pass.
This means that the momentum vector in the CMGs are moved to
a nominal preset position before the vehicle goes into Z-local
vertical. It's on - on simulations on the ground it shows
that when you do this, go to a nominal H-cage in the control
moment gyros, you do not get an excessive use of TACS. This
maneuver had been planned prior to the start of this second
EREP pass and the crew was advised that it's in their checklist
for today. Next EREP pass will be along track 49 running down
the west coast of the United States, gathering oceanographic
and weather data off the coast of California and down through
the Baja. Next acquisition in i hour from now through the
Goldstone tracking station at Greenwich mean time 17 hours
14 minutes. This is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL IV MC-555/I
Time: 12_07 CST 17:18:07 GMT
12/2/73

hours 7 minutes. Acquisition coming up through Goldstone
in approximately 6 minutes 45 seconds. Flight controllers
at the Johnson Space Center will be watching their displays
extra close on this upcoming pass as Skylab maneuvers into
the Z-local vertical attitude aiming its electric instruments
and cameras at the Earth on this pass. During the last
Earth resources pass the ground commanded the vehicle to
TACS thruster attitude control only taking control of the
lO0-ton space vehicle from the two control moment gyros.
This was necessary when the X-Axis showed an increase in rates.
Ground rules call for this action when rates go above 5 de-
grees in the axis during EREP pass. Although telemetry at
the start of the last pass indicated all systems looked good,
for an unexplained reason the control moment gyros displayed
a high rate. TACS only attitude control was initiated by
the ground for a 10-minute period, Greenwich mean time 16:43
to 16:53, during the EREP pass. A total of 137 mibs, mini-
mum impulse burns, or 685 pound-seconds of TACS propellant
was used for these maneuvers. Another 200 pound-seconds,
or 40 mibs, are predicted for the upcoming EREP pass. The
above predicted TACS usage caused by the CMG rate error is
part of tile learning curve flight controllers are undergoing
here in managing vehicle attitude with just two CMGs. CMG
number i bearing went out on mission day I0 a week ago this
past Friday. Vehicle attitude is maintained primarily by
the CMGs. Today's situation can be best be explained in the
definition given by astronaut Rusty Schwelckart, backup pi-
lot here at the Mission Control Center. He made an analogy
of, if you select to go to Galveston and choose Route 3 or
Route 146 and decide to go by way of Route 3 to Galveston,
and on enroute you find a detour requiring you to go back
and start again, you use up more fuel. This analogy is to
the CMG MODE of going into EREP maneuvers versus TACS usage,
we selected to go to CMG usage; however, for some unexplained
reason we had a high rate out of the CMGS, therefore causing
TACS to be initiated. We used more fuel than expected and
this is a learning curve, as we say, the Flight Controllers
still learning how to manage the vehicle with only two CMGs.
This 6-second EREP pass today, back-to-back with the previous
pass, will cover a long stretch of the Pacific Ocean from an
area off the coast of Eureka, California, over the Baja Pen-
insula, of Mexico, and down to the coast till about 600 miles
west of the Coast of Costa Rica. The sIg0A multispectral
cameras will be taking snapshots off the coast of L.A. and
again off Guadalajara and will be on continuously gathering
data from just north of the Baja tip to just above Guadalajara.
SL-IV MC-555/2
Time: 12:07 CST 17:18:07 GMT
12/2/73
The Earth terrain camera, the SI90B, will be on twice. The

first will cover an area from west of along the Los Angeles
coast to Baja and later from the tip of BaJa to the coastal
waters west of Central Mexico. The interest at the beginning
of track 49, EREP pass, centers around gathering data on
oil slicks in the Los Angeles coastal region. The S192
spectral _canner will be on to cover the L.A. coastal waters
and again over the ocean west of Guadalajara, Mexico. The
S193 microwave radiometer/scatterometer will be on for the
entire pass from northwest of Eureka, California, to west of
Costa Rica. Unlike the previous pass, there will be no air-
craft supporting any of the data takes on this pass. The
data gathering over BaJa will be used in evaluating the use
of remote sensing for metal detection in Mexico. The crew
will be on VOX on this Goldstone pass as Skylab concludes
its 2918th revolution and begins its 2919th on this up-
coming pass. We will have acquisition shortly. We'll leave
the line open for this pass.
PLT 5 seconds to EREP START.
PLT MARK. EREP, START. Stand by for AUTO
CAL, Jer.
CDR Okay. Standing by.
PLT On my mark. 4, 3, 2, i, -
PLT MARK.
CDR You got a MARK
PLT AUTO CAL_ RADIOMETER going OFF.
CDR There's a cloud cover right here. See, it's
14:50.
CC Skylab, Houston's. reading you through
Goldstone.
CDR Roger, Hank; loud and clear.
SPT It's all going so far, Hank; it;s all going
real well.
CC Roger. Looks good to us, too.
CDR Looks like a lot of stratus out there.
PLT Okay. Standing by for 16 minutes. Stand by -
PLT MARK. Okay. 193 ALTIMETER's ON and 94 MODE
to MANUAL.
CDR Okay. Looks like the cloud cover's start-
ing to thin out. Looks like popcorn. Lots of cellular pat-
tern to the clouds all stratus, very cellular, very much
like filled in (garble) cells.
PLT Okay. 17:05, you have one single.
CDR Okay. At the end of the clouds, we're
in clear water.
PLT Stand by for mark on 17:05.
CDR Now we've got some cirrus.
PLT MARK. 190 MODE SINGLE, and I heard it GO.
Okay. Stand by 17:20. I should get a 191 READY light. Be
there. There it comes at 19. Okay. 17:27. I got another
SINGLE.
SL-IV MC-555/3
Time: 12:07 CST 17:18:07 GMT
12/2/73
PLT MARK, SINGLE, and 191 REFERENCE to 6.

CDR Okay, the clouds are back to scattered stra-
tus and a little bit of cirrus above it. (Cough) I minute to
starting the nadir swath.
PLT Okay, Ed. At 18:30, coming up in about
45 seconds and ETC will go to AUTO. Stand by for my mark on
18 minutes at shutter speed to medium. Stand by.
PLT MARK. Shutter speed medium. (garble)
CDR Okay. The clouds are thin, scattered.
_ Coming black - back to blue sea.
PLT Stand by for my mark.
PLT MARK. Okay. 23, 190 MODE to AUTO, and
ETC go to AUTO in about 2 seconds, Ed. 192 to READY. Stand by -
PLT MARK. 18:36 MODE, READY.
CDR Nadir swath started.
PLT I think I got a green take light. Okay.
19 - -
PLT/CDR - cameras working.
PLT 19:07.
CDR Very few clouds. Looks a little hazy,
though. There goes the point of Santa Barbara. Gaviota
Point, I believe. The islands.
PLT Oh yeah. I camped there at Gaviota
one time. Real nice. Gaviota State Park.
CDR Okay. That must be San Clemente Island going
by.
PLT That's sure pretty country you're looking
at there. 19:57, 192 two MODE, CHECK.
CDR There goes San Clemente Island.
PLT (garble) minutes.
CDR Okay. The nadir swath is going to termi-
nate at 19:51. By golly you timed it Just right as far as
clouds are concerned. We're just starting to get a few scat-
tered now.
PLT Okay. Stand by -
CDR MARK.
PLT 19:57.
CDR Nadir swath completed.
PLT Stand by -
PLT MARK. 192 MODE to CHECK. 20:03 INTERVAL
going to 20. l, 2, 3 - INTERVAL to 20. 20:10 192 ALTIMETER
to STANDBY. Stand b_.
PLT MARK. And MODE to i. 20:25, ALTIMETER
going back ON. 20 - Stand by for ETC to STANDBY, Ed.
PLT ALTIMETER ON and 25. ETC to STANDBY. 190
SHUTTER SPEED at FAST. REFERENCE to - (garble) 191 REFERENCE
is going to 2. Standing by for 21:30. Say, what's all that
noise?
SL-IV MC-555/4
Time: 12:_07 CST 17:18:07 GMT
12/2/73
PLT Okay. At about 30 seconds, Jer, I'ii

need an AUTO CAL.
CDR All right.
PLT I'ii give you a mark.
CDR Going right down Baja.
PLT Ah, must be great. Too bad that thing
covers that whole window there. 15 seconds to AUTO CAL.
CDR All right.
PLT 4, 3, 2, i, -
PLT MARK, AUTO CAL.
CDR AUTO CAL.
PLT Thank you. (garble) READY lights out.
I don't have a READY light on my ALTIMETER, and have ALTIMETER,
UNLOCK. I'm going to STANDBY for 15 seconds. 45-
PLT Going back. ALTIMETER POWER, ON, at 23
minutes even; 22 minutes, even.
PLT Okay. I've got a READY light on ALTIMETER
193. Looking good.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC556/I
TIME: 12:23 CST, 17:18:23 GMT
12/2/73
PLT - - P AUTO will be at 23:30. 23:05

mark.
PLT Coming up on 23:20.
PLT MARK. INTERVAL going to i0. 92 MODE
READY. TAPE MOTION light out; green light on. Okay, ETC
going to AUTO.
PLT MARK.
PLT 45 ALTIMETER to STANDBY. Stand by - -
CDR We're over Acapulco now.
PLT MARK. (garble) to STANDBY, MODE to 5;
24 minutes, 193 to ON again.
PLT Stand by.
PLT MARK. 193 ALTIMETER, ON; green light
ON, and no MALF. READY on at 34:10. Let's see if I got 191
ready. Yes, there it is. 24:08. Standing by for 24:25.
PLT Stand by.
PLT MARK. 92 MODE to STANDBY. And about
30 seconds, Ed, you'll be going to STANDBY on ETC. Watching
for a red light to go out on the 190.
CDR Ah, that wasn't Acapulco; we're coming
up on Acapulco now.
PLT Yes. That's what I have on my sheet,
Jer.
CDR Right, we're due up
PLT That was Guadalajara.
CDR Yes, I think it was.
PLT Okay, come on; be there. No, it wasn't -
There it is; right on time. 190 MODE to STANDBY. Okay. ETC
to STANDBY. Verify, Ed. And we're waiting for 26:27. Thing
is working right on cue.
CDR Okay, Mexi - Mexico has now flipped
out of view. I'm going back and line this thing up on the
center line slightly to the right and start looking for the
Galapagos Islands. If Fernandino crater is clear, I'm going to
take a few shots of it.
PLT And we're not If we don't maneuver
too much and you can still see it in the VTS, I'm sure that
I can get a picture of it by single frame on the
CDR Well, letts see; the maneuver is supposed
to happen 1 - 1 minute before we get there is when it's
supposed to start.
PLT Well, we ought to be in (garble) City then.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're about 1 minute
from LOS. Everything is looking good going over the hill.
We'll see you at Vanguard at 38.
SL-IV MC556/2
TIME: 12::23 CST, 17:18:23 GMT
12/2/73
PLT Okay, Hank.

PLT 26:27, I want a single. There we go,
another single. 194 MODE to MANUAL, and an ALTIMETER UNLOCK
light again. 15 seconds, try to recover that.
PLT Okay, looks like it's looking good there.
Squeeze out another minute and a half of data on that thing.
That's twice that ALTIMETER UNLOCK's come on this pass.
CDR I figured you'd be too rushed, Ed.
CDR Oh, heek. The cloud cover is getting
too heavy for the Galapagos, too.
PLT Gosh. That's a shame_ Perfect time, that
we could use a frame without even costing anything because
we could squeeze off from here anyway, you know.
PLT Gosh, (garble).
18 hours 29 minutes. Loss of signal through the Goldstone
Texas tracking station. Next acquisition in 8 minutes and
35 seconds will be the Vanguard tracking station. The crew
successfully completing another EREP pass along track - ground
track 29 off the coast of California, across Baja down the
coast of Mexico. Crew indicated at the close of the EREP
pass that they would attempt to take photographs of the
Fernandino crater, on an island next to the Island of Isabel
in the Galapagos chain. This is one of the volcanoes on the
list of visual observation program in this mission. Preliminary
estimates indicate approximately 60 mibs, minimum impulse
burn, used in this maneuver. That comes out to be about
300 pound-seconds of TACS fuel. Roughly around i000 pound
seconds of TACS propellant used in these two EREP passes
today. Everything looks good on the ground on this pass.
Next acquisition will be in 7 minutes 20 seconds through
Vanguard. At Greenwich mean time 18 hours 31 minutes, this
is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-557/I
Time: 13:37 CST 17:18:37 GMT
1212173

18 hours 37 minutes. We should have acquisition through the
Vanguard tracking ship in 45 seconds. We'll hold the line up
for CAP COMM Hank Hartsfield.
PLT Did you fire any TACS?
CDR Yeah, don't tell us you're home. Tell us
what you did to get there?
PLT Okay. Tape measurement following the
second EREP run is 4.7 centimeters or 1-27/32 inches.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're with you for
ii minutes.
CDR Roger.
SPT Maneuvers went as advertised, Hank.
CC Roger. We show we didn't fire any TACS
coming out. Looks like a total for the pass is about 61 mibs.
SPT What was it for the first one?
CDR I don't think they want to talk about that.
CC Okay. We had 137 mibs on the first pass
and 7 full on.
SPT Thank you.
CC SPT, Houston. Before we started the EREP
I read up a message regarding the flare thresholds. Did
you have any question about that?
SPT Hank, I didn't even hear it.
CC Okay. On the SAP it gives those, I think,
and the threshold 608 - -
CDR Did you Just turn off the 191 (garble)
CC - -(garble) to while off the console
CDR - -Just turned off i (garble)
PLT Oh, I'm sorry, Ed. Let me turn it back on
CC - - and it's 736 off-console. Do you want
a lower on-console threshold?
SPT That's negative, Eank. I donrt mean for
it to be starting any experiments, before they want to be
started, what I'ii operate with though up here is the lower
for myself. So that l_ll just make use of the audible trigger
and tell me somethingVs going on, but 1'11 still go by the
numbers coming up on the pad as far as when we go into flare
mode.
PLT Here we go.
SPT Strictly an operatorts choice. Instruments
are operating in the same way as they would be normally and
I just get alerted a little bit earlier that somethingts going
on.
CC Okay. I guess our telemetry down here
SL-IV MC-557/2
Time: 12:37 CST 17:18:37 GMT
12/2/73
showed that the threshold that you had set in at the time was
the off-console which was a little higher.
CC And, SPT, Houston. We're in the Nu Z
update window now.
SPT Okay, Hank. That your comment about the
other comes as a surprise to me.
PLT And hank, a couple of things that people may
want to know before they read the tape. Bravo 9 advertised
to be reading zero to 5 percent was actually reading about 50
percent.
PLT Oh, Okay.
PLT Tape measurement following the complete
run from the tape out to the edge of the reel on the takeup
reel 4.7 centimeters and it bore 1-27/32 inches. That's at the
end of the second pass.
CC Okay. We copy. And also for the SPT,
the S055 message that Bill wrote up is on board now.
SPT Thank you.
CC And PLT, in regard to your comment on B9
that value of 0 to 5 percent was in error, in fact, we just
sent up a message changing your cue card there to disregard
that. The decal on the panel there is correct.
PLT Okay. I'ii change it on the cue card
right now. Got it right in front of me.
CC What the message is doing is deleting that
note. That's at T minus i0 minutes I think.
PLT Affirm.
CC CDR, Houston.
CDR Go ahead.
CC Roger, Jerry. After you finisheating
the today when you start your off-duty period_ we would like
you to check all 4 of the LCGs down in D422 and 404 and the
PGAs and check for the fungus growth and if there's any change
in the appear ante since they were last stowed we'd llke to know
it. Now the reason we are if we're - we want to put some _
if there's appreciable change, we want to put some work on the
flightplan for tomorrow.
CDR Okay, Hank.
CC And, SPT, for info the NuZ update looks
good.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're about a minute
from LOS. Tananarive will be coming up at 06, if we lose
you there the next site is Hawaii at 48.
CDR Roger. Hank.
18 hours 50 minutes. Loss of signal through the Vanguard
SL-IV MC-557/3
Time: 12:37 CST 17:18:37 GMT
12/2/73
tracking station. Next acquisition should be Tananarive in

15 minutes 35 seconds. Another successful EREP pass down the
coast of California_ Mexico. The spacecraft returned to
solar inertial attitude. A total expenditure today of about
1,000 pound-seconds of TACS propellant, for two seperate EREP
maneuvers. The bulk of the TACS being used for the first
EREP pass when the problems developed in the control moment
gyros, an excessive rate was noticed and the ground ordered
TACS-only control of the vehicle. At the close of this
EREP pass just concluded the crew commented on probably being
able to take photographs of the Galapagos Island chain, a
volcano on an island off the island of Isabel in this chain
600 miles east of Ecuador. The crew now will settle into their
lunch period. Commander Cart has on schedule _almon, peaehes_
and lemonade, but he also has for today some optional snacks
which include grape drink, chicken and rice, extra coffee and
apricots. Science Pilot Gibson has chili, potato salad,
pears and orange drink. While Pilot Pogue has turkey and
gravy, butterscotch pudding, tea, and biscuits. The crew is
going to settle into the rest of the day off for the most part with
Science Pilot Ed Gibson spending approximately 3 hours of the
remaining day at the Apollo Telescope Mount. Each crewmember
has a block of time this afternoon for off duty as well as
a half hour to 45 minutes scheduled for their weekly hot
shower aboard the spacecraft. Commenting on the Galapagos
Island photography. During the last lO days the crew has
taken numerous photographs handheld photography as part of
the visual observation program. These include photographs
of the Sinai area, in the near east. Photographs over Tokyo,
Japan, the snow-covered mountains of Mongolia and Siberia,
Nagoya Harbor in Japan, the Atlas Mountains and one photograph
taken on day 330 showing particles of the aluminized Mylar
followingthe Skylab workshop. The crew has described this as,
shows as a swarm of red in the sunset. Also photographs of
clouds over the eastern coast of the United States. Specifically
Florida. Photographs of the Yangtze River in China. Photographs
of Washington, Canadian Rockies, great masses of stratus
clouds over the mountains in that area. Photographs of Los
Angeles area, San Di - -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC558/I
TIME: 12:53 CST, 17:18:53 GMT
12/2173
PAO - - photographs of Los Angeles area,

San Diego, Baja, California, Guadalajara, Acapulco, South
Coast of Chili. On day 332 the crew took photographs of
large low pressure areas near Hawaii. Huge funnel clouds,
which they estimated to be 1000 by 400 miles in length.
Day 332 they also took photographs of the Korean coastline.
And comments passed down on B channel said that there's
the crew indicated it's much sediment around the Korean
shores. Pictures on day 332 of the Niger River, on the
same day northern Chili was photographed by the crew, and
also the wheatfields near Ascension in Argentina. Theyre
comments said that it was not very good because there
was much smoke in the area. These photographs all part of
the visual observation program are more than 100 selected
sites around the world to be photographed during the mission
of Skylab IV. The crew settling into their lunch period.
A good portion of the remainder of the day is scheduled
as off-duty time for the three crew members. Next acquisition
in 10 minutes 35 seconds, will be the Tananarive tracking
station. At Greenwich mean time 18 hours 55 minutes, this
is Skylab Control.
19 hours 4 minutes. Acquisition coming through the Tananarlve
tracking station in 57 seconds. We'll hold the line up
for CAP COMM
CC - - for about 7 minutes.
CDR Hello_ Hank.
CDR Yeah, we're Just cleaning up shop now
Hank, and we'll be down to eat shortly.
CC Okay. And it looked like too real good
runs.
CDR Very good.
CC And, PLT, we're trainable on the pads;
we're going to get those squared away.
SPT Hank, I was watching the-white light
coronagraph display going into the sunset, and around
20 seconds to go we got a general darkening of the total
picture, and it was almost completely gone at I0 seconds to go
except fer the inner corona with maximum brightness on of the
display. And then at around 3 seconds to go, we got light, or 5
seconds t_o go, a light coming in from the lower right hand
corner and an EXPERIMENT ROLL (garble) 5400. And then a very
sharp increase in brightness at around 2 seconds to go when
I cut off the two - cut off the power.
MCC Okay, we copy.
CC Roger; we copy that.
SL-IV MC558/2
TIME: 12:53 CST, 17:18:53 GMT
12/2/73
PLT Say, Hank, just as a matter of interest,

what did the 193 people say about the results they're getting,
the data they're getting now that they're working that
antenna (garble)
MCC Looks like it's working just fine,
and we're not through analyzing it, but it looks pretty
good so far.
CC PLT, Houston; we're still looking at
that data. It looks real good to us so far. It looks like
everything's working Just fine, but we're going to analyze
it a little further.
PLT Okay, thank you.
PLT All that thrushing around out there,
I was hoping we didn't hurt anything. I don't thing we
did, but I just thought it'd be nice to know what they thought
of their data.
CC I don't think you hurt anything. The
altimeter appears to be working.
PLT That's good.
CCI Skylab, Houston; we're going to go
LOS here _hortly. And for the CDR, just to make sure that
we won't misunderstand each other in regard to the LCGs,
aAll we want you to do this time is to take a look at
them and inspect them. We don't want you to biocide them.
And we'll be coming up o_ Hawaii at 49.
19 hours 13 minutes. As the crew settles into the remainder
of the day they have off, hot showers, good books, stereo
music, and a hot evening meal, consisting of prime ribs
of beef, filet migno_;_vegetables, and ice cream are on
schedule for the crew later today. Next acquisition will
be Hawaii in 35 minutes i0 seconds. At Greenwich mean time
19 hours ]3 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-559/I
Time: 13:48 CST 17:19:48 GMT
12/2/73

56 seconds Greenwich mean time. We're now 54 seconds from
acquisition of signal through the Hawaiian Island tracking
antenna. This pass is a short one through Hawaii, lasting
a little less than 3 minutes. We'll bring the live air-to-ground
up for you now. This is just about a 3 minute pass through
Hawaii.
CC Skylab, Houston. Through Hawaii for
2-1/2 minutes.
CC SPT, Houston.
SPT Go ahead.
CC Roger. And (garble) daylight cycle at
approximately 18:52, the (garble) satellite reported a
C3 flare followed by a C4 and - in the active region 9287
complex. So, what weVd like to suggest to you, shopping
list items 4 and i0 be run when time permits.
SPT That's item 4 and i07
SPT Okay.
SPT Houston. Can you see which detector it
is that's causing trip off. I believe it's probably 6.
CC Detector 4 seems to be one.
SPT Thank you.
CC SPT, Houston. The reason for the trip
off on detector 4 is high count.
SPT Roger, Hank. I think we're past the
region. We're at high intensity now, so I'ii leave it on
for the remainder of the mirror auto raster.
CC We copy.
is passed out of range of Hawaii. Our next acquisition is
23-1/2 minutes from now at Vanguard. During this pass the
Spacecraft Commanicator Hank Hartsfield informed Ed Gibson
who is now working at the ATM panel that in active region
complex 92 and 87. Those are 2 seperate active regions which
have now apparently combined Just before going out of view on
the face of the Sun. In that active region there were a pair of
flares spotted by Vie (garble) satellite. Recorded by (garble)
satellite and the crew is observing that area at this time.
Those are on the right edge of the disk of the Sun or what is
know as the West Limb of the Sun and the active area of the Sun
is now rotating out of view and for the most part the remainder
of the Sun's disk is very quiet.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're going LOS.
SL-IV MC-559/2
Time: 13:48 CST 17:19:48 GMT
12/2/73
Vanguard at 16 with a recorder dump.

PAO This is Skylab Control. We had a brief
callup again from Hank Hartsfield to tell the crew there was
a data recorder dump at Vanguard. We did have a period in
which we apparently got signal back there for a moment.
But, we've lost it again at this time. Our next acquisition
is a little over 21 minutes from now at Vanguard. It's now
54 minutes 36 seconds after the hour.
54 seconds from acquisition of signal at the Vanguard tracking
ship. This pass through Vanguard should last approximately
10-1/2 minutes. We have the line live for air-to-ground
through Vanguard at this time.
CC Skylab, Houston. Through Vanguard 10-1/2
minutes. And CDR, Houston. Have you had a chance to look at
the LCGs yet?
CDR I'm just in the process of getting after
them now.
CC Okay, Jer, and the kind of things we're
interested in is the fungus or mildew growth. We'd like to
know the color and the size_ distribution, shape_, and odor
and things like that and compare what you see with what you
saw mission day 6, after the EVA drive.
CDR Okay. Sure will.
CC And, then we just want to restow them and
we'd like to get that if possible about Tananarive, because we're
holding up tomorrow's flight plan until we've get the results
of the inspection. If it needs it, we're gonna have to set
up some sort of biocide routine for tomorrow. And for planning
Tananarive is about 23 minutes from now.
CC SPT, Houston.
SPT Go ahead.
CC Roger. Since we're way behind on using
the 82B film. We'd like to go to flare mode in 82B and don't
forget to inhibit the 56 and 82A and truncate at 400K.
SPT Okay, that's if we get a flare. Is that
affirm? What about 82A?
CC Ed, what we'd like to do is initiate a 82B
flare mode and inhibit the S056 and 82A and truncate that
flare mode at 400K.
SPT Okay, Hank. Right now I'm not pointed
with 82B in anything but the center of the Sun. I'm gonna
move back to 87 in just a few seconds.
CC Okay, when you move back then get her going.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-560/I
Time: 14:20 CST 17:20:20 GMT
12/2/73
CC SPT, Houston. Our telemetry shows some-

thing a little strange looking with the 82B. Would you stop
it and reinitiate, please?
CC Ed, what we saw there was that the shutter
opened and stayed open instead of cycling open and close
rather rapidly. It looks okay now.
SPT Yes, Hank. I believe what I had was ini-
tiated from the rather than (garble) (garble) initiate, and
that would do it.
CC We copy.
PLT Hank, are we in the anomaly?
CDR Houston, CDR.
CC Go ahead.
CDR Okay, Hank. I've looked over the LCGs.
They're nice and dry and I don't see any signs of any new
mildew. The odor is still there. I think that's probably
because they've been cooped up in that locker for a while.
But for the most part they look just exactly the way they did
last time we looked at them when we wore them, and I think they're
in good shape. By the way, we've got all four of them in
D406.
CC Roger. Did you have a chance to look at
the PGA?
CDR Hank, that's going to take some time.
I'm going to have to get in there, and - if you want me to
open those PGAs does that mean I have to dry them again?
CC Okay. Skip the PGA we'll see you
Tananarive at 04:00.
now out of range of Vanguard and about 13 minutes we'll be in
acquisition at Tananarive. During this last pass they ini-
tiated a more rapid operation of the S082B camera. That's
one of the telescopic instruments on the space station which
had not been using as much film as they had anticipated. They
are trying to keep all the film usage up to approximately
desired level. At the present time there has been some flare
activity in active region 87 and that's the area they'll be
observing with 82 even though it is a post flare period.
They expect that solar activity should be markedly reduced
in the next several days. About 2 days remain before 87 passes
from the face of the Sun, and at that time there are only two
small and rather relatively uninteresting active regions on
the surface. Also at this time, Gerald Cart, Commander of
the spacecraft, was checking out the liquid cooled garments
which had had mildew on them before the first space walk of
SL-IV MC-560/2
Time: 14:20 CST 17:20:20 GMT
12/2/73
the mission. He discoveredd upon looking at them that although

they still had some faint odor they do not appear to have
grown mildew again. Medical officers here had decided that
it was about time they took a look at those in advance of
some future EVA activity. But it appears now that there's
not much concern and they deleted the request to look at the
pressure garment assemblies at the same time. Doctors don't
believe that there's much likelihood that they would be
effected if the liquid cooled garments, the undersuits worn by
the crew during space walks, proved to be fairly clean, so at
this time it doesn't look like any procedure will be necessary.
They were considering the possibility of doing a biocide wipe-
down, that is to say disinfecting them, in the event that there
was additional mildew there, ii minutes and 15 seconds to our
next acquisition of signal. This is Skylab Control at 29 minutes
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC561/I
TIME: 14:139 CST, 17:20:39 GMT
12/2/73

52 seconds Greenwich mean time. We're now approximately
40 seconds from acquisition of signal at Tananarive. This
pass through Tananarive should last about 8 minutes. Bring
the line up live for air-to-ground. Spacecraft communicator
is Hank Ha=tsfield, presently the Flight Director is Phil
Shaffer - Phil Shaffer. Phil will be going off duty at
approximately 5 o'clock. He'll be available for a change-
of-shift briefing at approximately 5:30 central standard
time in the Building i briefing room. Again that's 5:30
for the change of shift. We're live now for alr-to-ground
through Tananarive.
CC Skylab, Houston; through Tananarive
for another 7-1/2 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston; we're back with you
again anotlher 6-1/2 minutes.
CDR Roger, Hank.
CC And, Jerry, did you copy my last
there at Vanguard that we wanted to skip looking at the
suits for the time being?
CDR Yeah, I was concerned about whether
or not we're going to have to dry them and all that stuff
if we open them again.
CC We think the suits are okay, so we
won't need to look at those.
CDR Okay.
CDR Houston, CDR.
CC Go ahead.
CDR Hank, there are two things left in
the command module that I Just as soon get out of there.
I wonder what you folks think. We got a $052 camera and
a S192 amplifier door assembly. What do you say we
move those into the MDA_ We got a couple of lockers there,
particularly the vault, that's got lots of room in it.
CC Okay, Jet. We'll work it out and talk
to Story and see what he says.
CDR Okay, good enough.
SPT Say, Hank, I'm wondering if you could
clarify the call to go to 82B (garble) when we're at the
peak and actually down side of the relatively short period
flare? I was under the impression that we were after
flare rise and the peak post was the - not - not worth
spending a great deal of film on. We're right now showing
1486 on the 82B because of that flare program and that -
that kind of disturbs me unless we're really looking at
a flare rise.
SL IV MC-561/2
TIME: 14:39 CST, 17:20:39 GMT
12/2/73
CC Okay, Ed. The request to run the

film had nothing to do with the the flare that occurred
just previously. The word - the word Stand by i.
CC Okay, what - what we were after today
was to use up the film. We're way behind on our schedule
and we got to get down to sensitive film that we're using
for the Kohoutek. i
SPT Oh, all right, in that being the case
I'm sure we can include them in lots of shopping list items,
and other ones we were holding back.
CC We'll check that out, Ed.
CC SPT, Houston; in answer to your question.
The shopping list items that are listed in the (garble) that
include 82B would be our preference. And we're about to
go LOS. We'll he coming up on Hawaii at 25.
has temporarily lost signal through Tananarive. We have
not yet had an LOS call from there, but we'll expect one
shortly.
and 28 seconds Greenwich mean time. WeVve had loss of
signal over Tananarive. Our next acquisition is 33 minutes
away. During this last pass spacecraft communicator Hank
Hartsfield was explaining to Ed Gibson the reasoning behind
the flare use of the S082B, although normally the S082B
is used for gathering data on the rise of a flare. The
flare mode permits the instrument operate more
rapidly than it would normally. That gives not only additional
data in general on the Sun, but also in this case allows
them to use up a portion of the film that had been scheduled
for observation of flare activity during the early part
of the mission. Part of the film load that's now on the
S082B and will remain there through the first part of the
mission through the space walk that's scheduled now for
December 25th, is a segment of high - of high-quality film
specifically designed for photographing Kohoutek. This
film is more sensitive to light than is the film normally
used on SO82B. Because it is several times more sensitive
to light it'll be more suitable for using in observations
of the comet Kohoutek. First observations have not yet
been planned in detail, but they're indicated before the
mission as to began approximately 2 weeks. To get to
that film, however, we do have to run through the solar
film, the first segment of that. And there will be additional
solar film left on the end of the reel. Gibson was questioning
SL-IV MC561/3
TIME: 14:39 CST, 17:20:39 GMT
12/2/73
whether or not it was better to run through it just during

normal operations or whether it should be left available for
him to decide during free time for possibly making use of
it as what he called a shopping list item, that's things that
are left to the crew's option so that's going to be reconsidered
here on the ground and it may be that that will be set aside
for crew option activity. We're now about 31 minutes from
acquisition of signal again a reminder of the change-of-shift
briefing will be at approximately 5:30 this evening a little
longer handover than usual. Plan to in part, at least to discuss
the use of thruster attitude control system gas earlier
today for the two Earth resources back-to-back passes. Those
passes consumed altogether about 1319 pound-seconds of TACS
gas, that's about double the estimated amount. 959 pound-
seconds consumed on the first run, and 360 on the second.
Flight Director Phil Shaffer will be able to give you additional
details on that at the change-of-shift briefing scheduled for
5:30 this evening in the Building I briefing room. Little
over an half a hour from our next acquisition of signal, it
is now 54 minutes and 13 seconds after the hour and this is
Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-562/I
Time: 15:23 CST 17:21:23 GMT
12/2/73

and 49 seconds Greenwich mean time. We're now coming
within range of the Hawaiian Islands tracking antenna.
This pass through Hawaii, a 9-minute one will have
Spacecraft Communicator Hank Hartsfield talking to the
crew. And we're live now for alr-to-ground through
Hawaii.
CC Skylab, Houston, through Hawaii i0
minutes.
CDR Roger, Hank.
CC SPT, Houston, I think we lost comm
there just has I was talking to you about the shopping
llst items. We would prefer in regard to 82B that you do
those shopping list items that are on the SAP that include
82B.
SPT Okay, Hank.
CC And CDR, Houston.
CDR Go ahead.
CC We would prefer that you leave the
S052 mag _n the CSM, since it's protected from radiation
there, and it would have to go in a film vault if you
moved it somewhere else. Also if you do move it we'd have
to make some checklist changes in regard to stowage
locations for the EVA Checklist. And we could still do it if
you want to move it. And in regard to the S192, it's okay
to move it Just tell us where you put and be careful with
it.
CDR Okay, Hank.
CC Does okay mean that you're going to
leave the S052 and move the door?
CDR Yes, I'ii see if I can find a place to
put it, and if I can I'ii let you know, otherwise assume
that theyrre staying where they are until I find a better
place.
CC Okay, thank you Jer.
Greenwich mean time. Skylab space station has passed out
of range of the tracking antenna at Hawaii. Our next
acquisition is 20 minutes away, that will be at the Vanguard.
At the present time the commander of the Skylab mission has
an off-duty period, and is free to do as he wishes. He
may be performing some of the free activity that's
available to the crew members. And Science Pilot Ed
Gibson is working at the ATM console. Meanwhile schedule
calls for Pilot Bill Pogue to do - have an exercise
period at this time in the afternoon, so he should be
working at the exercise period. This ATM pass will be the
SL-IV MC-562/2
Time: 15:23 CST 17:21:23 GMT
12/2/73
last one for the next several hours. One more ATM pass
is scheduled this evening. Again Science Pilot Gibson,
who's handling all the solar investigations today, will
be working at that. What we have so far on the pass this
morning - double Earth resources passes is that weather
conditions were excellent for both passes which crossed the
state of Colorado, Oklahoma and Louisiana and saw zero to 3/10
cloud cover, which is virtually perfect skies over all of
the United States in that pass. And on the other pass
which was in the Los Angeles coastal waters and off the
coast of California and BaJa California and Mexico, there
too the weather conditions were very good. So that's a -
excellent luck for several Earth resources passes that
must be completed now while there's an opporitunity before
we enter a period when the Skylab space station does not
cross the United States in the proper time of day. 18-1/2
minutes to our next acquisition of signal, it's now 36
minutes and 42 seconds after the hour. This is Skylab
Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC563/I
Time: 15:54 CST 17:21:54 GMT
12/2/73

17 seconds Greenwich mean time. 56 seconds from acquisition
of signal through the Vanguard tracking ship. This pass
through Vanguard should last a little over 9 minutes. We'll
have the line live for air-to-ground through Vanguard.
CC Skylab, Houston, through the Vanguard
for 9 minutes, and we'll be dumping the data and voice recorder
here.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're about i minute from
LOS. We'll see you again in about 58 minutes at Hawaii at 23:02.
We'll be handing over to the silver team now. The bronze team
will see you again tomorrow evening on detail.
SPT So long, Hank. It's been a good day off.
MCC Roger, out, Hank.
CDR So long, Hank. Say hello to Fran and the girls.
CC Okay, will do, Jer.
23 seconds Greenwich mean time. The Skylab space station is
now Out of range of the Vanguard tracking antenna and is in
the South Atlantic anomaly. We're about 56 minutes 50 sec-
onds from our next acquisition of signal at Hawaii. Change-
of-shift briefing is scheduled for 5:30 approximately with
off-going Flight Director, Phil Shaffer. Skylab's astronauts
added another pair of excellent Earth resources surveys to
their list of accomplishments today. The first overflight
on their planned day off began northwest of Denver and crossed
Colorado, Oklahoma , and Louisiana, also crossing the Caribbean.
Excellent viewing conditions over the whole U.S. pass, with
zero to 3/10 cloud cover optimum for Earth resources photo-
graphy and electronic sensing. Second survey which observed
the coastal waters off California was finished just off
just after noon today. Data from the Pacific coast area made
scientists designing space monitoring systems that will be
capable of detecting oil spills and other changes in sea
environment. Sedimentation studies in that water off L.A.
were also scheduled for today. Today's back-to-back Earth
resources surveys used twice as much nitrogen thruster gas
as flight planners had hoped. Predictions made last night
indicated that today's double maneuvers schedule might prove
expensive, but Skylab managers decided to allow a higher use
of nitrogen gas to make late fall Earth resources passes over
the United States while weather conditions in the space
station orbit remain excellent. Skylab orbital path will not bring
it over the United States during midday when Earth resources
instruments are most useful, during much of the coming month.
Today's first attitude change used a total of 959 pound-sec-
onds of nitrogen gas from Skylab's thruster attitude control sys-
tem, with 360 pound-seconds required for the second maneuver.
While the total of 1319 pound-seconds was high when compared to
SL-IV MC563/2
Time: 15:54 CST 17:21:54 GMT
12/2/73
the 200 pound-seconds required for each of the single Earth

resources passes performed on Friday and Saturday, Mission Control
guidance and navigation personnel were not surprised by the
high use. The minimum use possible for the back-to-back
Earth resources passes was 460 pound-seconds. But such a
low use depended on ideal selection of gimbal directions.
Since several patterns of attitude control can be selected
by computers, precise predictions are virtually impossible
for many maneuvers. Simulations of todayts Earth resources
attitude changes, which were performed yesterday, showed
several possible patterns for the two gyroscopes to move in
compensating for the desired maneuver. With perfect - that
is from the point of view of minimum TACS use selection at each
decision point, the 460 pound-seconds consumption would have
been acquired. However, if gimbal stop was reached, they
exp I'm sorry - If however, the decisions went a different
direction_ and at each decision point, the computer must de-
cide which - which appears to be preferable at the time.
If decisions went in the opposite direction, with the gimbals
moving in a different direction, 600 pound-seconds would have
been required. Should gimbals come up against a stop, and
as they did during today's maneuver in the first case, the
expectation was they would use approximately 1200 pound-sec-
onds. Last night, the guidance and navigation officer
here at Mission Control advised the flight director that
he thought there was approximately a 50-50 chance that we would
use 1200 pound-seconds today. However, after reviewing the
conditions with excellent weather conditions both of the
U.S. areas, it was decided that this risk would be taken, that
the 1200 pound-seconds consumption was not excessive consider-
ing the excellent opportunity for fall observation of
Earth resources areas over the United States. As additional
evidence for that, at the present time, here in Mission Control
considering back-to-back Earth resources passes again for
tomorrow, with very similar maneuvers (garble) and with roughly
the same kind of consumption possible. Again, a difficult
thing to understand, but the computer at each decision point
must determine which way is optimum for running the gyros and
depending on its decision, we can have either a relatively
low use of TACS gas or a relatively high one. Today's use
of TACS gas which amounted to 1319 pound- seconds was out of
the 29,498 pound- seconds remaining at the beginning of the day.
And that consumption would indicate, of course, that we have
approximately 4 percent of our total pound-seconds used.
4 percent of the TACS gas is not considered excessive at this
time. We expect that during mission, we'll bring that back
up. A 5000 pound-second minimum is presently the estimated
SL-IV MC563/3
Time: 15:54 CST 17:21:54 GMT
12/2/73
amount for red line for operations - experimental red line

which indicates how much we'll allow per day is presently
right about where we are for a 60-day mission. But, we
expect that will be compensated for later in the mission when
Earth resources passes over the United States are not to be
performed. 52 minutes from our next acquisition of signal.
It's now 10-1/2 minutes after the hour. This is Skylab
Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC564/I
TIME: 16:42 CST, 17:22:42 GMT
12/2/73

still about 20 minutes from acquisition of signal, however,
the change-of-shift handover is taken place a little earlier
then we'd expected. Phil Shaffer has completed discussing
today's Earth Resources maneuvers and the operation of the
attitude control system with the oncoming Flight Director
Nell Hutchinson and he and his guidance and navigation officer
are both ready to go to Building 1 now for a briefing, we're
going to hold the change-of-shift briefing half an hour
earlier than we had scheduled, that'll make it start at
5 o'clock central standard timr sharp, 17 minutes from now.
Again the change-of-shift briefing with off going
Flight Director Phil Shaffer will now begin at 5 o'clock,
that's 17 minutes away in the Building i briefing room.
5 o'clock for change-of-shlft briefing, this is Skylab
Control, it's now 43-1/2 minutes after the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-565/I
Time: 16:55 CST 17:22:55 GMT
12/2/73

and 40 seconds Greenwich mean time. At the present time off-
going Flight Director Phil Shaffer is available in the
Building 1 briefing room. We'll being the briefing in
there about 4 minutes from now. And Skylab is coming up
on a pass over Hawaii and we'll be recording that for
playback after the briefing. Change-of-shift briefing will
begin approximately 4 minutes from now in the Building i
briefing room.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC566/I
Time: 17:29 CST 17:23:29 GMT
12/2/73

Greenwich mean time. This time, we'll play back for you the
recording of the pass over Hawaii about 2 minutes of tape
gathered over Hawaii that began a half hour ago. Immediately
after that:, we will have the Vanguard pass here as the Hawaii
pass.
CC Skylab, this is Houston through Hawaii
for 7-1/2 minutes. Out.
CDR Why, it's the golden voice of Houston.
CC You better believe it, babe.
CDR Hello, silver gang.
CC Yeah, that's right. We missed our golden
opportunity to correct you into saying silver voice.
CDR Yep, but silver tongued.
CC You won that round.
CC Skylab, this is Houston. 1-1/2 minutes
to LOS. Next station contact in 25 minutes through the Van-
guard at 23:33 with a data voice tape recorder dump and private
comm for the PLT. And thattll be starting out on the right
antenna going to left near the end of the pass. Vanguard is
23:33 to 23:43 and are you copying, Bill?
PLT That's affirmative.
CC Okay. And the second site will be Ascension
at 23:49 to 23:56. Back on the right antenna and going to left,
right near the end of the pass again. Over.
CDR Roger, he copy.
Greenwich mean time. Well, that concludes the recording made
over the Hawaiian Islands tracking antenna beginning approxi-
mately 5 o'clock central standard time. This time we're about
2 minutes from acquisition of signal through the Vanguard
tracking ship, whereas you heard there was going to be a private
conversation begun. This pass through Vanguard should last
about i0 minutes and Spacecraft Communicator of the Silver Team
is Bruce McCandless. Tomorrow's schedule for the crew
is now on the screens here in Mission Control. And that indicates
track 62 and 63 are the two Earth resources passes for
tomorrow morning with the video-viewfinder tracking system
on S191 being operated by the pilot for the early pass which
begins at 16:01, and concludes at 16:13. The later pass,
seventh Earth resources pass of the mission is scheduled for
17:34 to ].7:43 Greenwich mean time. That's track 63. Also
scheduled for tomorrow are ATM runs with the early ones going
to Science Pilot, Ed Gibson. There will be an ATM conference
with Dr. Robert MacQueen of High Altitude Observatory in Boulder,
Colorado, who is the principal investigator on S052, the white
light corongraph. Solar activities have now moved into a
SL-IV MC566/2
Time: 17:29 CST 17:23:29 GMT
12/2/73
quieter period with major active regions moving off the face
of the dish. They're expected to pass off on Tuesday, mission
day 19. In the late afternoon, Science Pilot, Gibson, will
be the subject of a M092 lower body negative pressure run with
Commander Carr as the observer. We're coming up live now for
air-to-ground through Vanguard. We'll bring up the llne and
Bruce McCandless.
CC Skylab, this is Houston through the Van-
guard for i0 minutes. We'll be doing a NAV update to the ATM
DC although we don't show anybody at the panel, we'd like you
to stay off the DAS for a minute, and we're also dumping the
data voice tape recorder and expecting the PLT to be going on
his private comm.
CC Skylab, this is Houston. DAS is yours.
Out.
CC Skylab, this is Houston. 1-1/2 minutes
to LOS. Next station contact in 7 minutes through Ascension
at 01:24. And - excuse me, make that through Ascension at
23:49. Out.
passed out of range of the tracking antenna at Vanguard. WeVre
about 4 minutes and 50 seconds from acquisition at Ascension.
Very little conversation during this last pass. Ground person-
nel are still working on tomorrow's - preparation for tomorrow's
activity. Number of things scheduled for tomorrow including
a run of M092 on the science pilot. This will be the first
run in several days on the science pilot. Cart will - Com-
mander Carr will be the observer on that run. The pilot has
the ATM activities during the afternoon and also the pre-sleep
run tomorrow. Handheld photography is scheduled for the com-
mander tomorrow and he has a little additional note going up
to him on the teleprinter pad that's in preparation now.
Tomorrow late in the evening, Houston time at 03:03 Greenwich
mean time, and again at 03:04:34, he'll be taking some photo-
graphy of the Philippines. First photograph is of Manila.
The purpose of that photograph is to help get additional de-
tails on -on cities in - around the world. Manila is one of
the seacoast cities being observed by the Skylab crew. It will
be - that'll be observed at 03:03 Greenwich mean time. The
purpose is to photograph the metropolitian area and also to
describe the pattern of growth there. This is one of several
cities, a total of 20 altogether, specified for observation
by the Skylab crew. And it's one of four seacoast cities that
are scheduled for observation. The purpose of the experiment
is to help classify the city pattern as concentric sector
multi nucli or a combination of types, so there is better
understanding of the development taking place in various
kinds of cities around the world. The other seacoast
SL-IV MC566/3
Time: 17:29 CST 17:23:29 GMT
12/2/73
cities for observation are Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, Vera Cruz,

Mexico, and Marseilles, France. After a photography of Manila
is completed by the commander tomorrow morning, he'll also be
photographing a fault zone, a Philippine fault, known as a
part of a circum Pacific in the circum Pacific fault
zone. It's a fault that's not very well understood and the
exact details of its shape and structure aren't well known.
It appears to be a straight valley running the length of
Leyte Island in the Philippines and is adjacent to mountain
fronts north of Manila and also on Leyte. Their purpose is to
photograph the trace of the fault, the line that it leaves,
and to determine if it's a single fault or if it splits to
the south across Mindanao and also deter - determine where it
goes and how it splits how north of Manila. They'll photograph
it and also make notes on map -
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC567/I
TIME: 17:46 CST, 17:23:46 GMT
12/2/73
PAO - - and determine whether it's a single

fault or if it splits to the south across Mindanao and also
determine where it goes and how it splits north of Manila.
They'll photograph it and also make notes on maps that they
have there for later study. They'll be doing this perhaps a
number of days, the request is for low Sun elevation photo-
graphy of the Manila Leyte fault and that photography will
be perfomred in three steps, we'll have a 57-degree Sun angle
tomorrow and then 5 days later we'll have the lower Sun angle
at 35 and 20 degree Sun angle 5 days later than that. We're
coming up at acquisition of signal at Ascension, we'll bring
the line up live for alr-to-ground through Ascension pass
lasting about 7 minutes.
CC Skylab, this is Houston through Ascension
for 7 minutes. PLT private comm in progress.
CC Skylab this is Houston no Joy on the
VHF. Request you check with the PLT and make sure he went
back to the right antenna.
CDR Okay. He's back to the right antenna;
still no joy.
CC Okay, now try the left antenna, he
just crossed over.
CDR Okay.
and ll seconds Greenwich mean time. Skylab space station
is now crossing the coast of Africa and we're 35 minutes
from our next acquisition of signal at Guam. Again a very
quiet pass on the space station as the crew members are
scheduled to be engaged in physical training with the Pilot
Bill Pogue should be - should have completed a shower a
short time ago, he's on off-duty time now and was conducting
a private conversation up there that last station.
Science Pilot Ed Gibson is scheduled to take a next shower
with a shower scheduled for about 2 o'clock Greenwich mean
time for Commander Carr. In the mean time, Commander Carr
should have just completed his - his physical training and
be cleaning up for dinner. This is Skylab Control, it is
now 58 minutes after the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC568/I
TIME: 18:31 CST, 18:00:31 GMT
12/2/73

and 37 seconds, Greenwich mean time. We're now 55 seconds
from acquisition of signal at the Guam tracking antenna.
The pass through Guam will last about 6 minutes and
we're live now for Spacecraft Communicator Bruce MeCandless.
CC Skylab this is Houston through Guam
for 6 minutes, next station contact is the Vanguard with
the SPT private comm, out.
CDR Hello, Bruce, out.
CC Skylab this is Houston 1-1/2 minutes
to LOS, next station contact in 33-1/2 minutes through
the Vanguard. If the SPT is listening Vanguard AOS is at
01:i0 to 01:22, Ascension 01:24 to 01:34 and you'll start
out right antenna both times and switch to left about
halfway through and we helleve _we have the problems figured
out that were plaguing Ascension last pass and should be
a good run, over.
PLT Okay, Bruce I'm sure he was listening,
thank you.
SPT Thanks, Bruce.
CC Roger, out.
PAO Skylah Control at 0 hours, 39 minutes and
48 seconds Greenwich mean time. Skylah space station now out
of range of the tracking antenna at Guam. Our next acquisition
is about 30 minutes from now, that will be at Vanguard, This is
Skylab Control at 40 minutes exactly after the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-569/I
Time: 19:09 CST 18:01:09 GMT
12/2/73

30 seconds Greenwich mean time. We're now 55 seconds from
acquisition of signal at Vanguard. The Vanguard pass is
a long one, lasting about ii minutes. We'll have the line
llve for air-to-ground and Bruce McCandless the Spacecraft
Communicator.
Vanguard for 8-1/2 minutes. SPT private comm. And for
the CDR or PLT is one of you free?
CDR CDR go.
CC Okay Jerry. As another chapter in our
continuing saga of momentum management, we are planning
to have the SPT monitor momentum throughout the EREP
pass tomorrow as a base line. And what we would llke to do
if we can is to have the VTS operator contingent upon the
sites that we select and whether or not they're mostly
(garble). Try to go back and forth between operating the
VTS and ETC although the SPT would still setup the ETC and
get her all ready to go. And we're wondering how much time
you feel would need to be allowed between ETC and VTS
operations for this sort of thing to play, and if you
think it's feasible. Over.
CDR Oh, I think it's probably feasible.
It's pretty hard to say. I think you could make - you
could make the trip in about 15 or 20 seconds and then
you'll need probably a minute to get yourself squared
away and ready to go.
CC Okay, you think we could shoot for a
minute roughly between operations and we'll take a real
good look to see how the thing orchestrates together.
CDR Okay, I'd say a minimum at - a minute
at the bare minimum, if you could get more I'd think we'd
be better off. But, well heck we ought to try it, I
think.
CC Right, we thought so to rather than
just scrubbing the ETC operations (garble) Just to give us
a try and we'll have a fall back position also.
CDR Okay, I think that's a good idea.
CC And of course later on this evening as
the monitoring criteria mature, we'll have some more
information for you on what the SPT will be doing and
hopefully later on we can talk to Ed also.
CDR Roger.
CC Skylab, this is Houston, 20 seconds to
LOS, next station contact in 2-1/2 minutes through
Ascension at 01:24 with the data voice tape recorder dump,
and we'll be standing by also at Ascension AOS for the
SL-IV MC-569/2
Time: 19:09 CST 18:01:09 GMT
12/2/73
Evening Status Report please. Over.

CDR Roger, Bruce.
PAO Skylab Control at i hour 22 minutes
and 6 seconds Greenwich mean time. We've passed out of
range of the tracking ship Vanguard but we're about a
minute and 45 seconds from acquisiton at Ascension. At
the present time Flight Director Neil Hutchinson has asked
the Earth Resources officer to review tomorrow's back to
back Earth Resources passes. And in light of previous passes
with a lower useage of thruster attitude control system gas,
determine whether the large potential consumption for the
two maneuvers is justified in terms of the acomplishments
that might be expected. That evaluation is now underway.
Preliminary indications are that the second Earth Resources
pass is an extremely valuable one, with the first pass
of relatively lower priority. That evaluation as I said is
underway now in the back room here in Mission Control.
No final maneuver pads have been created for tomorrow, but
the high use of TACS gas has lead Flight Director
Hutchinson to request a thorough evaluation of it's
potential value so that the Earth Resources people can
determine whether they'd rather have a pass tomorrow or
possibly 2 or 3 with the same TACS use later in the mission.
We'll give you a further report on that if there should
additional information coming to us during the remainder
of the evening. We're coming up live now for acquisition of
signal at Ascension. This pass which is an extended one
goes through Ascension, Canary Islands, and Madrid, and it
will last approximately 18 minutes.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC570/I
TIME: 19:123 CST, 18:01:23 GMT
12/2/73
CC Skylab this is Houston through Ascension,

Canary, and Madrid for I0 minutes. Over.
CDR Roger, Houston here comes the status
report. Sleep: CDR 6.0, 6 heavy; SPT 6.5, 6 heavy, 0.5 light;
PLT 7.0, 5 heavy, 2 moderate. Volume: CDR 2200; SPT 1200;
PLT 2200. Drinking gun: CDR 6971; SPT 1762; PLT 7974.
Body mass: CDR 6.296, 6.296, 6.295; SPT 6.387, 6.385, 6.390;
PLT 6.246, 6.247, 6.247. Exercise: Crewman CDR method Alfa,
legs 31 minutes, 4600 watt-minutes, method Bravo Alfa Delta
Echo and Foxtrot i0 minutes an_ 20 repetitions each. Method
Charlie Charlie Delta Foxtrot 06 minutes 15 repetitions each,
method Foxtrot i0 minutes; SPT method Foxtrot, toe rises
i0 minutes 200, strength i0 minutes 300; PLT Alfa legs 28-1/2
5000, method Bravo Alfa Bravo Delta and Echo 08, 50 each,
method Charlie, Bravo Charlie Delta Echo Foxtrot Gulf and
Hotel 07, 15 repetitions, method Foxtrot 10. Medication:
SPT two asprins. Clothing discarded today CDR one pair of
socks, 1 T-shirt, 1 shorts, 1 trousers; SPT none; PLT 1 pair
of socks 1 boxer shorts, 1 T-shirt. Food log: CDR plus 3.5
salt, zero deviation, plus 1.5 rehydration water; SPT zero salt,
zero deviation, zero rehydration water; PLT zero salt, plus
1 vanilla wafers, zero rehydration water. Photo log: 140_foot
cassette, EREP 6, down to 72 percent, EREP 7 down to 69 percent,
Chkrlie Leanor 09 remaining on the supply is 69 percent.
Nicon 01, Charlie X-ray 2039, 02 empty, 03 no change from
last night, 04 empty, 05 Bravo Hotel 03, 59, that includes
3 anticipated frames tonight.
CC Okay with you so far. l's like you to repeat
the first two 16-millimeter ones, though.
CC Okay, there was only one 16 millimeter
it was a 140-foot cassette. EREP 6 used it down to 72 percent,
EREP 7 lowered it to 69 percent_ so it's in the drawer now
with 69 percent and the supply reel is Charlie Lima 09.
CC Okay, understand now.
CDR Okay, 70 millimeter Charlie X-ray 47, 036.
ETC Charlie Tango i0, 073, EREP set Kilo 9640, 1827, 9363,
8732, 0503, 9408. Drawer A configuration: no change.
CC Okay we copy that Jerry we got a question
for you regarding our last evening's evening status report,
you reported 93 percent remaining on transporter 03 in
the A4 location, this indicated a use of only 3 percent for
the MI51 activity photography of ETC prep and we would have
expected about 27 percent utilization, can you verify the
performance of the Mlbl activity so we know if we should
reschedule or not, over.
CDR Yeah, you probably ought to reschedule
it, it was a real off-nominal thing, that was the deal where
SL-IV MC570/2
TIME: 19:23 CST, 18:01:23 GMT
12/2/73
I was taking 183 out while Ed was trying to get 13 - or

ETC prepped and in and it just got all messed up and he just
ended up not taking any movies of it.
CC Okay, we'll do that.
CDR - - small parts - he took two small parts
and thatts about all.
CC Okay, we'll do that. That's mighty fine
we got the evening status report out of the way whoops I
guess we've got Flight Plan deviations and stuff to go. I'm
sorry.
CDR Yeah, that's right. Deviation, let see,
today we didn't get T003-6 again, we missed it yesterday and
again today so we'll just keep trying to remember to do it,
no shopping list accomplishments other than just what was
scheduled today. No inoperable equipment and no unscheduled
stowage.
CC Okay, mighty fine, thank you.
END OF TAPE
SL IV MC-571/I
Time: 19:29 CST 18:01:29 GMT
12/2/73
CC And we don't have a news summary prepared

yet, but we'll be working on it, however, there is one item
here you might be interested in, concerning the reorganization
here at JSC. Over.
CDR Go ahead.
CC Okay. Reorganization plan involving two
key directorates is being implemented at Johnson Space Center
to adjust to the center's evolving roll in the post-Skylab
era of manned space flight. The Center Director, Dr.
Christopher C. Kraft, Jr. announced the reorganization
essentially combines two directorates, flight crew operations
and flight operations into a single operations organization
and establishes a new directorate: data systems and analysis.
"The Space Shuttle Program and the Apollo/Soyuz Test Project are
our major manned space flight challenges in the upcoming
years. And the resources of the Center should be properly
organized toward these goals," Dr. Kraft said. Again, "At
the same time, however, we intend to implement the reorgainzation
in such a fashion that there is no adverse effect on the on-
going Skylah Program." Although the reorganization is
effective immediately, it will not be completely implemented
until February, 1974, following the end of the current Skylab
mission. Under the plan, flight crew operations and flight
operations will be combined into a new flight operations direc-
torate that will be entirely devoted to space flight and
aircraft activities. A new data systems and analysis directorate
will basically be responsible for providing institutional and
programmatic data systems and related analysis. He will also
have a primary responsibility for managing and providing the
onboard software for Space Shuttle. Pi_ot astronauts and
the former flight crew operations directorate will be assigned
to the astronaut office in the new flight operations directorate.
Scientist astronauts will be assigned to astronaut offices in
the science and applications and life sciences directorates
depending upon their specialties. The pilot astronauts are
identified as flight crew candidates for Space Shuttle Program.
In their new assignments, the scientist astronauts will serve
as the crew operational interface with some designated and
potential shuttle payload users. _%e s_ientist astronauts will be
candidates as payload specialists for Shuttle flights, and they
may also be considered for flights as individual experimentors.
The new flight operations directorate will also be responsible
for flight control, flight planning, crew training and proced-
ures and aircraft operations. Dr. Kraft announced the following
key management personnel assignments involved in the reorganization:
Kenneth S. Kleinknecht, present Skylab Program Manager and
Eugene S. Kranz, Chief of the Flight Control Division will
serve as Director and Deputy Director respectively of the new
SL IV MC-571/2
Time: 19:29 CST 18:01:29 GMT
12/2/73
flight operations organization. They will also continue in

their present assignments through the completion of the Skylab
program. Alan B. Shepard, Jr. is the Chief of the Flight
Operations Astronaut Office. Howard W. Tindall, Jr. and
Lynwood C. Dunseith have been named Director and Deputy
Director respectively of the Data Systems and Analysis
Directorate. They serve in the same capacity in the former
flight operations directorate. Astronaut Dr. Owen K. Garriott
has been named Deputy to Director Anthony J. Calio, the
Science and Applications Directorate. Dr. Harrison H. Schmitt
will be Chief of the Science and Applications Astronaut Office.
Astronaut Dr. Joseph P. Kerwin will be assigned additional
duties as Chief of the Life Sciences Astronaut Office which
will also include astronaut physicians, Drs. F. Story Musgrave
and William E. Thornton. In addition to their assignments as
Shuttle crew candidates, three pilot astronauts are assigned
additional duties as project management. They are Fred Haise,
Jr., Technical Assistant to the Space Shuttle Orbiter Project
Manager, Charles M. Duke, Jr., Technical Assistant to the
Acting Manager for the Space Shuttle Systems Integration, and
Eugene F. Cernan, Special Assistant to the Apollo/Soyuz
Test Project Manager. Thirty-seven astronauts are currently
on flight status, twenty-six pilot astronauts, a total of
sixteen will be participating in Space Shuttle activities
by the end of Skylab with i0 assigned to prime and backup
of the support crews for ASTP scheduled for 1975. Astronauts
Donald K. Slayton and Thomas P. Stafford, Director and Deputy
Director respectively of the former Flight Crew Operations
Directorate are in training as prime crew members for the
Apollo/Soyuz Mission and with their designation as flight
crew members, are assigned to the Astronaut Office. All astro-
nauts will continue to maintain their afrcraft flight
proficiency. And we've got about i0 seconds - well, I guess
we've got a handover here to Canary. I'ii just stop talking
and call you at Canary. Out.
CDR Okay, Bruce, fine. We'll be listening
for you. And asking a question real quick. That is, the
television in 2 Alfa get down to you yesterday?
CC Roger, Jerry. All the activities there
including cleaning the VTS diffuser screen and things like
that came through in great shape.
PLT Okay, good. Thanks. Press on, with your
an -
CC Say again.
CDR Press on with the announcement there. You
got any more to read?
CC No, that's about it. Well, I skipped over
one or two sentences here because we were running out of
SL IV MC-571/3
Time: 19:29 CST 18:01:29 GMT
12/2/73
station contact, I thought. About all I omitted was - Let's

see. Of the twenty-six pilot astronauts a total of 16 will
be participating in Space Shuttle activities by the end of
the Skylab program, with i0 assigned to the prime backup
and support crews for ASTP scheduled for 1975. Eight
scientist astronauts will work in the Space an - Science
Applications Office and three in Life Sciences. And all
astronauts will continue to maintain their aircraft flight
proficiency. So that just about covers the whole thing
there. Over.
PLT Okay, Bruce, thanks for keeping us posted
on that. Looks like we'll have a new boss when we get back,
huh?
CC Yeah, I don't know. It says Admiral
Shepard is still in as head of the office and, of course,
with Deke being on ASTP, why, I guess some sort of
reorganization was quite appropriate.
CDR Right. Bruce, we're leaving the VHF
configured. Is there any problem with that?
CC Okay, Jerry, no problem leaving the VHF
configured. If you want, I'll give you the times for your
sites here and they all start out in left antenna. Over.
CDR Okay, I'm ready to copy.
CC Okay, Vanguard, 02:48 through 57, left
antenna; Canary, 03:08 to 17, left with blockage at the
beginning; and Madrid, 03:12 to 22, left and about halfway
through it a right. And, of course, since Canary and Madrid
overlap here, we'll have a handover in there.
CDR Okay, thank you, Bruce.
CC Roger, and I now have the news summary,
if you'd like to hear that.
CDR Okay, go ahead.
CC Just call me motormouth. Okay, Syrian
and Israeli forces clashed for 4 hours in one of the
heaviest encounters on the Golan Heights since the October
war. The Syrians said they knocked out three Israeli tanks
and five artillery batteries. The Israelis had no comment
on the Syrian kill claims, but said two Israeli soldiers
were wounded in the fighting. In Jerusalem, thousands of
Israelis paid their last respects to the body of Israel's
first premier, David Ben-Gurion, lay in state. Saudia Arabia's
oil minister, Ahmed Zaki Yamani, visits Washington
tomorrow to discuss the arab oil embargo. When he last
visited the United States back in April, he warned that the
Arabs would use their oil weapon unless Washington changed
its pro-Israeli stance. "Unfortunately, no one believed me,"
he said.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-572/I
Time: 19:38 CST 18:01:38 GMT
12/2/73
CC Zaki Yamani, visits Washington tomorrow

to discuss the Arab oil embargo. When he last visited the
United States back in April, he warned that the Arabs
would use their oil weapon unless Washington changed its
pro-Israeli stance. " Unfortuantely, no believed me,"
he said. The energy crisis has brought out the wags: Fowler
Martin, whose office in Raleigh, North Carolina is charged
with administering a federal law which empowers states to
reallocate i0 percent of the heating oil, kerosene and
diesel fuel in the state has this sign in his office;
"You can fuel some of the people some of the time. But we
can't fuel all of the people all of the time." Sounds like
one of mine. New York Mayor John V. Lindsay, who leaves
office next month after eight years, plans to divide his
governmental and other papers between the municipal archives
and Yale University. Lindsay said governmental papers and
records accumulated during his two terms at City hall will
be given to the m_niclpal archives for future - for use by
future city officials, historians and other researchers.
Nongovermental papers, and records and papers amassed during
his congressional years, 1958 through 1965, will be turned
over to the Sterling National Library at Yale. Lindsay is
a Yale graduate. In Capetown, South Africa, Dr. Christian
Barnard performed his tenth heart transplant operation at
Groote Schuur Hospital today. Hospital officials said the
patient was in good condition after the seven-hour operation
but declined to name him or the donor. Dr Barnard's first
operations was in April 17, 1969. Two of his patients have
so far or have survived to date. At the United Nations,
representatives of countries around the world this week
will launch a major facelift on the maritime laws handed
down from the days of sailing ships. A total of 148
governments and groups are invited to the UN Conference
on Law of the Sea, opening tomorrow and scheduled to meet
off and on until 1975. By Jupiter. Pioneer i0 is
accelerating rapidly in Jupiter's fierce gravitational tug
and has transmitted pictures that revealed a 10,000-mile
long disturbance likened to a tropical storm or towering
thunderbumper on earth. This afternoon the tiny spacecraft
was i.i million miles from the planet and is speeding at
32,300 miles per hour toward its fly-by tomorrow afternoon.
Pioneer's camera spotted the atmospheric disturbance in
Jupiter's southern hemisphere. An Associate Press market
basket survey shows that grocery prices went up again in
November after taking a brief dip inOctober. The
news came amid warnings of more increases and possible
shortages because of the fuel crisis. Comet Kohoutek has
SL-IV MC-572/2
Time: 19:38 CST 18:01:38 GMT
12/2/73
finally become visible to the eyeballs of us Earthlings,

but we have to get up pretty early in the morning to see
it. The Senate filibuster against the campaign financing
bill continues as the senate, in it first Sunday session
in 112 years, voted 47 to 33---seven short of the two-thirds
needed ---for cloture. The impasse has left the federal debt
$63 billion above its legal limit. The bill under
filibuster combines and extension and increase of the debt
ceiling with the campaign financing rider. Some pro
football scores from today's games: Baltimore 7 New York
20, Buffalo 17 Atlanta 6, Minnesota 0 Cinnclnati 27,
NY Giants 24 Washington 27, Oakland 17 Houston 6,
San Diego 14 New England 30, New Orleans i0 Green Bay 30,
Detroit 20 St. Louis 16, Dallas 22 Denver 10, Philadelphia
28 San Francisco 38, Cleveland 20 Kansas City 20. LOS
20, next station contact in 26 minutes through Guam at
02:07. Over.
CDR Roger, thank you Bruce, and hang in
there Oilers.
CC Rog_ I'ii pass it along to them.
PAO Skylab Control at i hour and 43
minutes and 9 seconds Greenwich mean time. Skylab
space station now across the Mediterranean Sea is out of
range of the tracking antenna at Madrid. Our next
acquisition is 24-1/2 minutes away. At the present time that
discussion on Earth Resources passes for tomorrow is still
underway here in the back rooms at Mission Control. The
Earth Resources passes tentatively scheduled for tomorrow
back to back. Earth Resources track 62 descending begins
at 16:01 Greenwich mean time or i0:01 central standard
time. It's a 3400 mile long track and a pass lasting 12
minutes begins midway between Denver and Kansas City and it
crosses Wichita, Tulsa, Little Rock, Jackson Mississippi,
Mobile, Alabama, and the Caribbean Sea before it ends in the
mountainous area of inland Venezuela south of Caracas. This
second pass along on track 63 descending begins at 17:34
Greenwich mean time or 11:34 central standard time in the
morning. It's a 2500 mile long pass 9 minute data take
time begins off the California coast about 75 miles from
the coast northwest of San Francisco and it runs along
the entire length of California and the length of Mexico ending
southeast of Mexico City at the Pacific coast. Again
those two passes are being considered now for their
potential value in terms of the thruster attitude control
system gas expenditure that might be expected for tomorrow. WeWll
get a more complete report and decision on that later in the
SL-IV MC-572/3
Time: 19:38 CST 18:01:38 GMT
12/2/73
evening if it occurs before we go off the air we'll give

you a report on it. At the present time we're a little
over 22 minutes from our next acquisition of signal, and
it's now 45 minutes and 7 seconds after the hour.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC573/I
Time: 20:07 CST 18:02:07 GMT
12/2/73

Greenwich mean time. We're now approaching acquisition of
signal through Guam, pass lasting about i0 minutes. Weather
conditions in the earliest report so far on the first
Earth Resources pass do not appear to be particularly good
so it is possible that first Earth resources pass may be
scrubbed, it's still up in the air, we're looking for the
last weather report and we haven't yet gotten it. We're about
30 seconds from acquisition of signal and Spacecraft Communica-
tor is Bruce McCandless.
CC Skylab this is Houston through Guam for
i0 minutes and we'll be inhibiting momentum dumps per schedule
in preparation for the $233 photography later this evening,
out.
CC Is the CDR in the shower right now we
have a momentum management message that we could read to him
if he's not.
CDR No go ahead.
CC Okay, didn't want to catch you if you
were all lathered up there. Okay, the way we're looking at
it right now we have the following set of ground rules for
momentum management for maneuvers, first we will do e nominal
H cage approximately 6 minutes prior to every EREP ZLV
maneuver initiation, second we will continue to apply rate
monitoring in and out of ZLV, third we'll add a new monitor
of CMG number 2 outer gimbal angle, if this goes to greater
than 70 percent negative select TACS only and press on with
the 322 degree (garble) control. The foregoing item if it
had been done today would have saved about 200 pound seconds
worth of TACS, we did it of course but too late in the program
for that saving. Our simulations continue to demonstrate the
possibility of gimbal encounters but were unable to predict
them with complete certainty yet. And of course we are at-
tempting to develope bias techniques that will put the CMGs
in such a position prior to the maneuver that the simulators
SLS (garble) and the MMP all three of them can reliably
predict gimbal trajectories. That's been one of our problems
right now_, what we want to do is to put it in such a state
that the gimbal trajectories avoid the regions that are
sensitive to gimbal trajectory ambiguities completely. Tomor-
row's maneuvers both fall in the uncertain gimbal trajectory
category and we're still evaluating TACS cost versus gain
and it looks llke this evolution will probably go on the rest
of the ew_ning and right on up till shortly before the maneuver
but we'll have updates for you as they come along, over.
SPT Okay, Bruce are you going to send up
SL-IV MC573/2
Time: 20:07 CST 18:02:07 GMT
12/2/73
those (garble) information (garble) teleprinter, the rules you

(garble) at the beginning.
CC Right are you familar with, I think it's
permanent general message 4, which was replaced by general
message 4 alfa, over.
SPT Rog, We got that posted right here on
the panel Bruce.
CC Okay, forget it it'll be replaced by
4 Bravo.
SPT Okay.
CC And it'll be up later on this evening
Ed with essentially what we've mentioned here in a concise
form.
CDR Okay, fine.
CC Back to the showers. And as long as
we've got Ed on the horn here, with respect to your debriefing
remarks after the ETC pass yesterday, when there are no time
entries for step in n the ETC pad we want you to do those steps
in sequence at the preceding time entry, as for example ETC
stop and then change shutter speed and right back into auto
type thing. The clock door being slightly ajar, would only
affect one edge of the frames in the worse case, over.
CDR Well Bruce that was obvious after the
fact but while it was happening it wasn't that obvious
(garble) .
SPT Too large an effect but it sure had
me worried and the other one is it didn't come clear after
I looked at it but it took a little time because I had not
seen it written that way before and the problem I think was
that that particular morning there wasn't time to review the
pads and that was my concern is that we dontt find ourselves
in that situation again of not having time to look ahead and
see what we're going to be doing.
CC Okay, I didn't copy the first part of
that both you and Jerry were transmitting at the same time.
This format of having a time and a couple of items, particu-
larly whem you're changing shutter speed I think is pretty
well standardized here, at least from now on if you have no
objection to that, over.
SPT No I have no objection to that at all
Bruce, that's great.
CC SPT, this is Houston would you confirm
you have H-Alpha operating this ATM pass, over.
SPT Sure do Houston they both look good.
CC Are you taking pictures with the camera?
SPT Aah, I got you Bruce. I started after
sunrise and I never got it going, we'll cycle it.
CC Okeydoke, thank you.
SPT I'ii have to wait till I can get to a
SL-IV MC573/3
Time: 20:07 CST 18:02:07 GMT
12/2/73
point where I can cycle it and out of experiment pointing.

(Garble) (garble)
CC SPT, this is Houston would you send your
last trasmission again for understanding_ over.
SPT Okay Bruce to get H-Alpha going, I have
to cycle 2FI i0 seconds back to experiment pointing in order
to get the night signal or day signal to trigger H-Alpha.
And I'ii hold up doing that until I can find a point here
where I can (garble) those doors (garble) which will close
on me which is (garble) of them.
SPT Bruce, I got it with the override,
never mind.
CC Roger, Ed we copy and we got about
i0 seconds to LOS, next station contact in 30 minutes through
the Vanguard. Private medical conference private CDR phone
call Vanguard, Canary and Madrid, over.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-574/I
Time: 20:18 CST 18:02:18 GMT
12/2/73

Greenwich mean time. We're passing out of range now of
the tracking antenna on Guam. Our next acquisition is
a little less than a half an hour from now. That next
acquisition is is scheduled to be the private medical
conference for the evening and the pass after that is at
Canary Islands which begins about 50 minutes from now.
Private medical conference we normally do not get any
live air-to-ground even at the end of that pass so we
wouldn't expect to hear from the crew at that time. At
the beginning of part of the conversation there we had a
little confusion with the Science Pilot and Commander
talking both at the sametime. But a good illustration of
the size of the space station which is 118-1/2 feet from
one end tc the other including the command module which is
attached to it at this time, both of them not apparently
aware that the other crew memeber was talking. Weather -
final weather report is not in for the Earth resources pass
tomorrow, but that still is under consideration. Weather
conditions for the first Earth resources pass in the mot -
scheduled in the morning and the sixth one of the mission
does not appear to be particularly good at this time, however
that is still being reviewed. There are relatively few sites on
the early pass with only 5 requirements apparent in the
last revision done by the Earth resources personnel. About
12 to 14 sites scheduled for that one while there are 25
sites scheduled for the later one which will begin off the
coast of California, northwest of San Francisco, and follows
the California - inside the area of California, goes down
the length of California, and down the length of Mexico
ending south of Mexico City on the Coast of the Pacific
Ocean. Momentum management program being run over here in
Mission Control in the simulators has indicated so far that
shorter maneuvers, that is to say the ones that are
performed more quickly seem to eliminate some of the problems
with gimbal stops and those are of course the difficulties
we had today that lead to a use of more than 1S00 pound-
seconds of TACS. However the shorter maneuvers also require
a slightly increased TACS use on the nominal program.
Indications so far on the 2 EREPs tomorrow is about 410
pound-seconds of use for each of those 2 passes, however it
does eliminate the danger of going to a larger consumption.
They're still running programs out here on the computers to
determine whether or not we can find a optimum performance
which will both limit the total amount of TACS required for the
nominal performance and also will reduce the danger of
greater uses if the gimbal should come up against stops in
SL-IV MC-574/2
Time: 20:118 CST 18:02:18 GMT
12/2/73
operation of the control moment gyros which are generally

used for attitude control. And of course for larger
maneuvers the thruster attitude control system nitrogen gas is
used to make the maneuver. So 410 pound-seconds if we do
a shorter and quicker maneuver tomorrow. And that does
seem to eliminate the problem with gimbal stops according
to the runs that have been performed so far, of the momentum
management program by our computer operaters here in
Mission Control and elsewhere at Johnson Space Center and
also at the Marshall Space Flight Center in Huntsville,
Alabama. Our next acquisiton of signal is at Canary Islands
46 minutes away. A private medical conference is scheduled
for the Vanguard pass about a half hour from now. We'll have
a medical report later. The Science Pilot tomorrow Ed
Gibson is scheduled to run M092 again. The last time a
Science Pilot ran the lower body negative pressure test he
had to cut short the test a little bit, although he did
reach the maximum stress. That is to say the lowest
pressure, a minus 50 pressure on the lower body negative
pressure device. He did cut that short because of some
faintness and feeling of discomfort. The medical officer
here in Mission Control says that's no matter for concern.
All three of the crew members have had some problems now
with the highest level of - of stress on the lower body
negative pressure device. But it's not considered to be
any sort of a serious problem at all, and it's mostly due to
they feel to the crew members lack of rest and some
irregularity in their schedule. Doctors have indicated that
they prefer the crew did a little bit more exercising, rather
than less. They did have a hour and a half set aside for
exercise today. And the indication is that they have been
using that time for treadmill exercises_ also for the use of
the (garble) i exerciser which is a rope tension device. And for
riding the bicycle. As an example the Pilot today put about
a half an hour in on the bicycle, generating about 5000 watt-
minutes. These levels are however, quite a bit below the
general level performed by the Earth resources - by the
Skylab crew on the last mission when Jack Lousma performed
for a good deal of the mission, approximately i0,000 watt-
minutes everyday. None of these three crew members have been able
to meet that general level, although Science Pilot Ed Gibson
did run 16,000 up watt-minutes on an earlier occasion. So we'd
expect the crew will probably be making a little bit more
_ttempt to exercise in the next few days. That has been the
recommendation of the surgeon as one of the means of keeping
up their physical conditioning while they're in space.
An hour and a half daily set aside for that physical therapy.
SL-IV MC-574/3
Time: 20:18 CST 18:02:18 GMT
12/2/73
This is Skylab Control it's now 24-i/2 minutes after the

hour and we're about 45 minutes from our next acquisition
of signal.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC575/I
Time: 21:07 CST 18:03:07 GMT
12/2/73

13 seconds Greenwich mean time. Approximately 55 seconds
until we get acquisition of signal through the Canary Islands
tracking station. Pass through Canary Islands and Madrid
should la_t approximately 14 minutes, and we have the line
live for Bruce McCandless, Spacecraft Communicator. During
this last pass over Vanguard, we did have a private medical
conference and we will give you a report on that as soon as
it becomeE: available.
CC Skylab, this is Houston through Canary
and Madrid for 13-1/2 minutes. Over.
CDR Roger, Bruce, read you 5 square.
CC Okeydoke, and we'll be dumping the data voice
tape recorder at Madrid and we understand the private comm
seems to be coming along nicely.
CDR Great.
CC One question that we've got here is the -
about 4 hours ago, we noticed a significant temperature decrease in
the food (:hiller and we're wondering if you moved something
big and cold from the freezer into the chiller. Over.
PLT Let me check, I didn't. I don't see that
anything has been moved in there, Bruce.
CC Okay, thank you very much.
SPT Houston, Skylab.
CC Go ahead, Skylab.
SPT Okay, I've got the frame count on the ATM,
and -
CC Okay, fire when ready, Skylab.
SPT Okay, 14088, 05073, 00156, 0145 - correc-
tion, 01460, 07109, 04897.
CC Okay, Ed, we've got them. Thank you.
SPT You're welcome.
CC And before you get too far away from the
panel, we'd like you to check and sure that the S055 high
voltage i and 3 switches are off, please.
SPT Okay, Bruce, I'ii have to go back there.
I'm not there now. Hold on.
CC Okeydoke. Skylab, this is Houston,
i minute to LOS. Next station contact in 35 minutes through
Honeysuckle Creek at 03:56. That will be our last pass of
the evening. And if you'll stand by a second, I'ii give you
what looks like the wake-up site for the morning. Let's see,
Honeysuckle Creek at approximately 12:05 Zulu.
CDR Roger, Bruce.
CC Okay, talk to you in a few minutes.
55 seconds Greenwich mean time. Skylab space station now
crossing eastern Europe is out of range of the tracking antenna
SL-IV MC575/2
Time: 21:07 CST 18:03:07 GMT
12/2/73
at Madrid, and 33 minutes from our next acquisition of signal

at Honeysuckle, Australia. Present time, we have the mission
surgeons daily report on crew health, and we'll read that for
you at this time. Crew health remains good, the science
pilot's mild mid-morning headache was quickly alleviated by
aspirin. There is no indication of illness. The crews
Phychological status is good also, although still quite busy,
they are happy to be getting in the - into the tasks for which
they have had more training. In addition, they seem to be
satisfied with the ground controllers attempts to guarantee them
adequate time to sleep, eating, exercise, and personal hygiene.
Signed by Dr. Jerry Hordinsky for Dr. Hawkins. Dr. Hordinsky in-
dicated that in the conversation, Science Pilot, Ed Gibson,
mentioned that he did not expect to take his shower today,
he wanted to get to bed early tonight to make sure he had
plenty of rest. He is scheduled tomorrow for the M092 run
which is the lower body negative pressure device and the last
time that was run, he - he - he did have to interrupt the
run very near the end of it at the greatest levels of stress.
Dr. Hordinsky said that in h - his opinion, the crew is, in
fact, is exercising as much as the previous crew had based
on their body weight. Jack Lousma had exercised more exten-
sively, but he was - he is heavier, of course, than any of
the three crew members aboard the Skylab space station at this
time. And in addition, this crew has the treadmill which
was not available to the last Skylab crew. They have done
some measurements of the total amount of work output on the
treadmill:, and it indicated that it is not nearly a high a
watt output as is required for the exercise on the bicycle,
exerciser. However, the general readings have been fairly
good today. The science pilot's exercise very, very limited,
he spent about 20 minutes today exercising entirely on the
treadmill, i0 minutes of that doing the toe rises and exer-
cise that he's developed. He has been attempting to develop
exercises that did not exist prior to the mission. These are
primarily
END OF TAPE
SL IV MC-576/I
Time: 21:15 CST 18:03:25 GMT
12/2/73
PAO - - i0 minutes of that doing toe rises

and exercises that he's developed. He has been attempting
to develop some exercises that did exist prior to the mission.
These are primarily lifts and muscle exercises other than
the mere running exercise that the treadmill is designed
for, running and walking. So, the crew is in good health.
Science pilot's headache was quickly alleviated by aspirin
and there's no sign of illness and they are feeling a little
bit better than they had been during the first week of the
mission, and quite satisfied with the flight controllers
work in preparing the Flight Plans for the days with a little
bit more time available for them to get some rest. Today
was the crew day off, and the crew made pretty good use of
it. Two Earth resources passes accomplished this morning,
also some photography, some data gathered on a medium-sized
solar flare early this morning. The crew successfully com-
pleted two passes, one across from the Colorado Rockies to
the Caribbean Sea, a 3100-mile overflight on which they had
excellent weather conditions, and the second one a 3700-mile
flight along the Pacific coast of California and Mexico. That
was equally successful, where the weather broke and gave them
excellent conditions. Tomorrow's Earth resources pass is
still being reviewed. Weather conditions poor for the first
Earth resources pass, but it's hoped that that will - weather
conditions will improve as they did in fact, for today's
Earth resources activities, and they're going to take a
closer look at that during the overnight. Doesn't look now
as if we're going to get a report on it before we sign off
in about an hour. It appears that those two are still going
to be up in the air. TACS budget has been figured out for
both of them at something over 400 pound-seconds, but that
too, is going to be revised during the overnight as computer
runs are performed and repeated and various alternatives are
tested. The crew will get instructions for posting permanently
on the console in the Skylab space station to indicate pro-
cedures to be taken to limit that TACS usage by going to a
special mode of operation during the maneuver to Z-local
vertical, because the daylight periods in the United States
are now waning and we are trying to get maximum amounts of data.
It's necessary to make a very substantial maneuver to go to
Z-local vertical and of course, once we've reached Z-local
vertical, we must keep maneuvering the spacecraft to keep the
instruments pointed at the ground as it circles. That, of
course, is a problem that makes Z-local vertical maneuvers
a little bit more difficult than those for pointing at distant
objects, like the Comet Kohoutek. 29 minutes from our next
acquisition of signal. This is Skylab Control at 27 minutes
END OF TAPE
SL IV MC-577/I
Time: 21:55 CST 18:03:55 GMT
12/2/73

and 44 seconds Greenwich mean time. We're now 55 seconds
from acquisition of signal through the Honeysuckle Creek,
Australia tracking station. This pass through Honeysuckle
Creek should be the final one of the evening. It's expected
to last about 7-1/2 minutes and the spacecraft communicator is
Bruce McCandless. We're live now for air-to-ground through
Honeysuckle.
CC Skylab, this is Houston through Honeysuckle
Creek for 7 minutes. Last pass of the evening. Out.
PLT Houston, Skylab.
CC Go ahead, roll 'em.
PLT Rog, like to correct report on Nikon 05.
CC Go ahead.
PLT Stand by just a minute, Bruce.
PLT Rog, would you correct the 05 reading
from 59 to 60. Had trouble with one frame of the comet.
CC Okay. We copy that, Bill, and you're
going to be reloading that Nikon in the morning anyway, so
it's no real problem.
PLT Okay. Thank you.
CC Was there some sort of a problem with
the camera that we ought to be thinking about or just a one time
thing.
PLT No it isn't. It's happened about three
times now with me and with Jer too. What happens is, you put
it on time and you screw the little remote cable in and some-
times when you push it, it did not seem to acuate the shutter
and yet you can't get it to work right again until _rou advance
i frame so you end up apparently losing one exposure.
CC Okay. We copy that, and I'ii see if we
can get somebody in the back room to try and duplicate and
see what - see what's causing it.
CC Skylab, this is Houston. One minute to
LOS. Next station contact in about 8 hours through Honeysuckle
Creek at 12:05. Goodnight.
PLT Goodnight Bruce.
exactly, Greenwich mean time. Skylab space station is
now crossing New Zealand out of range of the tracking antenna
at Honeysuckle Creek, Australia. That was the final pass of
the evening. A goodnight was given to the _ by Spacecraft
Communicator Bruce McCandless. Three astronauts aboard
the Skylab space station took time off today to exercise and
SL IV MC-577/2
Time: 21:55 CST 18:03:55 GMT
12/2/73
relax. All three had showers scheduled, although Science

Pilot Ed Gibson decided he wasn't going to take one this
evening and wanted to get to bed as early as possible
instead.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-578/_I
Time: 22:05 CST i8:04:05 GMT
12/2/73
PAO All three had showers scheduled,

although Science Pilot Ed Gibson decided he wasn't going to
take one this evening, and wanted to get to bed as early
as possible instead. Bill Pogue did take a shower this
evening, snd Commander Carr at last report was planning on
taking one. We did not have the confirmation that he
had completed his shower. Early in the day Gerald Carr,
Ed Gibson, and Bill Pogue completed 2 successful Earth
Resources passes. The first ran from the Rocky Mountains
of Colorado across Oklahoma, and Louisiana to the southern
edge of the Caribbean Sea. The second pass studied the
Pacific Coast of California and Mexico. Both passes for
which the usual series of complicated maneuvers were required
to keep electronic sensors and cameras pointed directly at
the ground, used much larger amounts of nitrogen gas than
Flight Controllers had expected and hoped for. That again
increased some concern that research projects on the comet
and Earth Resources might have to be restricted during the
latter parts of the planned 84 day mission. Earth Resources
studies will continue however tomorrow. Flight planners are
reviewing weather conditions during the night tonight. One
pass running most of the length of California and continuing
through Mexico should have good weather and is expected to
be go for tomorrow morning. That pass along ground track
63 is scheduled for 17:34 to 17:43 Greenwich mean time
tomorrow, that's 11:34 to 11:43 central standard time in
the morning. A second pass which is under consideration
for earlier in the morning begins in western Kansas and
crosses Okalahoma, Arkansas, Mississippi, Alabama and the
Caribbean Sea ending 3400 miles to the southwest over a
Mountainous inland Venezeala. That pass along ground
track 62 is scheduled for 16:01 Greenwich mean time and it's
expected to run about 12 minutes. At the present time
weather conditions are still being reviewed for that early
Earth Resources pass and taken into account as well as the
consumption of thruster attitude control system gas. We
haven't had a more recent estimate on that. An earlier estimate
given was something over 400 pound seconds per Earth Resources
pass, or a total of about 800. With a little faster
maneuver schedule than today which is expected to, whilt it
will give nominal increase in the amount of TACS gas, it
is expected to reduce the risk of larger consumption.
Today's double Earth Resouces passes back to back this
morning consumed a little over 1300 pound seconds, which
was about double that figure hoped for by the crew - by the
Mission Control personnel. Tomorrow's activity also includes
SL-IV MC-578/2
Time: 221_05 CST 18:04:05 GMT
12/2/73
a run on the M092 and M093 experiments for the Science Pilot
Ed Gibson,. the observer on those. They are scheduled for
the afternoon as the Commander Gerald Carr. ATM activities
also scheduled for tomorrow with Ed Gibson taking it up
early in the morning, and also performing one around lunch
time. And the ATM in the afternoon and evening will be
handled by Bill Pogue. There is also an ATM conference
scheduled for the morning with the principal investigator
from S052, that's Dr. Robert McQueen of the High Altitude
Observatory in Boulder Colorado. That's scheduled for about
15:00 Greenwich mean time, about 9:00 a.m. in the morning.
That's a regular disscussion held on solar observations.
At the present time the face of the Sun is quite a bit
quieter than it has been in the last several days. Only one
major active region still obvious, that's active region 87,
and it's combined pretty much now with active region 92. It's
about to pass from the face of the disk about I or 2 days
left before it goes around the limb. It's on the right hand
side of the Sun or the west limb as it's known. And that
will be passing out of sight. There is a filament in a
small active region developing on the left hand of the Sun -
left face of the Sun, the east limb. But that appears to be
considerably smaller and less bright than the active region
that has given flares in the last couple of days. Tomorrow's
activity will begin at about 6:05 in the morning when the
crew is awakened by Mission Control. That concludes our
broadcasting for today, it's now 9-1/2 minutes after the
hour, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-579/I
Time: 05:43 CST 11:43:10 GMT
12/3/73
PAO This is Skylab Launch Control. Making

final preparations now for the rollout of the Skylab rescue
vehicle. At 6:33, just a few minutes ago, they started jacking
the transporter underneath the mobile launcher, began jacking up.
It will lift the mobile launcher with the Skylab on top of it
approximately 2 feet so that it can clear the lugs and be
ready to move out of the vehicle assembly building. Skylab
rescue vehicle is sitting on top of that mobile launcher on
its specially designed, specially built pedistal which is
127 feet tall and is 127 feet above the launch platform. This
raises the Saturn IB Skylab rescue vehicle up to a height to
where it can utilize the upper swing arms which were designed
for the Saturn V. The Skylab IV crew, which is in orbit now
in the orbital workshop scheduled to be awakened this morning
at 7:05, approximately 5 minutes after the rescue vehicle
begins its rollout to the pad. The crew of Gerald Carr, the
crew Commander, Ed Gibson, Science Pilot, and William Pogue
the Pilot, now having a successful final mission in Skylab.
The rescue vehicle will be taken out to the pad to undergo
its final preparations, and then, when we get to the point where
hypergols would be loaded, hypergolic propellants would be loaded
aboard the vehicle, a hold will be called and it will be in a
standby position then as long as the Skylab IV crew is in orbit.
We're continuing to look for a first motion approximately 15 min-
utes from this time at 7:00 a.m. eastern standard time. It's
now 6:45 a°m. and jacking has now been completed. This is
Skylab Launch Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-580/I
Time: 05:55 CST 18:11:55 GMT
12/3/73
PAO This is Skylab Control. We're now about

4 minutes from expected first motion for the Skylab rescue
vehicle to roll out to pad B. The trip to the pad is about
4.2 miles. Wetd expect the vehicle on its mobile launcher to
be out at the pad some where between Noon and i:00 p.m. this
afternoon. Weather today is expected to be fair to partly
cloudy, winds l0 to 15 knots from the east-southeast, those
are surface winds_ and temperatures today expected to be in
the 80's. As the vehicle moves out it will weigh approximately
12,734,400 pounds, that's the combination of the mobile launcher
and the Skylab rescue vehicle. That vehicle first stage built
by Crysler, second stage by McDonnel Douglas, and the space-
craft by Rock-Rockwell International. The test supervisor,
NASA test supervisor here in the firing room this morning
for Skylab rescue is Chuck Henschel. Maximum speed as the ve-
hicle travels out to the pad will be somewhere between .75 and I
mile per hour. We're now looking for first motion in 2 minutes
56 seconds from this time. This is Skylab Rescue Control.
PAO This is Skylab Control for the Skylab
rescue vehicle rollout. Dick Thornburg sitting in the test
supervisor's seat here has indicated that they have been given
a go ahead for first motion. And expecting first motion to
take place at this time. Once at the pad, the Skylab rescue
vehicle w_ll go through a normal checkout procedure up to
hypergol loading. At that point it will go into a standby,
and will be in that standby condition through the remaining part
of the Sky lab IV mission. In that standby position it could
be ready for launch at approximately 9 days. If not used, and
it's expected not to be used, it will be brought back to the
assembly building and there go into storage. It could be used
at the ASTP vehicle as the Apollo-Soyuz test project vehicle,
scheduled for launch in 1975. We have first motion now, we
have confirmed that we have first motion. The rescue vehicle
is on its way to the pad. This is Skylab Rescue Vehicle Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-581/I
Time: 06:06 CST 18:12:06 GMT
12/3/73
PAO This is Skylab Control, December 3rd,

Greenwich mean time 12 hours 5 minutes. Wakeup of the crew
of Skylab IV, Gerald Carr, Ed Gibson, and Bill Pogue scheduled
to come through the Honeysuckle tracking station during this
pass, as the crew begins their 18th day in orbit. We'll leave
the line up for CAP COMM Bob Crippen, the start of day 18 of
Skylab IV crew.
CC (Music)
CC Good morning, Skylab. We're AOS through
Honeysuckle for 7 more minutes.
CDR Hi, Crip.
CC Good morning. And if you gentlemen are
interested in that sort of thing this early in the morning,
we are dumping the data voice recorder.
CDR Okay.
CC Skylab, Houston, we're 30 seconds from
LOS. We'll see you again in 12 minutes over Hawaii at 12:26,
12:26.
PAO Skylab Control, Greenwich mean time 12 hours
15 minutes. Loss of signal through Honeysuckle. Wakeup call
to the crew. Wakeup music this morning was from Rod McKuen's
The Sea. And as the spacecraft crossed the southern tip of
Australia on revolution 2,929 for the Skylab space station,
the start of day 18. A schedule emphasising Earth resources_
observations of the Sun, and medical experiments make up the
bulk of Skylab IV activities for December 3rd. Spacecraft
Commander Gerald Carr, Science Pilot Edward Gibson, and Pilot
William Pogue colletively will conduct back-to-back Earth resources
passes with preparations begining at 8:00 a.m. central standard
time. EREP pass number 8 along groundtrack number 62 is scheduled
to begin at i0:01 a.m. central standard time. The pass is
expected to run about 12 minutes. Photography and electronics
sensing information will be gathered on the cotton crops near
Greenville, Mississippi. Ocean studies of the Gulf of Mexico
and geology in Venezuela. As of early today weather was still
under review for the first pass. EREP pass number 9 along
ground track number 63 starts at 11:34 central standard time
this morning. The pass runs the lenght of California, from
San Francisco southward through Mexico. Weather in this area
is considered to be excellent. Continuing concern has been
displayed by flight controllers over the use of nitrogen gas,
fuel that is required by the thruster attitude control
system to maintain space station accuracy for best Earth resources
results. Yesterday's double back-to-back EREP passes consumed
nearly 1300 pound seconds of TACS fuel. That was more than
double the amount budgeted for the maneuver. Continued heavy
SL-IV MC-581/2
Time: 06:06 CST 18:12:06 GMT
12/3/73
TACS gas use will limit Skylab IV capability to perform

later Earth resources investigations. Medical experiments
including M092, M093 lower body negative pressure and vecto-
cardiogram runs, a single run is scheduled for today with Science
Pilot Gibson serving as the subject, and Commander Carr as
the obser these pair of experiments begins at about 3:00 p.m.
central standard time this afternoon. M092 experiment is
designed to establish a time course of cardiovascular decen-
ditioning changes caused by zero g, and to make comparison with
bed rest studies, and with studies conducted on previous
Skylab crews. M093, takes electrocardiograph measurements
of crew men during the zero g experience and immediate post-
flight periods to obtain precise data of changes that occurr.
ATM activities for today will involve Science Pilot and the Pilot.
Astronaut Gibson has scheduled two sessions, one is in the morning,
and a second in early afternoon. Bill Pogue will handle the
ATM in the afternoon from 3:20 p.m. central standard time until
6:40. He returns to the console at 8:30 p.m. central standard
time for another hour of solar investigations. It was reported
yesterday that the Sun had become less active than previous
days. One major region identified as active region number 87
still makes for interesting study. It's located on the Sun's
west limb, or the right hand side. Each of the crew has time
reserved for intensive physical training and personal hygeine
today. The Commander will spend an hour performing calisthenics
and working out on the treadmill, and jump rope exercise
prior to his noon meal. Pogue is scheduled for a 2:00 p.m.
exercise session, and Gibson will begin his daily calisthenics
at 5:00 p.m. shortly after completing the M092, M093 run.
Two Kohoutek photo sessions are scheduled. One is in the
early morning, and the other just before bedtime. Each session
lasts about i0 minutes. Bill Pogue will spend approximately
I hour today inventorying stock in the food freezer. He starts
counting at about 12:30 p.m. Today the crew is on the high
density food bar menu. The special food bars taken up in the
command module for this mission. They have the food bar menu
every third day of the mission. Next acquisition in 5 minutes
30 seconds through Hawaii. At Greenwich mean time 12 hours
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-582/I
Time: 06:25 CST 18:12:25 GMT
12/3/73

12 hours 25 minutes. Acquisition coming through the Hawaiian
tracking station. Skylah crew awakened at - shortly after
6:00 A.M., this morning. 6:08 to be exact. Their spacecraft
still in darkness as it crosses the Hawaiian Island chain.
We'll leave this line open for CAP COMM Bob Crippen. Flight
Director, Crimson team, is Milt Windler.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS through
Hawaii for 8 minutes.
CDR Roger, Crip. Good morning.
CC Good morning.
LOS. We'll see you again in 3 minutes over Goldstone at
12:38, 12:38.
CDR Roger.
PAO Skylab Control. Greenwich mean time,
12 hours 36 minutes. Loss of signal through Hawaii tracking
station. Next acquisition in 45 seconds will be Goldstone.
We'll hold i:he line up for CAP COMM, Bob Crippen.
CC Skylab, Houston. AOS Goldstone, 6 minutes.
CDR Roger.
CC Skylab, Houston. WeVre 1 minute from LOS.
We'll see you again in 5 minutes over Bermuda, and that's at
12:49, 12:4!).
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-583/I
Time: 06:40 CST 18:12:40 GMT
12/3/73
CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS at Bermuda

for 9 minutes.
CC Skylab, Houston. Due to an S-Band
problem we're having over Ascension, if I could, I'd like
to get one of you, either here or the Canary pass, to turn
on the VHF force in the command module and link up the
switches, if that is to copy.
PLT Okay, Crip. Stand by i.
CC Bye.
PLT Go ahead.
CC Okay, Bill. All we need you to do is
to take VHF on panel 3, A to SIMPLEX, and on panel 9, VHF
AM to T/R. And you may have to adjust the SQUELCH on panel
3 for A. (garble) like to start off with the VHF antenna
in LEFT. And Skylab, we are currently coming to (garble)
little NAV update. So the DAS will not be available to you.
CC Skylab, Houston. We completed the NAV,
so the DAS belongs to you again.
PLT Roger, Crip. Thank you.
CC Anytime, anytime.
PLT Okay, Crip. You've got VHF 3 A to SIM-
PLEX, and I turned that DUPLEX OFF (garble) OFF.
CC That's fine.
PLT And Channel 9, VHF, AM T/R; VHF antenna
LEFT; I have not adjusted the SQUELCH; I've got an SO09.
I'ii be right back in if you want to do a test run.
CC Copy. Yes, Bill. We probably are not
going to be able to make any tests until we get at Ascension,
and we'll have to have you adjust it there if it's out of
shape.
LOS. We'll have you again in 2 minutes over Canary at 12 -
no make it 3.3:00 even. And I'm sure you'll be happy to know
even though the weather is not quite as spiffy as we'd like
it on EREP 8, you're GO for both EREP 8 and 9 today. And
a little bit: later in the day Stu will give you an update
on what the weather is exactly.
PLT Okay, Crip. Sounds real good. Looks
like we're really knocking those EREPs off.
CC Yep. Sure hope so. Understand a little
bit (garble) yesterday, stet. Hope to do a little bit better
today.
PLT (garble) new monitoring (garble) looks
like it'll do it.
CC Yes. We hope so.
PAO Loss of signal at Bermuda. Next acqui-
sition will be in i0 seconds. Greenwich mean time is 12
hours 59 minutes. We'll hold the line up for CAP COMM, Bob
Crippen.
SL-IV MC-583/2
Time: 06:40 CST 18:12:40 GMT
12/3/73

Canary, and we have you for about 15 minutes down across
Ascension.
PLT Okay, Crip.
CC Roger. Felt one item that was covered
yesterday evening; however, just to make sure that we fully
understood it, it was discussed earlier that we saw the
temperature in the chiller drop about 6 degrees at 22:30
yesterday. And you asked, I believe Jerry was asking
something - Did anybody put anything in it, and we heard
him say that he did not and we want to make sure that nobody
else had done anything that might have caused that.
PLT No, Crip. I checked the freezer, and
I did not see any unusual items in there. There's just the
same old IMSS cans and a couple of drijks that we had. I
can't - I don't know how to account for that sudden drop.
CC Okay. And that was the - you said the
IMSS were in chiller; roger. And it did come back up to
normal, so it's operating normal now. Okay. Thank you
very much.
PLT Righto.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC584/I
Time: 07:07 CST, 18:13:07 GMT
12/3/73
CC Skylab, Houston. We're 1 minute from LOS.

We'll see you again at Carnarvon in 24 minutes at 13:39, 13:39.
13 hours 16 minutes. Loss of signal through Ascension. Next
acquisition in 22 minutes 25 seconds will be Carnarvon
tracking station. On this lengthy pass through the states,
Canary and Ascension the crew was advised they have a GO
for EREP, GO for EREP number 8 and 9 along ground track 62 for EREP
8 and ground track 63 for EREP 9. EREP pass number 8, a 12-min-
ute pass, is to gather data in cotton crops near Greenville,
Mississippi, ocean studies of the Gulf of Mexico, and geology
studies in Venezuela. However, weather conditions in Georgia -
in the Mississippi area are not that favorable at this time.
They predict 5 5/10 cloud coverage however, the Flight
Director Milt Windler has given a GO for the - for the flight
because we will not have this site again until sometime late
in January. Other areas in the ground track cloud cover 3 to -
3/10 cloud cover. EREP officer Dick Kohrs reports that the
worthwhile try for the pass today. The first EREP pass
scheduled to use approximately 67 mibs - minimum impulse burns.
Eight of these 67 are for nominal H-cage maneuver to he performed
between the two EREP maneuvers. Second EREP is scheduled along
ground track 63 which runs the length of California from
San Francisco southward through Mexico. Weather conditions
in this area is reported to be excellent. Total EREP usage -
total TACS usage for the EREP passes today is predicted to he
in the neighborhood of 635 pound-seconds, 50 percent of what
was used yesterday in the two back-to-back EREP passes. Next
acquisition in 20 minutes 15 seconds will be Carnarvon. At
Greenwich mean time 13 hours 18 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
13 hours 38 minutes. Acquisition coming through the Carnarvon
tracking station in 45 seconds. On this upcoming stateside
pass, a photo opportunity is scheduled for the crew this morning
to take yet another photograph of the laser beam initiated from
the NASA Goddard Space Flight Center at Greenbelt, Maryland.
The laser beam will be green in colar today and the crew will
have the opportunity to photograph it through the wardroom
window at Greenwich mean time 14 hours 29 minutes, less than
1 hour from now, as the spacecraft crosses the Atlantic Coast
of the United States.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS Carnarvon for
8 minutes.
CDR Roger, Crip.
CDR Houston, CDR.
CC Go, CDR.
SL-IV MC584/2
Time: 07:07 CST, 18:13:07 GMT
12/3/73
CDR Okay, Bob. I haven't finished wading

through all my paper yet and don't know if you guys - or
maybe youtre already aware of it, but I'm not going
to be able to do F233 this morning because of lack of film.
CC I donVt think we're aware of it.
CDR Okay. We reported last night that
were up to 60 frames in Nikon 05 and Bill's training
pad showed a stow on the film this morning which means there's
no VH04 film to take those F233 pictures with.
CC Let us take a look into it, Jer.
CDR Okay.
CC Since wetre talking about it there, Jer,
is Bill around to talk about that Nikon 05 problem he had
yesterday?
CDR That was me with the problem.
CC Ah-ha, okay. Can you confirm for us
whether you you had the exposure timer to Bravo instead of
Tango? That"s a bulb setting insteadof time.
CDR Yes_ that's affirmative.
CC Okay. You were in B then. Yes, they were -
CDR I don't know what the problem was. It
possibly might have been in the remote control cable wasn't
screwed in far enough or something but I lost 2 frames yes-
terday.
CC Okay. Copy that.
CDR Whatever the problem is, it appears to
be intermittent.
CC Roger. I was under the impression that
after it happened to you on that first time, that it was okay
after that.
CDR That was true for last night for Jer.
CC Okay.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-585/I
Time: 07:44 CST 18:13:44 GMT
12/3/73
CC CDR, Houston. I guess in looking

at the thread pad here, we are under the impression that
you should have loaded this morning with Bravo Hotel 04.
on that Nikon 05.
PLT Okay. I was pretty sleepy this morning.
I'ii take another look at it, Bob.
CC Okay. It was right down at the bottom
of that pad, Bill. I guess our problem down here, we're
still pretty sleepy, too.
PLT Okay. l'll get it.
CC Okeydoke.
SPT Houston, SPT.
CC Good morning, Edward. Go ahead.
SPT Morning, Crip. We still have on our
cue cards for a POWER DOWN to take X-RAY SPECS of the (garble)
power to BUE i. I think that was started when we were -
had BUS i out, and now it is working. I have both BUS i
and BUS 2, and I was wondering if there's any reason to be
switching back and forth now.
CC We'll take a look into it, but I was
not aware that your CRT for 54 would work in the BUS i
position when you're working your (garble) and. So we'll
check on switching back and forth to BUS i.
SPT Let me take a look at it too, Crip. I
have not checked the CRT, but when we did have a problem it
was also the total multiplier count image had Just begun, and
(garble), which did not read, now they both (garble) read
in BUS i. I will check the CRT.
CC Okay. The CRT is the only one that
should not work in BUS i.
SPT Okay. Let's leave it the way it is, then.
CC Rog. And I was under the impression
they were having to switch back and forth like that as a
means of securing it, but we will verify while we're doing
that and get word back to you.
SPT Thank you, Crip.
from LOS. We'll see you again over Guam at 13:54, and that's
about 7 minutes away.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're going LOS in
about 30 seconds. We'll see you at Guam in 7 minutes at
13:54.
PLT Okay, Crip.
13 hours 49 minutes. Loss of signal through Honeysuckle.
Next acquisition in 4 minutes 25 seconds will be the Guam
tracking station. The crew in their postsleep activities
this morning. Preparations for their 18th day of work aboard
SL-IV MC-585/2
Time: 07:44 CST 18:13:44 GMT
12/3/73
the Skylab space station. Day 203 in the life of Skylab

space station as the crew begins their 18th day. A back-
to-back Earth resources pass scheduled for later this morning
over the United States, down into Venezuela, and the second
pass along the coast of California into Mexico. 635 pounds-
seconds of TACS propellant scheduled for use today in the
two EREP passes. 4 hours and 45 minutes of manned operation
of the Apollo telescope mount, control and display panel.
One $233 experiment photographing the comet Kohoutek may be
scrubbed for the morning. Commander Jerry Carr reported
the camera scheduled for use was out of film. This photo-
graphy was scheduled to be taken in about 5 to I0 minutes
from now. Apparently Commander Carr will be unable to take
the photograph as scheduled. Another session is set for
later tonight. Photographs are taken every 12 hours of the
comet and as part of this experiment, $233, using the 35-
millimeter camera which is affixed to the window of the com-
mand module. Next acquisition in 2 minutes through Guam.
We'll hold the line up for the Guam pass.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-586/I
Time: 07:56 CST 18:13:56 GMT
12/3/73

Gaum for 5-1/2 minutes.
PLT Roger.
CC Skylab, Houston. We're about I minute
from LOS. Next station contact in 8 minutes at Hawaii at
14:07. Crimson Team is saying good night, good morning
depending on your viewpoint, and we're turning it over
to the purple guys.
CC I lled. The Maroon Team. I can't tell
the difference in those colors.
CDR So long, Crip.
CC Good morning, guys.
14:00 hours. Loss of signal through Guam. Next acquisition
through Hawaii, a 1-minute pass in 5 minutes 40 seconds.
14 hours 5 minutes. Acquisition coming through Hawaii in 1
minute. We'll hold the line up.
CC Skylab, we're AOS Hawaii for a short
pass, just 2 minutes.
CC And, Skylab, we're a minute to LOS, i0
minutes to Goldstone.
14 hours ii minutes, with loss of signal through the Hawaii
tracking station. Next acquisition in 6 minutes i0 seconds
will be the Goldstone tracking station. On this pass across
the United States at the tail end as the spacecraft crosses
the Eastern Seaboard. The photography of T053 experiment,
the laser beam, Being initiated from the Goddard Space Flight
Center outside of Greenbelt, Maryland. Attempt to photograph
this through the wardroom window again will be made again today.
The crew preparing their vehicle for another EREP pass, back-
to-back EREP passes. Today on the first pass Commander Carr
will be operating the C&D, the control and display panel of
the EREP instruments, while Pilot Bill Pogue operates the
VTS, the viewfinder tracking system, for the Sl91 experiment.
The two astronauts will change assignments on the next pass,
on EREP pass number 9, with Commander Carr at the viewfinding
tracking system and Pilot Pogue at the control and display
panel. Again on this pass Science Pilot Gibson will monitor
the maneuver of the spacecraft into the Z-local attitude
and then will move up to the dome area of the workshop to operate
the SI90B, the Earth terrain camera, through the antisolar
scientific alrlock. He will operate the ETC camera on Both
passes. Next acquisition in 4 minutes 25 seconds will be
Goldstone at Greenwich mean time 14 hours 13 minutes. This
is Skylab Control.
SL-IV MC-586/2
Time: 07:56 CST 18:13:56 GMT
12/3/73

14 hours 16 minutes. Acquisition through Goldstone in 50
seconds. We'll hold the line up for CAP COMM Dr. Story
Musgrave on 1=his the 2930th revolution of the Skylab space
station.
CC Skylab, got you through Goldstone for
5 minutes.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-587/I
Time: 8:17 (:ST 18:14:17 GMT
12/3/73
CC Skylab. Got you through Goldstone for

5 minutes.
CC Skylab. We're 30 seconds to LOS. See
you over MILA in 2 minutes.
CC Skylab. AOS MILA in Bermuda for 12 minutes.
CC Hey, Ed. A friendly reminder, your laser
is coming up in about a minute and a half here.
SPT Okay. We're looking for it.
CC Okay.
CDR We got it loud and clear.
CC Thank you, sir.
CDR Boy, you can really see Washington Airport,
clear as a bell with the naked eye.
CC (Garble), Jer.
CC Skylab. We're a minute to LOS in about
i0 minutes to Ascension for your ATM conference with Dr.
McQueen. We_'re gonna be on VHF again over Ascension. And
we'd like a switch to the right antenna through Ascension.
CDR Wilco.
CC Thank you.
CDR Hey, Story. Will I mess you up if I close
that switch right antenna now?
CC Yeah, you can do it right right now, be
fine.
CDR Okay. I'll do her.
14 hours 37 minutes. Loss of signal through the Bermuda
tracking station. On this pass Commander Carr reporting
spotting the green laser beam being fired from the Goddard
Space Flight Center outside of Greenbelt, Maryland. He
photographed it and described how clear the Washington area
looked today. On the upcoming Earth resources pass, number
6 for the mission, number 8 on the flight plan. The data
take will begin on descending track number 62. Data will begin
at - near Fort Smith, Arkansas and data take will stop as the
spacecraft crosses the northern coast of Venezuela. Along
its track the spacecraft is scheduled to take pictures of
Little Rock, Arkansas area; Jackson, Mississippi; Mobile Bay,
Alabama; and also numerous photographs over the state of
Alabama. One site on schedule today, which may be difficult
for the crew to catch, is the site in Mississippi. Greenville,
Mississippi, on the Mississippi River. It's been planned to
attempt to get data of cotton crops in that area. An attempt
to identify procedures and techniques for crop discrimination,
using the S192. Hopefully, crop yeilds will be - could be
SL-IV MC-587/2
Time: 8:17 CST 18:14:17 GMT
12/3/73
forecasted for use in planning by agricultural communities.

However, this area may have heavy cloud cover concentration,
making it difficult to gather total data on this pass. As
Skylab crosses the Gulf Coast_ below Mobile, Alabama, the
instruments S191 will be turned on and a lO0-mile - 180-mile
track. The S191 spectrometer will be used to assess the
ability of infrared multispectral sensing as a means of
obtaining improved sea surface temperatures. Again, as the
spacecraft crosses the coast the 193 altimeter will be turned
on for a 600-mile track from below New Orleans, across the
coast of Cuba. Gathering information of the Gulf to establish
techniques and procedures for calibration of the S193 altimeter
and evaluate the feasibility of using altimeter for accurate
termination (sic) of a global geode of the oceans. When the
spacecraft crosses the Venezuela coast, data will be gathered
over Venezuela in hopes to analyze data gathered for photo-
graphic - photographing in needs (?) of preparing maps of the
area. This is - uh - includes the Orinoco River basin
and the northern provinces of Venezuela. The data take
will stop in northern Venezuela. It's a 12-minute data take
beginning over Arkansas, ending in Venezuela. Commander Jerry
Carr will be operating the control and display panel on the
EREP pass, the first of the day. Pilot Bill Pogue operating
the view finder tracking system. Science PilotEd Gibson will
operate the Earth terrain cameraj after he monitors the
maneuver. The first EREP pass is scheduled to use up
approximately 67 mibs, minimum impulse burns. Approximately
300 pounds - 335 pounds of TACS propellant. 300 pounds of
TACS propellant is also scheduled for use on the second EREP
pass. Acquisition coming up through the Ascension tracking
station in 3 minutes 20 seconds. We'll keep the line up for
this Ascension pass.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC588/I
Time: 08:43 CST, 18:14:43 GMT
1213/73
CC Skylab, we're AOS; VHF through Ascension

for 5 minutes. Here's Dr. McQueen, Ed.
MCC Okay, Ed, l'd like to cover 5 points with
regards white light transient that we've looked on the SL III
mission. One, is the optical cause of the transient, two is
the threshold or the triggering events, three is the duration
of events, four is the visibility on the TV monitor onboard
there, and five is the S052 film budget with regards transients.
Over.
SPT Very good, Bob. Go ahead.
MCC Okay. Wetre basing these numbers on a
look at 21 events that we have on SL-III and with regards
the cause of transient, we find eruptive prominences on five of
those,surges on one, flares on one, and then combinations of
eruptive prominences and surging activity on three, combination
of flare and surge activity, one_ and flare and prominence
eruption on one. The conclusion on this is that about 1/2
of the recorded events, apparently have their origin in promi-
nence eruptions or surges near the limb. Furthermore, we have
nine events that have no optical correlation. The conclusion there
is about 1/2 of the events have no visible disk counter part, and so
are presumably behind the limb. So there would be no ground
warning. Ow_r.
SPT Okay. It looks like we're going to have
to try to keep an eye out a little bit more all the time.
Not just when they're flaring (garble, but also whenever
we have anything close to the limb, suehas (garble) up like
we have now.
MCC I think that's correct. Okay. Now with
regards to the threshold of the triggering events, this is of
course, more difficult to say. We do know that in the surging
event, these are not exceptional surging events that have been
correllated with transients. Furthermore, we do know that one
of the large transients we observed on SL-III was a result of
material from a head roll prominence that was reported as
slowly evolving. Finally, with regard metric birth, we find
that they're -
SPT Bob, you're breaking up. You're not coming
through at all.
MCC Okay. With regard - with regard metric
birth, we find there is a good correlation.
SPT Hello, Bob. Bob, you've been breaking up
on the transmission. I'm not being able to read you for about
past minute.
MCC Okay. Do you copy me now?
SPT Yes_ I have you now.
MCC Okay. Let's go back to the threshold triggering
SL-IV MC588/2
Time: 08:43 CST, 18:14:43 GMT
12/3/73
events. We find here that in the case of simple surgings and

also in the case of a hedge roll prominence which was reported
as slowly evolving, we see major transients. In the case of
metric radio birth, we find that there is a good correlation.
When metric births do occur, the corona is greatly perturbed.
With regard metric birth_ we have four concomitant observations
of birth, and transients. A major objective, we feel, of this
mission_ is to attempt to get those concomitant observations.
To this end, the NDAA network has been alerted, and we're
going to make a special effort to get information up to you
on type 2s and 4s. Over.
SPT Okay. And then our response would be to
go into your coronal transient (garble).
MCC That's correct. Now with regards to the
duration of tlhe event, the premisslon instruments still look good.
On average velocity, is on the order of 500 kilometers per second
which implies two full cycles in the S052 field of view. We
do observe_ however, singular events occurring with velocities
as low as 150 to 200 kilometers per second and one which is
faster than i000 kilometers per second. The posttransient
reconfiguration of the corona goes on typically for 1/2 a
day. That is, 6 to 8 hours. Over.
SPT Okay. Have you seen anything in your
pad sheets which would show a velocity much high than that,
corresponding to type 3?
CC No, we haven't Ed. Okay. With regards to
visibility on your monitor, we find that there is a great
variation in visibility from the 21 events. The SL-II bubble
in which youtre familiar, is one of the brightest. We do see
that last mission, the crew detected some transients we
classed as faint. At the same time, they did observe on the
TV and missed some that we classed as faint. And I think here
the lesson is that the detailed look is apparently necessary.
CC And Ed, we're going LOS here. We'll see
you over Carnarvon in 25 minutes and we'd like the NuZ update.
SPT Okay. I think we lost quite a bit on the
transmission here. Pick this up, if we can, some time later in
the day.
CC Okay. And your NuZ update window's right
now 14:51 to 15:40.
SPT Thank you, Bob. I'll talk to you later
on today.
14 hours 52 minutes. Next acquisition in 22 minutes will be
through the Carnarvon tracking station. The morning review
with the crew with Science Pilot Ed Gibson of the operations
of the Apollo Telescope Mount, today being conducted by Dr.
Robert McQueen of the High Altitude Observatory, Boulder, Colorado.
SL-IV MC588/3
Time: 08:43 CST, 18:14:43 GMt
12/3/73
Dr. McQueen is principle investigator for the S052 experiment.

Next acquisition will be Carnarvon in 22 minutes as the crew
continues preparations for the Earth resources pass, a 12-min-
ute pass beginning at 16:01 Greenwich mean time, and ending 12 min-
utes later. Maneuver for this operation for the EREP pass will
begin over the Pacific at Greenwich mean time 15 hours 47 min-
utes. Science Pilot Gibson will monitor the vehicle rates
at the Apollo Telescope Mount control and display panel in
the multiple docking adapter and then transfer back to the
dome area to operate the Earth terrain camera. Next acquisi-
tion, Carnarvon in 21 minutes 15 seconds. Greenwich mean
time 14 hours 54 minutes, this is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-589/I
Time: 09:14 CST 18:15:14 GMT
12/3/73

hours 14 minutes. We'll have acquisition in 45 seconds
through Carnarvon tracking station. We'll hold the line up
for Astronaut Story Musgrave.
CC Skylab, AOS through Carnarvon for i0
minutes; and SPT, Houston.
SPT Go ahead, Story.
CC Ed, Rusty's got some good experience in
the SLITS running these EREP passes, in particular the ones
your're running today, in terms of monitoring and doing the
TACS ONLY control. If you could pull out that permanent gen-
eral message, 004B, we sent up to you yesterday he'll be
passing on this experience to you right now.
SPT Okay. Give me a few minutes to get
about I minute to get up there.
CC Okay. And for some other crewmen that's
up in the MDA and can secure our VHF operations now, I've got a
couple of switches to throw.
PLT Okay, Story. Go ahead.
CC AT panel 3, VHF AM A, OFF; and panel
9 VHF, AM T/R OFF.
PLT Okay. I work.
CC Thank you.
SPT Hello, Rusty. Go ahead.
MCC Okay. Ed, what I want to talk about
here is the critical point on whether we go, whether we need
to go into TACS ONLY, that is C&G control INHIBIT, or not,
and that occurrs right at the end of the maneuver into Z-LV.
And if you've got the - -
SPT Okay.
MCC Okay. If you've got the message we
sent up last night on the monitoring, I'ii answer any ques-
tions on that, but what I'd really like to give you here is
a picture of the time history of what you're going to see
on the GIMBAL ANGLES. You're going to be monitoring C&G 2,
entering out of GIMBAL angles, on the panel monitor there.
SPT Okay. And is C&G GIMBAL ANGLE OUTER
the primary one to concern or the INNER ones also get to you.
MCC Negative. The real - the decision point
is totally dependent on the behavior of the OUTER GIMBAL
ANGLE. So what I want to do is tell you exactly what the
time history's going to be so you can see it happening and
be ready for that - for that point. Now -
SPT Okay. Go ahead and I'ii sketch it out.
MCC Okay. Here you go. The maneuver is
going to be starting at 15:47 and it's a 12 minute maneuver.
Somewhere around halfway through the maneuver, and this varies
SL-IV MC-589/2
Time: 09:14 CST 18:15:14 GMT
12/3/73
a little bit depending on the initial conditions, but some-

where between halfway through and the end of the maneuver,
you're going to hit SYSTENS SATURATION, and you're going to
he firing occasional TACS or DESAT firings. At that time
the INNER GIMBAL - (garble) INNER GIMBAL is going to be
reading about zero percent, and with the DESAT firings, it'll
bounce back and forth, plus or minus 5 percent or so, hang-
ing right around zero, all the way to the end of the maneu-
ver. At the same time OUTER GIMBAL is going to be running
very slowly down toward about minus 20 percent, or thereabouts,
on your meter. Okay. Now the critical time begins i minute
before maneuver and when you start the ramp down. That is,
today on the first EREP it's going to be at 15:58. That
is i minute before maneuver ends. At that point, you're
going to see the INNER GIMBAL go from 0 - it'll go down at
a fairly nice movement, maybe 5, i0 seconds or so, it'll
go down to about minus 20 to minus 40 percent, and then turn around
and begin rapidly heading for the POSITIVE STOP. And the
OUTER, at this time, has done nothing yet. But when the
C& - when the INNER turns around and head POSITIVE, the
OUTER then makes its move, and that's the critical time.
Now that occurs about l0 seconds before the end of the
maneuver itself. That is right around 15:59. Just before
that, you're going to see the spike LOW and then head
for the POSITIVE end, and the OUTER will begin its move;
and ittll - if it heads POSITIVE, we're in Fat City, and
it'll be a nice run all the way. If, on the other hand,
it heads NEGATIVE, you want to keep an eye on it. If it
goes greater than minus 70 NEGATIVE, it'll do it fairly fast,
but if it goes greater minus 70 we want you to hit the INNER,
having already keyed up the 52010, 50000, DO NOT ENTER.
SPT Okay. I understand. We're watching
the OUTER GIMBAL and at about i0 seconds to go, we're
going to feed the INNER GIMBAL, make move, go POSITIVE,
and we're watching the other GIMBAL, and if it goes POSITIVE,
wetre okay; starts going NEGATIVE, we got to watch it. Gets
greater than 70 percent we hit the INNER where we got a
C&G control INHIBIT.
MCC Right. Now - now let me make sure you
understand. The INNER will begin its - its little song and
dance there at i minute prior to end of maneuver , at 15:58,
whereas the OUTER will not make its move until the INNER
heads POSITIVE. So its going to be closeer to the end of the
maneuver. When it goes - Let me give you an idea of what
we're talking about here. If you catch - if it goes minus 70,
that's the first indication that we're going to have this
attitude problem, and by going TACS ONLY at that point, it'll
SL-IV MC-598/3
Time: 09:14 CST 18:15:14 GMT
12/3/73
only cost us 20 to 40 mibs, whereas yesterday we waited until

we got positive evidence of ATTITUDE ERROR, and it cost us
a 7 FULL ONs and a bunch of mibs also. So we don't want to
have you reluctant there. If goes greater than the -70, minus 70, go
ahead and punch the INNER. Otherwise just sit back and you
can watch the rest of the maneuver, but we don't expect any
problems the rest of the way.
SPT Okay. Very good. I watched it yesterday
and we ended up with - I ended up watching ATTITUDE ERROR,
however, and it came against, which really surprised me, and
I will not be hesitant, because I thought (garble) yesterday, and
it goes prett:ty rapidly.
MCC Right. Always happens with the ATTI-
TUDE ERROR reading essentially 0, as we haven't built up
any errors, but its positive indication from all of our runs
that we are about to.
SPT Okay. Now this is all of the number 2.
What's happening on number 3?
MCC Well, number 3 behaves very much the
same way whet:her you're going to make a good maneuver or a
bad maneuver, although it 2 is a positive indication, 3
will also end up with a OUTER GIMBAL on the STOP if 2 goes
to the STOP. If 2 goes to the POSITIVE side, then - then
both of them end up - well, 2 ends up on POSITIVE, and 3 ends
up mumbling right around in the middle right around 0.
SPT Okay. This explains why yesterday, when
I was watching just before the end of the maneuver the GIMBALS
looked alright. And now it apparently, Houston told me afterwards
we have three of them on a STOP, and apparently it happened
pretty quick. That explains it.
MCC That's right. Coming up to the end of
the maneuver they're all looking just tremendous, whether
it's going to be a bad case or a good case. We really are
not able to predict ahead of time, looking at them, which
way it's going to go. Now let me say that the reason
we shortened to 12 minutes on the maneuver time is because
again, all of our studies show that it's that the longer the
maneuver time in the Z-LV, the higher the probability of
running into this case. On the other hand, the shorter
maneuver time, which we're running today, will cost us quite
a few mibs just because we're running at a higher rate. So
it's a trade-off there, but we decided to be safe, spend a
few more mibs and not have to go into TACS ONLY.
SPT Okay. And those mibs are probably - a good
part of them are probably spent at the initiation of the maneuver.
MCC Okay. And back over to Story. Wetll
see you at - for the big event there.
SL-IV MC-589/4
Time: 09:14 CST 18:15:14 GMT
12/3/73
SPT Okay. One other question, Rusty. This

is for the first maneuver. What about for the second one?
Is that as critical, or is it like yesterday, where it was
quite a bit easier on the system?
MCC Okay. I presume you're talking about
the maneuver back to SI, and that one is, in almost every
case, is Just a piece of cake. We've seen absolutely no
problem or even approach a problem on that one. And, now
if you talk with that second EREP, Ed, it's identical to the
first; same problem on the way in and a piece of cake on the
way out.
SPT Okay. You're saying that these monitor
cards which you gave me are more universal and just for the
first (garble) pads, so it'll probably hold for a good number of
them.
MCC Yes sir. We see a very consistent
family here regardless - it looks like at this point in the
mission where we're running into this. We got 30 seconds
here at Carnarvon. We're picking up Guam in about 3 minutes.
SPT Thank you, Rusty. Appreciate your help.
CC And we'll be dumping the data voice
over Guam.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-590/I
Time: 09:27 CST 18:15:27 GMT
12/3/73

15 hours 26 minutes. Loss of signal through Carnarvon.
Next acquisition in i minute 55 seconds will be Guam tracking
station. Discussion between Rustal - Rusty Schweickart and
Science Pilot Ed Gibson concerning the monitoring that Gibson
will do on the upcoming EREP maneuver. He will monitor the
maneuvers at the C&D panel of the ATM and the multiple docking
adapter. Discussion that the maneuver has been made shorter
today to - in an attempt to avert the problem of yesterday
where attitude rates were out of line, causing the ground
to command the TACS only situation, putting the vehicle in
control of the thruster attitude control system. Today's
maneuver, which begins at Greenwich mean time 15 hours
47 minutes, 20 minutes from now, is scheduled to last only
12 minutes and the maneuver time out will be 8 minutes.
Maneuver time coming out of Z-local vertal - vertical, back
to solar inertial will be at Greenwich mean time 16 hours
13 minutes, at the conclusion of the EREP pass, as the
vehicle crosses the Venezuela coast - coastline. Next acquisition
in 30 seconds. We'll hold the line up for conversation through
the Guam tracking station.
CC Skylab. Back with you over Guam for
9 minutes, be dumping the data voice here.
CC Skylab. We're a minute til LOS. 16 minutes
to Goldstone at 15:54 and we're looking at a good maneuver time.
CDR Roger, Story.
15 hours 39 minutes. Telemetry on the ground indicates good
maneuver time punched up on the DAS, the digital address
system aboard the spacecraft. This input by Science Pilot
Ed Gibson. This controls the attitude maneuver references
for the vehicle during the upcoming EREP pass. The maneuver
scheduled to begin at 15:47 Greenwich mean time, 8 minutes
from now, and scheduled to last just ii minutes. Total of
67 mibs, minimal impulse burns, have been predicted to
maneuver the spacecraft into the proper Z-local vertical
attltudeb Next acquisition will be Goldstone, at the start
of EREP pass number 8, Flight Plan number 8, actuality number
6. The 6th EREP pass of the mission. Next acquisition in
13 minutes 50 seconds will be Goldstone at Greenwich mean
time 15 hours 40 minutes. This is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC591/I
Time: 09:49 CST, 18:15:49 GMT
12/3/73

15 hours 49 minutes. Acquisition through Goldstone in ap-
proximately 5 minutes on this EREP pass of the day. The
S190A, multispectral camera will be on from the northwest
of Wichita, Kansas through the Florida Keys and again from
from northwest of the coast of Venezuela and ending in central
Venezuela. The SI90B Earth terrain camera will be gathering
data from the Wichita area over the U.S., ending south of the
Antilles and then again from the east of Maracaibo to central
Venezuela. The S191 infrared spectrometer, will be turned
on over site 460 - Greenville, Mississippi to gather data on
cotton crops. The instrument that will be looking at cotton
fields, the S191, will on again from the Mobile, Alabama area
through the - across the Cuban Isle. S192 multispeetral
scanner will be on from Fort Smith, Arkansas area through
Mobile Bay and then again over Venezuela, east of Maracaibo.
The S193 altimeter will be gathering data over most of the
pass from an area near Jackson, Mississippi until northern
Venezuela, west of Caracas. The S193 radiometer/scatterometer
will be on from an area about 300 miles northwest of Wichita
and ending over Jackson, Mississippi. This pass devoted to
iden - crop identification, photographs of a half a dozen
cities along its ground track, gathering information on
oceanagraphic conditions in the Gulf of Mexico and photographs
for mapping purposes for Venezuela. We'll hold the line up.
The crew will be on VOX as we approach the Goldstone tracking
station. WeVll hold the line up for this upcoming EREP pass.
CDR 192 power's ON. READY light is out. We're
in check. The door is open. 191, POWER is ON, the READY
light's on. The COOLER is ON. The door is open. S190, POWER
coming ON, READY light is out. MODE is standby and the door
is open. I verified that. 193, Romeo, STANDBY; READY, out.
SCATTEROMETER is OFF; READY, out. ALTIMETER is OFF; READY,
out. 94 is ON; READY, on. Freops configure is complete.
CC Jerj we're reading you loud and clear.
We got you stateside, 13 minutes.
CDR Okay, Story. Coming up on Vancouver.
Looks like it's cloud covered.
CC Okay. We expect the whole northwest to be
cloud covered down to Wyoming.
PLT They must be just - getting up in Seattle.
Dark there. No, I guess it's bright enough.
CDR 1 minute to EREP, start.
CDR 20 seconds. Bill, I going to need a VTS CAL from
you at 58:00, right on the money.
PLT Okay. Stand by -
CDR i0 seconds to go to the EREP start. On my
mark, it'llbe 50, 57:50. Stand by
SL-IV MC591/2
Time: 09:49 CST, 18:15:49 GMT
12/3/73
CDR MARK. EREP, START. AUTO CAL at next on

the VTS.
PLT Standing by.
CDR Stand by.
CDR MARK. Have AUTO CAL.
PLT MARK. AUTO CAL.
CDR On my mark, it'll be 59:00, 59:00.
CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY. ALTIMETER
to STANDBY. MODE to MANUAL on 194.
SPT (Garble) on channel 2. Looks good to me.
CDR Looking for the S191 READY light in about
a minute.
CC Ed, your maneuver's looking good and
CC Bill, Houston.
CDR Bill just left. He's on his way down to
the ETC.
CC Okay, Jer. You can pass it on to him that
the edge of an overcast is right over his site 460. That's
Greenville. We're a little pessimistic about it, but give it
a whirl.
CDR Okay. l'm sure he copied it.
CDR On my mark, the S191 READY light will've
come on.
PLT Gimbal angles, Story, look pretty much as
you had predicted. They went (garble).
CDR MARK. S191 READY light on at 39
PLT So it'll all looked good (garble)
CDR Reference 6.
CC That's affirm, Ed. It's going as we expected.
CDR On my mark, it'll be 16:01:00. Stand by
PLT That's a good job down there on the ground.
CDR MARK. RADIOMETER ON. Bill, the ETC comes
on in just about i0 seconds. Stand by -
CDR MARK. ETC to auto.
CDR Okay.
PLT Okay. That's 230 45 left in 43.
CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, OFF; SCATTEROMETER, ON.
RADIOMETER, ON. That first one was RADIOMETER, STANDBY, not
OFF.
CC Got it, Jer.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-592/I
Time: 10:02 CST 18:16:02 GMT
12/3/73
CDR On my mark it'll be 02:20. Stand by.

CDR MARK. RADIOMETER, OFF; SCATTEROMETER, ON;
RADIOMETER, ON. That first one was RADIOMETER to STANDBY not
OFF.
PLT (Garble) Jer.
CDR MARK. At 02:33_ S190 MODE to AUTO.
CDR MARK. $192 MODE to READY.
CDR MARK. S190 INTERVAL of i0. Got a site,
Bill?
PLT No, I didntt. I never found it.
PLT It was under clouds.
SPT Clouds all around it.
CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY;
RADIOMETER to STANDBY. My next mark is 04:39.
CDR MARK. RADIOMETER is going to OFF. 04:45,
Stand by.
CDR MARK. ALTIMETER going ON.
CDR I have an ALTIMETER UNLOCK malfunction
light ON. My next mark will be at 05:30. Stand by.
CDR MARK. S192 MODE to CHECK. Looking for
an S190 READY, OUT at 07:00.
CDR Now, I'm looking at my EREP funny list
and I don't see anything on here about the ALTIMETER UNLOCK
malfunction light, so we apparently have a valid malfunction.
The S193 settings are MODE i, RANGE 76, ALTIMETER UNLOCK
MALFUNCTION LIGHT is on.
CC Copy, Jer.
CDR On my mark the S190 READY light will have
gone OUT. Stand by.
CDR MARK. The READY light went OUT at 02;
MODE is going to STANDBY; SHUTTER SPEED gone to MEDIAN; FRAMES
going to ii. Stand by.
CDR MARK. ETC to STANDBY. You got it?
Still got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light.
CDR MARK. S191 REFERENCE going to 2. On
my mark it'll be 08:20. Coming up on 08:20. Stand by.
CDR MARK. ALTIMETER STANDBY. The MALF LIGHT's
OUT, going to MODE 2.
CDR Next mark is at 08:40. Stand by.
CDR MARK. ALTIMETER is ON. No MALF light
this time. Got a MALF LIGHT now. Got the MALF light at 08:46.
SL-IV MC-592/2
Time: 10:02 CST 18:16:02 GMT
12/3/73
CC Copy, Jer.
CDR Okay, Bill. The AUTO CAL on the VTS is
at 09:20. I'll do it for you.
CDR On my mark it'll be 09:20 with the VTS
AUTO CAL. Stand by.
CDR MARK. VTS AUTO CAL. Bill, we're about
1 minute from an ETC AUTO. Still have an ALTIMETER MALF light.
20 seconds.
CC Skylab, we're a minute til LOS. See you over
Vanguard in about ii minutes.
CDR Okay, Story. On my mark it'll be 10:53
and we'll need an ETC AUTO, Bill. Stand by.
CDR MARK. ETC to AUTO. S191 to MODE AUTO.
At ii
CDR MARK. MODE to STANDBY on S192, correction
to READY. That went on at 11:04.
CC And Jer, we expected the MALF light
on MODE 2, we did not expect it on MODE i, just press on with
the pass.
CDR Okay.
CDR On my mark it will be 11:45. Stand by.
CDR MARK. S192 to STANDBY. Looking for a
READY. (Static)
16 hours 13 minutes. Apparently a successful pass across the
central U.S., out over the Gulf of Mexico, and into northern
Venezuela. Milt Windler - Flight Director Milt Windier reports
we did see a few more mibs than we expected. However, the
Guidance Navigation officer reports that the maneuver was
right down 1_he middle. Total of 75 mibs utilized during this
maneuver. About l0 percent higher than the predicted 67.
However, ew_rything looks good aboard the spacecraft. It
went over the hill at the MILA tracking station. Again_
approximately 75 mibs fired during this maneuver. 67 had been
predicted. Next acquisition will be in 7 minutes and 50 seconds
at Greenwich mean time 16 hours 14 minutes. This is Skylab
Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-593/I
Time: 10:20 CST 18:16:20 GMT
12/3/73

16 hours 20 minutes. A brief pass through the Vanguard
tracking station. A low elevation pass scheduled to last
about 4 minutes. We'll bring the line up for CAP COMM Dr.
Story Musgrave.
CC Skylab, AOS to Vanguard for 5 minutes.
Bean, we're showing you back - -
PLT - showing you back.
SPT Yes. It went pretty well, Story, just
as advertised. A lot of thanks to all the folks on the ground
who worked it out.
CC Okay. Right. We're showing you back in
SI. It's looking good.
PLT It's passing over Rio de Janero.
CC And we're looking at a good maneuver
time for the next one.
CDR Very good, very good.
PLT And, VTS operator, no joy on Greenville
sight and
SPT Bill, we're not recording or anything.
Let me get this recording again here. Are we still sim simul
COMM with the ground?
PLT Yes, we are.
CC Yes sir. We're reading you down here.
CDR Okay. Go ahead, Bill.
PLT No joy in the Greenville sight, 460.
Special 02 completed starting about 15 seconds late ETC
operations were nominal.
CREW (garble).
CDR Story, what was the mib count on that
one?
CC Bill, Houston.
PLT Bill, Story.
CC Since you'll be operating the C&D next
time, Bill, if you get that ALTIMTER UNLOCK light, if you
still have a READY light, go to STANDBY for 2 or 3 se-
conds and then back on again. If you get the UNLOCK light,
and you don't have the READY light, just stay in STANDBY.
PLT Okay.
CC And we'll be with you over Goldstone.
After the next pass I can get that procedure back up to you
then.
PLT Okay. I think I understand it. Thank
you.
CC And you only used 77 mibs on that EREP
pass. We're about 45 seconds to LOS here. We'll see you
over Goldstone in about an hour and 5 minutes at 17:31.
SL-IV MC-593/2
Time: 10:20 CST 18:16:20 GMT
12/3/73
PLT Thank you, Story.

16 hours 27 minutes. Loss of signal through Vanguard. Next
acquisition in i hour and 3 minutes will be the Goldstone
tracking station. CAP COMM Story Musgrave reporting to the
crew their SI maneuver looks good. SI, return to solar
inertial attitude, following the 12-minute EREP pass.
Science Pilot Gibson replied, looks as good as advertised.
The crew is also advised the maneuver time for the next
EREP pass looks good. Ground telemetry informs flight con-
trollers that the information put into the DAS by Science
Pilot Gibson is correct for the next maneuver. Pilot Pogue
reported no joy on the Grenville site, that's the Greenville,
Mississippi test site, hopefully to gain information on
cotton crops in that area. The G&N officer reports 77 mibs
were used for this EREP pass for a total of 385 pound-seconds,
within range of the predicted 67 mibs which flight control-
lers predicted would be required to u to make this maneu-
ver. Next acquisition in i hour and 2 minutes. At that
time the vehicle should be orienting - orienting back to
Z-local vertical, aiming the Earth resources cameras and
electronic instruments at the ground at the intended ground-
track. The next Z-L maneuver will take place at Greenwich
mean time 17 hours 20 minutes. It's an ii minute maneuver
for the upcoming Earth resources pass down the southern
California coastline into Mexico. At Greenwich mean time
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC594/I
Time: 11:26 CST, 18:17:26 GMt
12/3/73

17 hours 26 26 minutes. Acquisition coming through Gold-
stone in 4 minutes 50 seconds. Skylab should be halfway
through the Z-local vertical maneuver to put the spacecraft
in position for the second EREP pass. This - on this pass,
the crew will be taking geothermal measurements over the
Pisgah crater in southern California, east of Los Angeles.
They will also be taking measurements aimed at - deteriming
if Skylab data can be used for management of desert resources.
They will be gathering information over Mexico to determine
where irrigation should be used. This pass, the second of
the day, will also be looking for new unrecognised fault
lines in the southern valleys of California and mapping urban
changes since the 1970 census in the bay area of northern
California. Pollution concentration, vegetation types, and
land use will also be recorded during this pass. The crew
will switch jobs on this pass. During the first pass, Com-
mander Jerry Carr was manning the visual tracking system and
Pilot Bill Pogue was on the control and display panel. On
this pass, number 9 of the current mission, the VTS will be
operated by Pogue and Commander Carr will be on the control
and display panel. The pass is scheduled to start at 17:34
Greenwich mean time, at which time the orbiting workshop will
be over the Pacific Ocean about 500 miles west of Eureka,
California. Both the SI90A, multispectral camera and the
SI90B Earth terrain camera will be on for the duration of
the pass which ends just west of San Salvador, again in the
Pacific Ocean. This is the first geothermal test taking of
the mission so far. The SI91 infrared spectrometer will be
on as the workshop covers the Los Angeles area. Of interest
are lava flow characteristics in Pisca Crater, east of LA.
_ Crustal structure characteristics in the lower Shadow Valley
also east of LA, and three areas in the Lake Meade vicinity and the
Newberry Mountains in the Lake Mohave area will also be studied.
The S192 multispectral scanner will be recording magnetic tape
data from east of Sacramento to just north of Mexicali, Mexico
and again from the state of Durango in central Mexico through
southern Mexico, and ending in the Pacific southwest of San
Salvador. The S193 altimeter will be measuring surface
heights from east of Bakersfield_ California to an area south
of Tuscon and west of Chihuahua in Mexico. The S193 radiometer/
scatterometer will also be gathering data from off the North
Carol California coast to Fresno region and again from
Hermosillo to the Pacific Ocean southwest of Salvador. During
the last pass over the Gulf of Mexico, a National Oceananic
and Atmospheric ca- administration research vessel, the Virginia
Key, was in the Gulf of Mexico. Principal Investigator Dr.
George Maul was aboard and data was being taken as Skylab passed
SL-IV MC594/2
Time: 12:26 CST, 18:17:26 GMt
12/3/73
over the track. This study is to obtain information on a

loop current which comes out of the Caribbean Ocean into the
Gulf and exits in the channel between Cuba and Florida - that
is the Florida Channel, and the vessel was on the same ground
track as the spacecraft this morning. Acquisition in 1 minute
15 seconds. Wet11 hold the line open for this stateside pass.
PLT MARK. 30:50. EREP, START. Stand by 31
minutes. VTS AUTO CAL push button_ push.
PLT MARK, CAL. (garble) stand by for 06. Scat-
TEROMETER, STANDBY; ALTIMETER, STANDBY; N94 mode to manual.
CC Skylab, reading you loud and clear. AOS
stateside for 15 minutes.
PLT Roger, Story.
SPT Looking good so far, story. The inner
gimbal negative - (garble) negative now.
CC Okay. Thank you and Bill, we got a reset
on the S193 range. We'd like 77.
PLT Roger. You've got 77 on 193 range.
CC Thank you.
SPT There we ought to both go (garble) Story.
Looks good again.
CC That's affirm, Ed.
CC And Bill, I've got rev A to your UNLOCK
light.
PLT Okay. Go.
CC If you get an UNLOCK light on the altimeter
just report a status of the READY light. Go ALTIMETER to
STANDBY for 15 seconds and then ALTIMETER back to ON. If you -
if the READY light is on, continue on. If the READY light is
off, go back ALTIMETER to STANDBY and you can repeat this
procedure as often as necessary. And if you get an UNLOCK
light, we'll be standing by here to help you out with it.
PLT Okay. Thank you, Story. Just to make sure
that I don't goof it up. Now you want me to go to STANDBY even
though the READY light is still on. That's when I get the
ALTIMETER UNLOCK.
CC Yes, that's affimative. Report the status of
the light, go ALTIMETER to STANDBY for 15 seconds and then back
on.
PLT Beautiful. I got it.

CDR Give me an ETC call on 34, Bill.
PLT Okay and that's coming up at little less
than a minute here, SCAT (?) ON and ALTIMERER ON - RADIOMETER, ON
at 13:25. About 25 seconds, Jer. Okay. REFERENCE to 6, I
got a READY light. And 50 - stand by - i0 seconds, Jer. 53 -
PLT MARK. MODE auto_ 192. Stand by Jer -
PLT MARK. ETC to auto and MODE, 192 MODE to
READY. Got a green light on a tape.
SL-IV MC594/3
Time: 11:26 CST, 18:17:26 GMT
12/3/73
CC And Jer, no need to acknowledge. You'll

have overcast: conditions down to about halfway between LA and
San Francisco. Then you'll pick up about 4/10 to 7/10 and
passing Yuma, you'll pick up scattered and probably clear to
Mexico site ]60 is about 0.4 to 0.7.
PLT Okay, he read that. You did, didntt you, Jer?
CDR Yes, I read it.
PLT A SCAT to STANDBY. RAD to STANDBY. Okay.
Stand by mark on 52.
PLT MARK. RADIOMETER, OFF. 58, ALTIMETER's
coming on and we'll see how these work here. 60, ALTIMETER's
ON and the READY light - there's the ALTIMETER UNLOCK, Story.
Okay. I'm going to go STANDBY for 15 seconds.
CC That's affirm.
PLT I'm in my 15-second period. 2, 3 - going
back, I got a READY light.
CC Okay. Continue on.
PLT Okay. Looks good. 3545. It's gone, and
started again. I'm going on STANDBY again. 3545.
PLT MARK. SHUTTER SPEED, to MEDIUM. It was
at 4055. 1'11 turn it back to READY. ALTIMETER back to
POWER, ON and READY light. ALTIMETER UNLOCK is out right now.
Still out. ([garble) Darn it. Okay, going back to STANDBY again.
Mark the 22nd, 35 I'ii come back on the power.
CDR No luck. Too many clouds.
PLT That's too bad. I traded (garble) That's
really disappointing when you go
CDR Oh, God. I (garble) to do one of those
PLT Okay. ALTIMETER POWER is back ON. And I
get another ALTIMETER UNLOCK. Okay. We'll go through it again
starting at 4 50.
CC Leave the UNLOCK light on for 20 seconds
before responding to it, please Bill.
PLT Okay. We'll do it, Story. 37 - 191 REF-
ERENCE to 2
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-595/I
Time: 11:36 CST 18:17:36 GMT
12/3/73
CDR ALTIMETER UNLOCK. Okay, we'll go

through it again starting at 04:50.
CC Leave the UNLOCK light ON for 20 seconds
before responding to it, please, Bill.
CDR Okay. Will do, Story. 37:00 191 REFERENCE
to 2.
CDR MARK. REFERENCE to 2.
PLT Okay, Jerry, you got a (garble) on ETC
at 37:20. Frames per minute 4.8. I'ii give you a mark.
15, 16, 17, 18, 19,
PLT MARK. 20. Okay, 4.8. Thank you.
CDR 37:03 192 MODE to CHECK.
CDR 3, 2, i,
CDR MARK. 37:30 192 MODE to CHECK 38 even.
CDR Okay, I'm going back to STANDBY. I lost
my READY light, Story.
PLT MARK. AUTO CAL. Now I go back to
STANDBY here at 38:23. I'm just gonna leave it ON, it's OFF
itVs STANDBY for this cycle.
PLT Standing by for 23, 38:23.
PLT MARK. Okay 193 ALTIMETER to STANDBY;
RADIOMETER to STANDBY; SCATTEROMETER, OFF; and the RADIOMETER
is going ON.
PLT Please stand by for 38:54. Okay, Jer,
in about i0 seconds I need ETC frames per minute to i0.
PLT 38:54 192 MODE, READY. Stand by.
PLT MARK, Jer, frame per minute i0.0. And at
39:30, in about 20 seconds we need to go frame per minute
to 4.8. I'll give you a mark.
CDR Okay.
PLT Stand by, Jer.
PLT MARK. Frames per minute select 4.8.
CDR 4.8
PLT Okay.
PLT (Garble) Stand by for (Garble)
PLT There we are. And POLARIZATION to 4, and
I do have a 191 READY light. Stand by for 42 minutes even.
PLT Hey, Jerry, that's called the 43:20, that's
about a minute and a half, and that's be to GO to STANDBY. I'ii
give you a mark.
PLT Coming up on 42:00.
PLT MARK. 194 MODE to MANUAL. And, we're
getting ready to start our maneuver back here, pretty soon.
CC Okay. You got a good maneuver time, down
SL-IV MC-595/2
Time: 11:36 CST 18:17:36 GMT
12/3/73
here.
CDR And, I'm getting an intermittent MALF light
on the 194, but I think you expected that.
PLT Jer, about 30 seconds for ETC to STANDBY.
I'll give you a mark.
CDR Time is 43 minutes. Starting to maneuver
PLT Okay Jer, about 15 seconds. 33:14.
PLT MARK. 192 MODE to STANDBY. Stand by, Jer.
PLT 2, i,
PLT MARK. ETC to STANDBY; 190 MODE to STANDBY;
SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY; (garble)
PLT MARK. 32. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY;
34 RADIOMETER to STANDBY; and EREP is going to STOP now.
PLT And, that's about it.
CC Okay, Bill. Thanks for taking our real
time updates.
PLT No sweat. That was sort of a funny there.
I guess that still a bit peculiar the way that altimeter performed.
Okay. I guess you got to all the calls. There were, I think, about
3 UNLOCKED. The last one I didn't try to read that good, we
were close to terminating the MODE.
CC Yes, sir, thank you.
PLT Okay.
CC Skylab. We're a minute til LOS. 10 minutes
to the Vanguard and we'll be dumping the data voice at the
Vanguard; and your maneuvers looking good.
PLT Thank you, Story.
PLT PLT, Bravo 7 is reading 32 percent. PLT, out.
CDR (garble) Yeah.
PLT Good.
FAO Skylab Control. Greenwich mean time
17 hours 46 minutes. Loss of signal trhough the Texas tracking
station. EREP pass concluded as the spacecraft crosses down
central America and into South America. (Garble) officer
reported the Flight Director Milt Windier reported everything
looking good as the spacecraft went out of range of the Texas
tracking station. On this EREP pass 88 mibs, miminum impulse
burns were made putting the vehicle in the proper attitude
for the Earth resources pass. Approximately 440 pounds-seconds
of TACS fuel used during this EREP pass. That's a total of
825 pound-seconds used today for the 2 Earth resources passes
as compared to more than 1300 pound-seconds in yesterdays
2 Earth resources takes. Next acquisition in 7 minutes 30
seconds, through Vanguard, at Greenwich mean time 17 hours
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-596/I
Time: i1:54 CST 18:17:54 GMT
12/3/73

17 hours 54 minutes. Acquisition will be coming through
the Vanguard tracking ship on this pass in 45 seconds. We'll
hold the line open for CAP COMM Dr. Story Musgrave.
CDR Got some mean looking dry lakes.
PLT Yes.
CC Skylab, we're reading you loud and clear
through Vanguard for about ii minutes. Be dumping the data
voice here.
CDR Roger.
CC And Ed, Houston. Are you at the ATM?
SPT Affirm, Story.
CC Okay. How about checking the H-alpha
2 HEATER switch ON?
SPT It's ON now.
CC Okay. We thought our (garble) felt
cool down here.
CC And we got one more thing for you while
you're there.
SPT Go ahead, Story.
CC On our friend S054, we'd llke you to go
to the FILTER RESET I position for at least 2 seconds and
then back to STOWAGE.
SPT Okay. It's in work.
CC And that means that we did some Eood
work the other night, that we will have our FILTER i position.
SPT Hope it works, Story. I'm taking the tape
off now. Okay. Was that a minimum time duration or an exact?
CC No sir. That's at least seconds, in
the RESET i position.
SPT Talkback barber pole all the way, Story.
Would you like to try anything else?
CC No sir. Just leave it in STOWAGE.
PLT That's affirm, Jer.
CC And we're reading you down here, Bill.
CC Skylab, 30 seconds to LOS about 18
minutes to Tananarlve.
CDR So long, Houston.
CC Okay.
hours 7 minutes. Next acquisition 16 minutes 20 seconds
through Tananarlve. Updated telemetry shows now that the
Skylab space station utilized three additional mibs, minimum
impulse burns, to return to the solar inertial attitude
following the EREP pass, bringing the total to 80 - 91 mibs for
the pass, or approximately 450 pound-seconds of propellant.
Next acquisition will be Tananarive in 15 minutes and 40
seconds. At Greenwich mean time 18 hours 8 minutes, this
is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC597/I
Time: 12:22 CST, 18:18:22 GMT
i213173
PAO Skylab Control. Greemwich mean time

18 hours 22 minutes. We will have acquisition through Tana-
native in 55 seconds. We'll hold the line up for this pass.
CAP COMM, Dr. Story Mus_rave.
CC Skylab, AOS through Tananarive for 3 minutes.
The next pass is Goldstone at 19:11.
CC And Ed, if it's convenient at this time,
I can read to you the conclusion of the ATM conference that
Dr. MaeQueen wrote off.
SPT Say again, Story. I was recording, l'm
afraid that I lost that too.
CC Okay. Keep recording. This can wait, Ed.
SPT Well, I don't have the record. I guess
you folks took it. No that's back a_ain.
CC No sir, we don't have command capability
over Tananarive.
SPT Okay. What was your message, Story. I
just figure the subject.
CC If it's convenient, I can read up to you
the conclusion of the ATM conference at this time or get it
later.
SPT Let me finish up what I'm doing here, Story. and
I'ii _et back to you when I have the ATM passes in about another
half hour.
CC Okay. Let's do it then and we're about
a minuee from LOS here. We'll see you in about 45 minutes
over Goldstone at 19:11.
SPT Okay. Thank you, Story. That's too bad
Bob didn't get to finish the discussion this morning. Sounded
llke he had some real useful things to say, though it was a
short pass with COMM trouble.
CC Yes, it was.
SPT Both those maneuvers look real good though,
Story. It looks like the folks on the ground have come up
with a _ood method to doing it.
CC Yes, sir. It went well.
18 hours 29 minutes. Loss of signal through Tananarive. Next
acq-isition will be in 41 minute - 41 minutes and 50 seconds
through Goldstone tracking station. The G&N officer has
given Flight Director Milt Windier a revised TACS usage for
this previous Earth resources pass. Total TACS for the two
maneuvers now is 775 pound-seconds for both maneuvers. This
is within the estimate and th_s presents no problem to ground
controllers at this time. Next acquisition in 40 minutes
at Goldstone as the crew gets ready for their afternoon meal.
They are on their h_gh-density food bar diet today, a diet
which they have every third day eating high concentrated food
SL-IV MC597/2
Time: 12:22 CST, 18:18:22 GMT
12/3/73
bars along with one or more items of their regular Skvlab menu.
After lunch today, Pilot Bill Pogue will do some inventoryin_ of
of the food supplies sboard the spacecraft, =nd prior to having
his lunch, Commander Jerry Cart is scheduled a 1-hour block of
time for daily exercise period. Science Pilot Ed Gibson after
lunch will spend an hour at the ATM console, as well as Pilot
Bill Pogue has _ot a 3-hour block of time later this afternoon
for the ATM console. Science Pilot Ed Gibson will oerform
the M092 - M093 lower body negative pressure device specto-
cardiogram experiment_ which assesses the individual's cardio-
vascular eonditlon aboard the Skylab space station. Next
aoqulsition in 39 minutes 25 seconds. At Greenwich mean time
E
SL-IV MC-598/I
Time: 13:10 CST 18:19:10 GMT
12/3/73
PAO SkYlah Control, Greenwich mean time 19

hours i0 minutes. Acquisition coming through Goldstone in
40 seconds, the last stateside pass of the day, the pass
lasting approximately 4 minutes. We'll hold the line open
for CAP COMM Story Musgrave.
CC Skylab, AOS through Goldstone, 4 min-
utes. Bill, Houston. How about Ed?
SPT Story, would stand by a moment and wetll
get Bill where he can hear you.
PLT Go ahead_ Story.
CC Bill, I sot a couple of slight changes
to your Flight Plan on the housekeeping, 60R-I and 60R-2.
Do that on tank number 4 only. Cancel 5, 6, 8, and 9.
PLT Right. Tank 4 only.
CC yea. And bring that one up to 6 parts
per m_llion.
PLT Okay. I'ii bring it up to 6 parts per
million. And do you still want the television on that?
CC Yes sir. We'd like that if you can
get it.
PLT All right, sir. You'll have it.
CC And one other thing on - on your hand-
held, handheld 118, thatls of course, it's your option in
either case, but we're thinkln_ the weather i_ so poor there.
It's overcast that itt_ probably not worth even trying.
PLT Okay. Handheld 118 is very doubtful.
CC Yes sir.
CC Ed, Houston.
SPT Yes. Go ahead, Story.
CC On the bright soot that you reported
on the S052 monitor, we'd like to run a quick procedure to
determine whether it's in the instruments or in the TV sys-
tem. And we can do this simply by depressing the TV WLC
grid switch to DISCHARGE and then release when you're looking
at the image.
SPT Okay. Do you want to have that on
VTR or TV downlink?
CC _tand bv i. That's not necessary, Ed.
SPT Ok=y, Story. What's diagnostic do I
use for determining where that spot is?
CC Now, w_ thought that you reported that
bright spot on the S052 monitor.
SPT Yes certainly did, Story. You mean
that that should disappear if it turns out to Be in the TV
system?
CC That's affirm.
SL-IV MC-598/2
Time: 13::]0 CST 18:19:10 GMT
]2/3/73
SPT Ok°y. Thank you. T doubt (?_ if I'Ii

have time to pick it up at the end of this orbit. Story.
Itm off Sun renter ri=ht now.
CC Okay. There's no hurry, and what weVre
doing is ATM MALF 50 52-8 Bravo, blocks i and 2. That's
what we're accomplishing.
SPT Okay. I'ii take a look at that before
I do it. Thank you.
CC And we're 30 seconds to LOS See you
over Vanguard in about 1 Q minutes at 19:32. Be dumping the
data voice there, and. time permitting, we'll complete ATM
conference over Vanguard.
SPT Okay, Story. One thin_ I wanted to men-
tion to vou is that several times now during the first 2-1/2
weeks or so here, we've noticed the record llnk would go off
on its own. I don't know whether this has been reported
before, but there seems to be a transient in there. At this
time when I was talking to you before, when you called be-
fore and I was recording, it happened againj and we were
just wondering whether there's something new in the system
or something we ought to be watching out for.
CC Okay. Copy, and we'll try to get you an
answer.
hours 16 lainutes. Loss of signal throuzh Goldstone. Next
acquisition in 15 minute _ 50 seconds through Vanguard. Di,-
cuesion with the crew concerning scrubbing of handheld pho-
tography 118, optional photography for the crew to take at
their convenience, was a photograph nf southern Chile and
Argentin a . The Skylah II crew had provided numerous winter-
time photographs of the southernmost part of South America.
This sparsely populated re_ion of the continent is poorly
maped and its features and act ve process is little known. The
crew will be passing over tha portion of the world in -
near Vanguard pass upcoming up shortly. Southern Chile and
the Patagonian region of Argentina. However_ the ground
advises the crew that that area is overcast and therefore
the optional photography will be scrubbed. Later today the
crew has scheduled a photo session over the Ph_lliDpines
taking photography of a fault line between - outside of
Manila. Next acquisition in 14 minutes 25 seconds at Green-
wich mean time 19 hours 18 minutes. This is Skylab Control.
END OF TAPE
SL-IV MC-599/I
Time: 13:31 (ST 18:19:31 GMT
12/3/73
PAO Skvlab Control. Greenwich mean time

19 hours 31 minutes. Acauis_tion coming through the Vanguard
tracking station in 50 seconds. We'll hold the line open for
CAP COMM Dr. Story Musgrave.
CC Skylab. AOS Vanguard. Be dumpins the
data voice here and be here for 10 minutes.
SPT Roger, Story. And you could =o ahead
with the remainder of the ATM briefing if you like.
CC Okay. From Dr. MacQueen. On SL-III. while
observing the WLC TV. The crew bnth caught and missed coronal
change in activity that that we clas_ed as faint: thus
some car e is necessary in examing the monitor. Rave you begun
to use polarold photographs made each mornln_ to allow
comparison?
SPT Story, I have done that, but not on a
consistan1= basis. I will do it and I have been doln_ it with
the XUV monitor, but not as consistantlv as I (garble)
with the white light coronagraph.
CC Okay. And, the S052 film budget permits
more than i100 frames to be used for transients. And, that's
enough to cover five translent = throughly.
SPT Okay.
CC And, that's it.
SPT Now. that was short. Okmy thst's some
useful information. Thank you.
CC Yes- sir.
SPT _ouston, SPT.
CC Go ahead, Ed.
SPT Okay. The ,TOP l'm in riKht now _s a
study of loops above the active region 92/87. And l'm wonderlng
if they have mirror _uto Tasters from this w111 show the ioca-
tion of the loop. The reason I a°k is that (garble) very
close to the llmb l'm able to s_e what apDear_ to be just the
very starl of loop at the (garble) right on ehe limb. Fairly
large s_ze loops you can just see bottoms of the lonp - what
I would interreDt as the loop and it _s a llttle bit north of
the 82 or 87/92 cnmpl_x. I_ would be useful to note whether
I can actually see the piee s of these loops. If they're
really. Our - the b_sis =re north nf the complex, sllehtly
north and maybe I got some reason _or comDarlson and help in
the future work. Copy the que=tion, Story?
CC We're working it, Ed.
SPT Thank you.
CC Sk,,lab. We're a minute til LOS and about
15 minutes to Tananarive. If we don't see you _here it'll
he Hawaii at 90:41 and nn your tane recorder lights, we'd llke
SL-IV MC-599/2
Time: 13::31 CST 18:19:31 GMT
12/3/73
you to verify that no other crewman has turned the tape

recorder off or on and if you could_ I - get us a GMT time
when you see any erratic light indications and we'll track
it down.
SPT Okay, Story. I did on that last one.
I checked with both Bill and Jerry, and it was during the previous
ground pass with you were going to discuss the ATM with me
and I said I was recording. It was just at that moment when
the light went out, or it was right after that, that I noticed
the light was out.
CC Okay. We weren't sure that you were
doing that: and that was over Tananarive and we'll keep an eye
on it.
SPT Thank you, Story.
19 hours 44 minutes. Loss of signal through Vanguard. Next
acquisition will be Tananarive. Network reports that we may
not have acquisition at Tananarive. In the event that we
don't_ next acquisition will be Hawaii in 57 minutes. During
this pass Science Pilot Gibson reporting a loop he noticed
in the active region 82/97 (sic) complex. He was asking would be
useful to him to know if the ATM people on the ground could
advise him whether or not he could see the loop at each end.
The loop is a type of prominence that usually occurs as an
aftermath of a major limb flare. In H-alpha the loop family
appears as condensation in the corona, then the material
streams downward along the field lines. These loops persist for
hours after a flare and are always associated with a strong
active region. The active region 87/92 has shown a overall
decline the last several days with signs of emergance of a
new field in active region 92. ATM people report that large
C-class flares are being produced at an increasing rate and
limb flares appear likely in this area. On the Flight Plan
this afternoon, Skylab Pilot Bill Pogue was to have accomplished
an inventory of food items stowed in the orbiting workshops
freezers, however_ he was able to accomplish this earlier
in the day and flight surgeons report this has already been
accomplished. This inventory was performed to enable medical
personnel to better keep track of the food overage in the
space station. Today's inventory was made to verify onboard
inventory with the inventory made by the Skylab III crew
upon - shortly before their return on September 25th. There are
two food freezer units in the workshop, one in the forward
section and another in the wardroom. The forward compartment
freezer is the stowage freezer and contains three chambers,
each containing frozen items for a 28-day duration. The freezer
SL-IV MC-599/3
Time: 13:31 CST 18:19:31 GMT
12/3/73
in the wardroom, similar to the forward freezer, contains two

compartments, each with a 28-day supply of frozen foods, and
another compartment for food chilling. The forward freezer
maintains frozen items at minus i0 degrees Fahrenheit, and the
wardroom maintains a temperature of 45 degrees Fahrenheit.
In addition ii food boxes provide stowage space for dehydrated
thermo stabilized food items. Each box is a metal rectangle
and holds about 8 cubic feet of food. These food boxes are
in turn stored in ii food lockers in the workshop forward
section. Food nutrition - nutritionists at Johnson Space
Center estimate onhoard presently is in the neighborhood of
1000 seperate packages of food. This does not include the
emergency food supply. A rescue bar, so to speak, that has
been loaded aboard the command module in the event a rescue
mission is required at the end of the scheduled 84 days'
mission. There is 80 - there are i0 days of emergency food
onboard for that purpose. Next acquisition may be Tananarive
in 7 minutes and 40 seconds. If not, next acquisition will
be Hawaii in 53 minutes. At Greenwich mean time 19 hours
END OF TAPE

Skylab 4 PAO Mission Commentary 6 of 32

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Descrição original:

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Skylab 4 PAO Mission Commentary 6 of 32

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

SL IV MA-500/I

Time: 19:57 CST 16:01:57 GMT

PAO Skylab Control at i hour 57 minutes and

in on the prominence and got it all set up in time for

CDR Okay. The SPT, no salt, deviations, one

PAO Skylab Control at 2 hours, 53 minutes,

CDR You sure that was me or was that Bill,

OWS heat exchanger fans. On telemetry yesterday, day 333, we

CDR Okay, that's kind of what we figured.

CDR - - the volcano down in the southern

Israeli sources also see the possibility of a resumption of

PAO Skylab Control at 3 hours, i0 minutes

PAO Skylab Control at 3 hours, 34 minutes

investigations, this project may help scientists to design

CC Skylab, this is Houston through Honey-

and it's still difficult to observe, although it's located

PAO Skylab Control. Greenwich mean time

San Bernard. The City of Houston itself will also be studied.

PAO time which is worked into the daily

PAO Skylab Control; Greenwich mean time

PLT Okay, I'll get it in about 5 minutes.

PAO Skylab Control. Greenwich mean time

not edged. They were broken out of the glass.

some extra overage in a lot of the regular packages that we

PAO Skylab Control. Greenwich mean time

through Hawaii. Next acquisition will be Goldstone. Later

CC Skylab, Houston; good morning. We're

CDR Roger, Hank. What would you estimate

CC Skylab, Houston. We're through Ascension

MCC Okay. We concur with not seeing too much

on that on the downlink yesterday, and we've discussed it now

and monitor 2 it did not. So, I suspected the difference

Bill Lenoir. The crew on the Bermuda pass reported they

PAO Goddard Space Flight Center. They

CC Skylab, Houston through Guam for 9 m_nutes.

CC Skylab, Houston; we' re i minute from

CC Skylab, Houston. We're i minute from LOS.

coast of Columbia northern coast of Columbia, South America.

_pper left hand quadrant had the filament and remaining

SPT Hank, I got a question on the way in

CC Skylab, Houston. We're about i minute from

well as the spacecraft approaches the northwest coast of

SPEAKER we're a.m. pacific standard time,

magnetosphere with the planet associated magnetic field and

PLT No, those are open cells by the way,

CDR MARK. 310. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY.

CDR On my mark, it'll be 27:34.

station. Apparently another successful EREP pass. A first

PAO Skylab Control. Greenwich mean time

CDR Okay. That's good.

been reported recently, volcanic activity has been detected in

PAO Skylab Control; Greenwich mean time

pretty obvious to us now that the 2 minutes settling time

PAO Skylab Control. Greenwich mean time

to increase. The electrons are going up, but we still don't

PAO Skylab Control at 20 hours 31 minutes

CC The switch stays in secondary, Ed.

PAO Skylab Control at 20 hours 59 minutes and

standard time, and they continue during the day. In addition

PAO Skylab Control at 21 hours 23 minutes

PAO Skylab Control at 22 hours, 6 minutes

PAO Skylab Control at 22 hours 44 minutes

PAO This is Skylab Control. We've had acquisi-